U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                                  National Technical Information Service
                                  PB-290 283
 Air  Pollution  Regulations in  State
 Implementation Plans:  North Dakota
Abcor Inc, Wilmington, MA  Walden Div
Prepared for

Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC

Aug 78

-------
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park NC 27711
PB 290283

 EPA-450/3-78-084
 August 1978
Air
Air  Pollution Regulations
in State  Implementation
Plans:
North  Dakota
        REPRODUCED BY
       "NATIONAL TECHNICAL

       INFORMATION SERVICE
        U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
          SPRINGFIELD. VA. 22161

-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
(Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing}
1. REPORT NO.
EPA-450/3-78-084
2.
3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSIOr*NO.
PŁ JLQo 2R*>
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE 5. REPORT DATE '
Air Pollution Regulations in State Implementation i August 1978
•Plans: North Dakota
7. AUTHOR(S)

9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
Wai den Division of Abcor, Inc.
Wilmington, Mass.
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
Control Programs Development Division
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standar
Office of Air, Noise, and Radiation
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
EPA Project Officer: Bob Schell , Control
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
68-02-2890
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
Jg 14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
Programs Development Division
16. ABSTRACT
This document has been produced in compliance with Section 110(h)(l) of the Clean Air
Act amendments of 1977. The Federally enforceable regulations contained in the State
Implementation Plans (SIPs) have been compiled for all 56 States and territories
(with the exception of the Northern Mariana Islands). They consist of both the
Federally approved State and/or local air quality regulations as indicated in the
Federal Register and the Federally promulgated regulations for the State, as
indicated in tFe Federal Register. Regulations which fall into one of the above
categories as of January 1, 1978, have been incorporated. As mandated by Congress,
this document will be updated annually. State and/or local air quality regulations
which have not been Federally approved as of January 1, 1978, are not included here;
omission of these regulations from this document in no way affects the ability of
the respective Federal, State, or local agencies to enforce such regulations.
17.
KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
a. DESCRIPTORS
Air pollution
Federal Regulations
Pollution
State Implementation Plans
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
RELEASE UNLIMITED
b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS C. COSATI Field/Group

19. SECURITY CLASS (This Report)
Unclassified - ,
20. SECURITY CLASS (This page) 22. PRICE fi..- M =
Unclassified ^ 12, - 9l
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)

-------
                                 EPA-450/3-78-084
     Air Pollution Regulations
in State Implementation  Plans
                North Dakota
                        by

                 Walden Division of Abcor, Inc.
                 Wilmington, Massachusetts
                  Contract No. 68-02-2890
                 EPA Project Officer: Bob Schell
                     Prepared for

             U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                Office of Air, Noise, and Radiation
             Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
             Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711

                     August 1978

-------
This report is issued by the Environmental Protection Agency to
report air pollution regulations of interest to a limited number of
readers.  Copies are available, for a fee, from the National Technical
Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161.
This report was furnished to the Environmental Protection Agency by
Walden Division of Abcor, Inc., Wilmington, Mass.  01887, in fulfillment
of Contract No. 68-02-2890.  The contents of this report are reproduced
herein as received from Walden Division of Abcor, Inc.  The opinions,
findings, and conclusions expressed are those of the author and not
necessarily those of the Environmental Protection Agency.  Mention of
company or product names is not to be considered as an endorsement
by the Environmental Protection Agency.
                     Publication No. EPA-450/3-78-084
                                  11

-------
                             INTRODUCTION
     This document has been produced in compliance with Section 110(h)(l)
of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977.  The Federally enforceable
regulations contained in the State Implementation Plans (SIPs) have been
compiled for all 56 States and territories (with the exception of the
Northern Mariana Islands).  They consist of both the Federally approved
State and/or local air quality regulations as indicated in the Federal
Register and the Federally promulgated regulations for the State, as
indicated in the Federal Register.  Regulations which fall into one of
the above categories as of January 1, 1978, have been incorporated.  As
mandated by Congress, this document will be updated annually.   State
and/or local air quality regulations which have not been Federally
approved as of January 1, 1978, are not included here; omission of these
regulations from this document in no way affects the ability of the
respective Federal, State, or local agencies to enforce such regulations.

     There have been recent changes in the Federal enforceability of
parking management regulations and indirect source regulations.  The
October, 1977, appropriation bill for EPA prohibited Federal enforcement
of parking management regulations in the absence of specific Federal
authorizing legislation.  Federally promulgated parking management
regulations have, therefore, been suspended indefinitely.   Pursuant to
the 1977 Clean Air Act Amendments, indirect source regulations may not
be required for the approval of a given SIP.  Consequently, any State
adopted indirect source regulations may be suspended or revoked; State
adopted indirect source regulations contained in an applicable SIP
are Federally enforceable.  More importantly, EPA may only promulgate
indirect source review regulations which are specific to Federally
funded, operated, or owned facilities or projects.  Therefore, the
Federally promulgated indirect-source regulations appearing in this
document are not enforceable by EPA except as they relate to Federal
facilities.

     Since State air quality regulations vary widely in their organization,
content, and language, a standardized subject index is utilized in this
document.  Index listings consist of both contaminant and activity oriented
categories to facilitate usage.  For example, for regulations which apply
to copper smelters, one might look under sulfur compounds (50.2), particu-
late matter process weight (50.1.1), or copper smelters (51.15).  Federal
regulations pertaining to a given State immediately follow the approved
State and local regulations.

     Additionally, a summary sheet of the information included in each
comprehensive document is presented prior to the regulatory text to
allow one to quickly assess the contents of the document.   Specifically,
the summary sheets contain the date of submittal to EPA of each revision
                                    in

-------
to the SIP and the date of the Federal Register in which the reyision
was either approved or disapproved by EPA.  Finally, a brief description
or reference of the regulation which was submitted is also included.

     This document is not intended to provide a tool for determining
the enforceability of any given regulation.  As stated above, it is
intended to provide a comprehensive compilation of those regulations
which are incorporated directly or by reference into Title 40, Part 52,
of the Code of Federal Regulations.  Consequently, the exclusion of a
Federally approved regulation from this document does not diminish the
enforceability of the regulation.  Similarly, the inclusion of a given
regulation (for example, regulations governing pollutants, such as odors,
for which there is no national ambient air quality standards) in this
document does not, in itself, render the regulation enforceable.
                                    IV

-------
                                 SUMMARY SHEET

                                      OF

                        EPA-APPROVED REGULATION CHANGES

                                 NORTH DAKOTA
Submittal Date

5/26/76
Approval Date

5/26/77
      Description

R23-25-01 THRU R23-25-11;
R23-25-12 THRU R23-25-15;
APPENDIX to R23-25-12
R23-25-13
Section Number

52.1824


52.1829
 FEDERAL REGULATION

Description

Regulation for Review of New or Modified Indirect
Sources

Regulation for Prevention of Significant Deterior-
ation
(Note:  52.21 (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) are for
purposes of (a) providing for preconstruction re-
view by the administrator of federally owned or
operated stationary sources and stationary sources
located on federal or Indian lands; and (b) per-
mitting federal managers and Indian governing
bodies to propose redesignation in accordance with
the procedures of 52.21 (c).

-------
                         DOCUMENTATION OF CURRENT EPA-APPROVED
                            STATE AIR POLLUTION REGULATIONS
                            REVISED STANDARD SUBJECT INDEX
 1.0   DEFINITIONS
 2.0   GENERAL PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
 3.0   REGISTRATION CERTIFICATES, OPERATING PERMITS AND APPLICATIONS
 4.0   AIR QUALITY STANDARDS (PRIMARY AND SECONDARY)
       4.1   PARTICULATES
       4.2   SULFUR DIOXIDE
       4.3   NITRIC OXIDES
       4.4   HYDROCARBONS
       4.5   CARBON MONOXIDE
       4.6   OXIDANTS
       4.7   OTHERS
 5.0   VARIANCES
 6.0   COMPLIANCE SCHEDULES
 7.0   EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTION AND MAINTENANCE
 S.'O   EMERGENCY EPISODES
 9.0   AIR QUALITY SURVEILLANCE AND SOURCE TESTING
10.0   NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
11.0   NATIONAL EMISSIONS STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
12.0   MOTOR VEHICLE EMISSIONS AND CONTROLS
13.0   RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTING
14.0   PUBLIC AVAILABILITY OF DATA
15.0   LEGAL AUTHORITY AND ENFORCEMENT
16.0   HEARINGS, COMPLAINTS, AND INVESTIGATIONS
17.0   PREVENTION OF SIGNIFICANT DETERIORATION
18.0   AIR QUALITY MAINTENANCE AREA
19.0 - 49.0
       RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION OF COMMON INDEX
50.0   POLLUTANT - SPECIFIC REGULATIONS
       50.1  PARTICULATES
             50.1.1  PROCESS WEIGHT
             50.1.2  VISIBLE EMISSIONS
             50.1.3  GENERAL
                                         VI

-------
       50.2   SULFUR COMPOUNDS
       50.3   NITRIC OXIDES
       50.4   HYDROCARBONS
       50.5   CARBON MONOXIDE
       50.6   ODOROUS POLLUTANTS
       50.7   OTHERS (Pb, Hg, etc.)
51.0   SOURCE CATEGORY SPECIFIC REGULATIONS
       51.1   AGRICULTURAL PROCESSES (includes Grain Handling, Orchard Heaters,
              Rice and Soybean Facilities, Related Topics)
       51.2   COAL OPERATIONS (includes Cleaning, Preparation, Coal  Refuse
              Disposal Areas, Coke Ovens, Charcoal Kilns, Related Topics)
       51.3   CONSTRUCTION (includes Cement Plants, Materials Handling, Topics
              Related to Construction Industry)
       51.4   FERROUS FOUNDRIES (includes Blast Furnaces, Related Topics)
       51.5   FUEL BURNING EQUIPMENT (coal, natural gas, oil) - Particulates
              (includes Fuel Content and Other Related Topics)
       51.6   FUEL.BURNING EQUIPMENT (coal, natural gas, oil) - S02 (includes
              Fuel Content and Other Related Topics)
       51.7   FUEL BURNING EQUIPMENT (oil, natural gas, coal) - N02 (includes
              Fuel Content and Other Related Topics)
       51.8   HOT MIX ASPHALT PLANTS
       51.9   INCINERATION
       51.10  NITRIC ACID PLANTS
       51.11  NON-FERROUS SMELTERS (Zn, Cu, etc.) - Sulfur Dioxide
       51.12  NUCLEAR ENERGY FACILITIES (includes Related Topic)
       51.13  OPEN BURNING (includes Forest Management, Forest Fire, Fire
              Fighting Practice, Agricultural Burning and Related Topics)
       51.14  PAPER PULP; WOOD PULP AND KRAFT MILLS (includes Related Topics)
       51.15  PETROLEUM REFINERIES
       51.16  PETROLEUM STORAGE (includes Loading, Unloading, Handling and
              Related Topics)
       51.17  SECONDARY METAL OPERATIONS  (includes Aluminum, Steel and Related
              Topics)
       51.18  SULFURIC ACID  PLANTS
       51.19  SULFURIC RECOVERY OPERATIONS
       51.20  WOOD WASTE BURNERS
       51.21  MISCELLANEOUS  TOPICS
                                         VII

-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Revised Standard
Subject Index

(2.0)
(2.0)
(15.0)
(1.0)
(15.0)
(5.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(9.0)
(7.0)
(6.0)
(2.0)
- -
(2.0)
(2.0)
(4.0)
NORTH DAKOTA
Section Number
R23-25-01
1.010
1.020
1.030
1.040
1.050
1.060
1.070
1.080
1.090
1.110
1.120
1.130
1.140
R23-25-02
2.100
2.200
2.300
REGULATIONS
Title
General Provisions
Purpose
Scope
Authority
Definitions
Entry Onto Premises - Authority
Variances
Circumvention
Severability
Land Use Plans and Zoning
Regulations
Measurement of Emissions of
Air Contaminants
Shutdown and Malfunction of
an Installation - Requirement
for Notification
Time Schedule for Compliance
Prohibition of Air Pollution
Ambient Air Quality
Standards
Scope
Purpose
Air Quality Guidelines
Page
1
1
1
1
1
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
10
10
           VIII

-------
Revised Standard
  Subject Index    Section Number             Title                   Page
    (4.0)            2.400           Ambient Air Quality               10
                                     Standards
    (50.1)           2.410           Particulates and Gases            10
    (50.7)           2.420           Radioactive Substances            11
    (50.7)           2.430           Other Air Contaminants            11
    (9.0)            2.500           Methods of Sampling and           11
                                     Analysis
    (4.0)            2.600           Reference Conditions              11
    (4.0)            2.700           Degradation of Ambient Air        11
                                     Having a Higher Quality Than
                                     Set Forth in 2.400 Restricted
    (4.0)            2.800           Concentrations of Air Con-        12
                                     taminants in the Ambient Air
                                     Restricted
     - -             R23-25-03       Restriction of Emission of        18
                                     Visible Air Contaminants
    (50.1.2)         3.100           Restrictions Applicable to        18
                                     Existing Installations
    (50.1.2)         3.200           Restrictions Applicable to        18
                                     New Installations and all
                                     Incinerators
    (2.0)            3.300           Exceptions                        18
    (9.0)            3.400           Method of Measurement             19
     - -             R23-25-04       Open Burning Restrictions         20
    (51.13)          4.100           Refuse Burning Restrictions       20
    (51.13)          4.200           Permissible Open Burning          20
     - -             R23-25-05       Emissions of Particulate          23
                                     Matter Restricted
                                       IX

-------
Revised Standard
  Subject Index    Section Number             Title                   Page
    (50.1.1)         5.100           Restriction of Emission of        23
                                     Particulate Matter from
                                     Industrial  Processes
    (2.0)            5.110           General Provisions                23
    (50.1.1)         5.120           Emission  Limitations              23
    (2.0)            5.130           Exceptions                         23
    (51.5)           5.200           Maximum Allowable Emission        25
                                     of Particulate Matter from
                                     Fuel  Burning Equipment Used
                                     for Indirect Heating
    (2.0)            5.210           General Provisions                26
    (51.5)           5.220           Emission  Limitations              26
    (51.9)           5.300           Incinerators                      28
    (2.0)            5.310           General Provisions                28
    (51.9)           5.320           Restriction of Emissions of       28
                                     Particulate Matter from
                                     Incinerators
    (50.1)           5.400           Preventing  Particulate Matter     29
                                     from Becoming Airborne
     - -             R23-25-06       Emissions of Sulfur Compounds     32
                                     Restricted
    (51.6)           6.100           Restriction of Emissions of       32
                                     Sulfur Dioxide From Use of
                                     Fuel
    (51.6)           6.200           Restriction of Emissions of       32
                                     Sulfur Oxides From Industrial
                                     Processes
    (9.0)            6.300           Methods of  Measurement            33
     - -             R23-25-07       Control of  Organic Compounds      34
                                     Emissions

-------
Revised Standard
  Subject Index    Section Number            Title                    Page

    (51.16)          7.100           Requirements for Construction     34
                                     of Organic Compounds
                                     Facilities

    (51.16)          7.200           Requirements for Organic Com-     35
                                     pounds Gas Disposal

     - -             R23-25-08       Control of Air Pollution From     36
                                     Vehicles and Other Internal
                                     Combustion Engines

    (12.0)           8.100           Internal Combustion Engine        36
                                     Emissions Restricted

    (12.0)           8.200           Removal and/or Disabling of   .    36
                                     Motor Vehicle Pollution Con-
                                     trol Devices Prohibited

     - -             R23-25-09       Emission of Certain Settleable    37
                                     Acids and Alkaline Substances
                                     Restricted

    (2.0)            9.100           General Provisions                37

    (51.21)          9.200           Emissions Restricted              37

    (9.0)            9.300           Method of Measurement             37

                     R23-25-10       Control of Pesticides             38

    (51.21)          10.100          Pesticide Use Restricted          38

    (51.21)          10.200          Restictions on the Disposal of    38
                                     Surplus Pesticides and Empty
                                     Pesticide Containers

     - -             R23-25-11       Prevention of Air Pollution       39
                                     Emergency Episodes

    (8.0)            11.100          Air Pollution Emergency           39

    (8.0)            11.200          Air Pollution Episode Criteria    39

    (8.0)            11.300          Abatement Strategies Emission     39
                                     Reduction Plans
                                        XI

-------
Revised Standard
  Subject Index    Section Number
    (8.0)
    (2.0)
    (9.0)
    (2.0)
11.400
                     R23-25-12
(2.0)
(2.0)
(1.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(13.0)
12.100
12.101
12.102
12.103
12.104
12.105
12.106
    (9.0)            12.107
    (14.0)           12.108
    (6.0)(7.0)        12.109
12.110
12.111
12.400
 (51.5)"(51.6)(51.7)  12.401
    (51.9)
    (51.3)
    (51.10)
12.402
12.403
12.404
        Title                    Page
Preplanned Abatement Strate-      39
gies Plans
Standards of Performance for      50
New Stationary Sources
General Provisions                50
Applicability                     50
Definitions                       50
Abbreviations                     53
Determination of Construction     53
of Modification
Review of Plans                   54
Notification and Record           54
Keeping
Performance Tests                 56
Availability of Information       57
Compliance With Standards and     58
Maintenance Requirements
Circumvention                     60
Monitoring Requirements           60
Standards of Performance          66
Standards of Performance for      66
Fossil-Fuel Steam
Generators
Standards of Performance for      78
Incinerators
Standards of Performance for      82
Portland Cement Plants
Standards of Performance for      84
Nitric Acid Plants
                                     XII

-------
Revised Standard
  Subject Index    Section Number             Title                   Page

     (51.18)          12.405          Standards  of Performance  for      87
                                      Sulfuric Acid Plants

     (51.8)           12.406          Standards  of Performance  for      90
                                      Asphalt Concrete Plants

     (51.15)          12.407          Standards  of Performance  for      91
                                      Petroleum  Refineries

     (51.16)          12.408          Standards  of Performance  for     100
                                      Storage Vessels for Petroleum
                                      Liquids

     (51.17)          12.409          Standards  of Performance  for     103
                                      Secondary  Lead Smelters

     (51.17)          12.410          Standards  of Performance  for     105
                                      Secondary  Brass and Bronze
                                      Ingot Production Plants

     (51.4)           12.411          Standards  of Performance  for     107
                                      Iron and Steel Plants

     (51.9)           12.412          Standards  of Performance  for     108
                                      Sewage Treatment Plants

     (51.21)          12.417          Standards  of Performance  for     112
                                      the Phosphate Fertilizer
                                      Industry:   Wet Process Phos-
                                      phoric Acid Plants

     (51.21)          12.418          Standards  of Performance  for     115
                                      the Phosphate Fertilizer
                                      Industry:   Super-Phosphoric
                                      Acid Plants

     (51.21)          12.419          Standards  of Performance  for     118
                                      the Phosphate Fertilizer
                                      Industry:   Diammonium Phosphate
                                      Plants

     (51.21)          12.420          Standards  of Performance  for     121
                                      the Phosphate Fertilizer In-
                                      dustry:  Triple Superphosphate
                                      Plants
                                        XIII

-------
Revised Standard
  Subject Index
Section Number
(51.21)
(51.4)
- -
(2.0)
(2.0)
(i.o)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)03.0)
(3.0)(6.0)
(9.0)
(2.0M9.0)
(9.0)
12.421
12.424
R23-25-13
13.100
13.101
13.102
13.103
13.104
13.105
13.106
13.107
13.108
13.109
13.110
13.111
13.112
    (14.0)
  13.113
        Title                    Page
Standards of Performance for     124
the Phosphate Fertilizer
Industry:  Granular Triple
Superphosphate Storage
Facilities
Standards of Performance for     127
Steel Plants:  Electric Arc
Furnaces
Emission Standards for Haz-      137
ardous Air Pollutants
General Provisions               137
Applicability                    137
Definitions                      137
Abbreviations                    138
Prohibited Activities            139
Determination of Construe-       140
tion Modification
Application for Permit to        140
Construct
Notification of  Startup         140
Source Reporting and Applica-    140
tion for Permit to Operate
Permit and Compliance Schedule   142
Emission Tests and Monitoring    143
Waiver of Emission Tests         144
Source Test and Analytical       144
Methods
Availability of Information      145
                                      XIV

-------
Revised Standard
Subject Index
(2.0)
(50.7)
(2.0)
(1.0)
(50.7)
(8.0)
(13.0)
(51.9)
(50.7)
(2.0)
d.o)
(50.7)
(9.0)
(9.0)
(50.7)
(2.0)
(1.0)
(50.7)
(9.0)
(9.0)
(50.7)
Section Number
13.114
13.200
13.201
13.202
13.203
13.204
13.205
13.206
13.300
13.301
13.302
13.303
13.304
13.305
13.400
13.401
13.402
13.403
13.404
13.405
13.500
                                              Title                     Page
                                     Circumvention                      145
                                     Emission  Standard  for Asbestos     145
                                     Applicability                      145
                                     Definitions                        145
                                     Emission  Standard                  148
                                     Air-Cleaning                       160
                                     Reporting                         160
                                     Waste Disposal  Sites               161
                                     Emission  Standard  for Beryllium   163
                                     Applicability                      163
                                     Definitions                        163
                                     Emission  Standard                  164
                                     Stack Sampling                     166
                                     Air Sampling                       167
                                     Emission  Standard  for Beryllium   168
                                     Rocket Motor Firing
                                     Applicability                      168
                                     Definitions                        168
                                     Emission  Standard                  168
                                     Emission  Testing - Rocket          168
                                     Firing or Propel!ant
                                     Disposal
                                     Stack Sampling                     169
                                     Emission  Standard  for Mercury      169
                                         xv

-------
Revised Standard
Subject Index
(2.0)
(1.0)
(50.7)
(9.0)
(9.0)
(9.0)
(2.0)
(2.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
Section Number
13.501
13.502
13.503
13.504
13.505
13.506
R23-25-14
14.100
14.200
14.201
14.202
14.203
14.204
14.205
14.206
14.207
14.208
    (3.0)

    (3.0)
14.209

14.210
         Title                    Page
Applicability                     169
Definitions                       169
Emission Standard                 171
Stack Sampling                    171
Sludge Sampling                   174
Emission Monitoring               176
Designated Air Contaminant        178
Sources, Permit to Construct,
Permit to Operate
Designated Air Contaminant        178
Sources
Permit to Construct               183
Permit to Construct Required      183
Application for Permit            183
to Construct
Alterations to Soruce             183
Submission of Plans - Defi-       184
ciencies in Application
Review of Application -           184
Standard for Granting Permits
Public Participation - Final      185
Action on Application
Denial of Permit to Construct     186
Issuance of Permit to             186
Construct
Permit to Construct -             186
Conditions
Scope                             186
                                      XVI

-------
Revised Standard
Subject Index
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)(9.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(2.0)
(9.0)
(6.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
Section Number
14.300
14.301
14.302
14.303
14.304
14.305
14.306
14.307
14.308
14.309
14.400
14.401
14.402
14.403
14.404
14.405
14.406
14.407
                                              Title                    Page
                                     Permit to Operate                 187
                                     Permit to Operate Required         187
                                     Appliation for Permit to          187
                                     Operate
                                     Standards for Granting Permits     188
                                     to Operate
                                     Performance Testing               188
                                     Action on Applications            188
                                     Permit to Operate -               188
                                     Conditions
                                     Suspension or Revocation of       189
                                     Permit to Operate
                                     Transfer of Permit to Operate     189
                                     Renewal of Permit to Operate      189
                                     Common Provisions Applicable      189
                                     to Both Permit to Construct
                                     and Permit to Operate
                                     Exemptions                        189
                                     Performance and Emission          193
                                     Testing
                                     Responsibility to Comply          194
                                     Portable Sources                  194
                                     Registration of Exempted          194
                                     Stationary Sources
                                     Extensions of Time                194
                                     Amendment of Permits              194
                                     XVII

-------
Revised Standard
  Subject Index    Section Number
                     R23-25-15
(2.0)
(i.o)
(17.0)
15.100
15.101
15.102
                           Title
                  Prevention of Significant
                  Deterioration of Air
                  Quality
                  General Provisions
                  Definitions
                  Significant Deterioration
                  of Air Quality
                                  Page
                                  196

                                  196
                                  196
                                  197
                   FEDERALLY PROMULGATED REGULATIONS
Revised Standard
  Subject Index
    (10.0)

    (17.0)
Section Number
  52.1824

  52.1829
         Title
Review of New or Modified
Indirect Sources
Prevention of Significant
Deterioration
Page
207

217
                                    XVIII

-------
         F.23-25-01   GENERAL PROVISIONS
(2.0)     1.010  PURPOSE
                It is the purpose of these air quality standards  and emission  regula-
                tions to state such requirements  as  shall  be required to maintain  or
                obtain reasonable levels of air quality consistent with  the  protec-
                tion of health and the prevention of injury to plant, animal  life  and
                property in the State of North Dakota, to  promote the economic and
                social development of the State;  and to provide for the  comfortable
                enjoyment of the natural attractions of the State to the greatest
                extent practical.
(2.0)     1.020  SCOPE
                These air quality standards and emission regulations  apply to any
                source or emission existing partially or wholly within the State of
                North Dakota.
(15.0)   1.030  AUTHORITY
                The North Dakota State Department of Health has been authorized to
                provide and administer these regulations under the provisions of
                Section 23-25-01 through' Section 23-25-10 of Chapter 23-25 of "the
                North Dakota Century Code.
(1.0)    1.040  DEFINITIONS
                As used in these regulations, except as otherwise specifically pro-
                vided or where the context indicates otherwise, the following words
                shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this section:

                (1)  "Act" shall mean Section 23-25-01  through Section 23-25-01 of
                     Chapter 23-25- of the North Dakota Century Code.

                (2)  "Air contaminant" shall mean dust, fumes, mist, smoke, other
                     particulate matter, vapor, gas, or any combination thereof,
                     not including water vapor, water mist, or steam condensate.

                (3)  "Air pollution" shall mean the presence in the outdoor atmos-
                     phere of one or more air contaminants in such quantities and
                     duration as to threaten or endanger or is injurious to human
                     health or welfare, animal or plant life, or property.

                (4)  "Ambient air" shall mean the outdoor air that envelops or
                     surrounds the earth.

                (5)  "ASME" shall mean the American Society of Mechanical  Engineers,
                     345 East 47th Street, New York, New York.
                                            -I-

-------
 (6)  "ASTM" shall  mean the American Society  for Testing  and
      Materials, 1916 Race Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.

 (7)  "Control  equipment"  shall  mean any device  or  contrivance
      which prevents or reduces  emissions.

 (8)  "Department"  shall mean the North  Dakota State  Department  of
      Health.

 (9)  "Emission" shall  mean a release of air  contaminants  into the
      ambient air.

(10)  "Existing" shall  mean equipment, machines,  devices,  articles,
      contrivances  or installations which are in  being  or  have been
      purchased on  or before the effective  date  of  these  regulations;
      except that any existing equipment, machine,  device,  article,
      contrivance or installation which  is  altered, repaired  or  rebuilt
      after the effective  date of these  regulations shall  be  re-
      classified as "new"  if such alteration, rebuilding,  or  repair
      results  in the emission of an additional or greater  amount  of
      air contaminants.

(11)  "Fuel burning equipment" shall  mean any furnace,  boiler appara-
      tus, stack, or appurtenances  thereto  used  in  the  process of
      burning fuel  or other combustible  material  for  the  primary
      purpose of producing heat or  power by indirect  heat  transfer.

(12)  "Fugitive dust" shall mean solid airborne  particulate matter
      emitted from any source other than through  a  stack  or chimney.

(13)  "Garbage" shall mean petrescible animal and vegetable wastes
      resulting from the handling,  preparation,  cooking and consump-
      tion of food, including wastes from markets,  storage  facilities,
      handling  and  scale of produce and  other food  products.

(14)  "Heat input"  shall mean the aggregate heat content  of all  fuels
      whose products of combustion  pass  through  a stack or  stacks.
      The heat  input value to be used shall be the  equipment  manufac-
      turer's or designer's guaranteed maximum input, whichever  is
      greater.

(15)  "Incinerator" shall  mean.any  article, machine,  equipment,  device,
      contrivance,  structure or part of  a structure used  for  the
      destruction of garbage, rubbish, or other  wastes  by  burning or
      to process salvageable material by burning.

(16)  "Installation" shall mean any property, real  or personal,
      including but not limited to  processing equipment,  manufacturing
      equipment, fuel burning equipment, incinerators,  or  any other
      equipment, or construction, capable of  creating or  causing
      emissions.
                             -2-

-------
(17)   "Multiple chamber incinerator"  shall mean any article, machine,
      equipment, contrivance,  structure  or part of a structure used
      to dispose of combustible  refuse by burning, consisting of three
      or more refractory lined combustion furnaces in series physically
      separated by refractory  walls,  interconnected by  gas passage
      ports or ducts and employing  adequate  parameters  necessary for
      maximum combustion of the  material to  be burned.

(18)   "New" shall  mean equipment, machines,  devices, articles, contri-
      vances or installations  built or installed  on or  after the
      effective date of these  regulations, and installations existing
      at said stated time which  are later altered, repaired or rebuilt
      and result in the emission of an additional or greater amount of
      air contaminants.  Any equipment moved to another premise involving
      a change of address, or  purchased  and  to be operated by a new
      owner, or when a new lessee desires to operate such equipment
      after the effective date of these  regulations shall be considered
      new.

(19)   "Opacity" shall mean a state  which renders  material partially
      or wholly impervious to  rays  of light  and causes  obstruction
      of an observer's view.

(20)   "Open burning" shall mean  the burning  of any matter in such a
      manner that the products of combustion resulting  from the
      burning are emitted directly  into  the  ambient air without passing
      through an adequate stack, duct or chimney.

(21)   "Particulate matter" shall mean any material, except water in un-
      combined form that is or has  been  airborne, and exists as a
      liquid or a solid at standard conditions.

(22)   "Person" shall mean any  individual, corporation,  partnership, firm,
      association, trust, estate, public or  private institution, group,
      agency, political subdivision of this  State,  and  other state or
      political subdivision or agency thereof and any legal successor,
      representative agent or  agency of  the  foregoing.

(23)   "Pesticide" shall mean,  but  is not limited  to  (1) any agent,
      substance, or mixture of substances intended  to prevent,  destroy,
      control, or mitigate any insect,  rodent, nematode, predatory
      animal, snail, slug, bacterium, weed,  and any other form  of plant
      or animal life, fungus,  or virus,  that may  infect or be detri-
      mental to persons, vegetation, crops,  animals,  structures, or
      households or be present in  any environment or which the
      Department may declare to  be  a pest,  except those bacteria,
      fungi, .protozoa, or viruses  on or  in  living man or other  animals;
      (2) any agent, substance,  or  mixture  of substances intended to
      be used as a plant regulator, defoliant, or. desiccant; and  (3)  any
      other similar substance  so designated  by the  Department,  including,
      but not limited to, herbicides, insecticides,  fungicides, nemato-
      cides, molluscacides, rodenticides,  lampreycides, plant  regulators,
      gametocides, post-harvest  decay preventatives,  and antioxidants.
                             -3-

-------
(24)   "Premises"  shall  mean any property,  piece  of land  or  real
      estate or building.

(25)   "Process weight"  shall  mean the  total  weight of  all materials
      introduced into any  specific process which may cause  emissions.
      Solid fuels charged  will  be considered as  part of  the process
      weight, but liquid and gaseous  fuels and combustion air will
      not.

(26)   "Process weight rate" shall  mean the rate  established as  follows:

      (a)   For continuous  or long-run  steady-state operations,  the
           total  process weight for the entire period  of continuous
           operation or for a typical  portion thereof, divided  by the
           number of hours of such period  or portion thereof.

      (b)   For cyclical or batch operations, the total process  weight
           for a period that covers a  complete operation or an  integral
           number of cycles,  divided by the  hours of actual  process
           operation during such a period.  Where the  nature of any
           process or operation or the design of any equipment  is such
           as to permit more than one  interpretation of  this definition,
           the interpretation that results in the minimum value for
           allowable emission shall apply.

(27)   "Public nuisance" shall mean any condition of the  ambient air
      beyond the property  line of the  offending  person which is injurious
      to health,  or offensive to the senses, or  which  causes or consti-
      tutes an obstruction to the free use of property,  so  as to inter-
      fere  with the comfortable enjoyment  of life or property.

(28)   "Refuse" shall mean  any combustible  waste  material, trade waste,
      rubbish, or garbage  containing carbon  in a free  or combined state.

(29)   "Rubbish" shall mean non-putrescible solid wastes  consisting of
      both  combustible and non-combustible wastes. Combustible
      rubbish includes paper, rags, cartons, wood, furniture, rubber,
      plastics, yard trimmings, leaves, and  similar materials.   Non-
      combustible rubbish  includes glass,  crockery, cans, dust, metal
      furniture and like materials which will not burn at ordinary
      incinerator temperatures (1,600°F. to  1,800°F.).

(30)   "Salvage operation"  shall mean any operation conducted in whole
      or in part for the salvaging or  reclaiming of any  product or
      material.

(31)   "Smoke" shall mean small  gas-borne particles resulting from in-
      complete combustion, consisting  predominantly, but not exclusively,
      of carbon,  ash and other combustible material, that form  a visible
      plume in the air.

(32)   "Source" shall mean  any property, real or  personal, or person
      contributing to air  pollution.
                             -4-

-------
               (33)   "Source operation"  shall  mean  the  last  operation  preceding
                     emission which operation  (a) results  in the  separation of the
                     air contaminant from the  process materials or  in  the  conversion
                     of the process materials  into  air  contaminants, as  in the case
                     of combustion fuel; and (b)  is not an air pollution abatement
                     operation.

               (34)   "Stack or chimney"  shall  mean  any  flue, conduit or  duct  arranged
                     to conduct emissions.

               (35)   "Submerged fill pipe"  shall  mean any  fill pipe the  discharge
                     opening of which is entirely submerged  when  the liquid level
                     is six inches above the bottom of  the tank;  or when applied to
                     a tank which is loaded from the side, shall  mean  any  fill pipe
                     the discharge opening  of which is  entirely submerged  when the
                     liquid level is 1.5 times the  fill  pipe diameter  in inches above
                     the bottom of the tank.

               (36)   "Standard conditions"  shall  mean a dry  gas temperature of 60
                     degrees fahrenheit (15.6 degrees centigrade)  and a gas pressure
                     of 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute (760 millimeters of
                     mercury.)

               (37)   "Trade waste" shall mean solid, liquid, or gaseous  waste material
                     resulting from construction or the conduct of  any business,
                     trade or industry,  or any demolition  operation including, but not
                     limited to wood, plastics, cartons, grease,  oil,  chemicals and
                     cinders.

               (38)   "Volatile organic compounds" shall  mean any  compound  containing
                     carbon and hydrogen or containing  carbon and hydrogen in combi-
                     nation with any other element  which has a Modified  Reid  (77.6 mm Hg.)
                     or greater under actual storage conditions.

               (39)   "Waste classification" shall mean  the seven  classifications of
                     waste as defined by the Incinerator Institute  of  America and
                     American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

(15.0)    1.050  ENTRY ONTO PREMISES-AUTHORITY

                Entry onto premises and on-site inspection shall  be made pursuant to
                Section 23-25-05 of Chapter 23-25 of the North Dakota  Century Code.

(5.0)     1.060  VARIANCES

                1.061  Where upon written application of  the responsible person or
                     persons the Department finds that  by  reason-of exceptional
                     circumstances strict conformity with  any provisions of these
                     regulations would cause undue  hardship, would  be  unreasonable,
                     impractical or not feasible under  the circumstances,  the
                     Department may permit a variance from these  regulations  upon
                     such conditions and within such time  limitations  as it may
                                            -5-

-------
                     prescribe for prevention,  control  or abatement of air pollution
                     in harmony with the intent of the  State and any applicable
                     Federal  laws.

                1.062'No variance may permit or  authorize the maintenance  of a
                     nuisance, or a danger to public health or safety.
(2.0)     1.070  CIRCUMVENTION
                No person shall  cause or permit the installation or use of any
                device of any means which,  without resulting in reduction  in  the
                total  amount of air contaminant emitted,  conceals or dilutes  an
                emission of air contaminant which would otherwise violate  these
                regulations.

(2.0)     1.080  SEVERABILITY

                If any provision of these regulations or the application thereof
                to any person or circumstances is held to be invalid, such invalidity
                shall  not affect other provisions or application of any other part
                of these regulations which  can be given effect without the invalid
                provision or application, and to this end the provisions of these
                regulations and the various applications  thereof are declared to  be
                severable.

(2.0)     1.090  LAND USE PLANS AND ZONING REGULATIONS

                1.091' Planning Agency Land-Use Plans

                     (1)  The Department will provide to planning agencies, for use
                          in preparing land-use plans, information concerning:

                          (a)  Air-quality

                          (b)  Air-pollutant emissions

                          (c)  Air pollutant meteorology

                          (d)  Air-quality  goals

                          (e)  Air pollution effects

                     (2)  The Department will review all  land-use plans and prepare
                          recommendations for consideration in the plan adoption
                          process.

                1.092 Zoning Agency Regulations

                     (1)  The Department will provide to zoning control agencies, for
                          use in preparing  regulations, information concerning:

                          (a)  Air-quality
                                            -6-

-------
                          (b)   Air pollutant emissions

                          (c)   Air pollution meteorology

                          (d)   Air-quality goals

                          (e)   Air pollution effects

                     (2)   The  Department will review all  zoning regulations  and pre-
                          pare recommendations for consideration in the regulation
                          adoption process.

         1.100  (RESERVED)

(9.0)    1.110  MEASUREMENT OF EMISSIONS OF AIR CONTAMINANTS

               1 ..VI1  Sampling  and Testing Methods

                     All  tests shall.be made and the results calculated in accord-
                     ance with test procedures approved by the Department.  All tests
                     shall be  made under the direction of persons qualified by training
                     and/or experience in the field of air pollution control as
                     approved  by the Department.

                1.112  Responsible Persons to Have Tests Made

                     The Department may require any person responsible for emission
                     of air contaminants to make or have made tests to determine
                     the emission of air contaminants from any source, whenever the
                     Department has reason to believe that an emission in excess of
                     that allowed by these regulations is occurring.  The Department
                     may specify testing methods to be used in accordance with good
                     professional practice.  The Department may observe the testing.
                     All tests shall be conducted by reputable, qualified personnel.
                     The Department shall be given a copy of the test results in
                     writing and signed by the person responsible for the tests.

               1.113  The Department May Make Tests

                     The Department may conduct tests of emissions of air contaminants
                     from any source.  Upon request of the Department the person
                     responsible for the source to be tested shall provide necessary
                     holes in stacks or ducts and such other safe and proper sampling
                     and testing facilities, exclusive of instruments and sensing
                     devices as may be necessary for proper determination of the
                     emission of air contaminants.

(7.0)    1.120  SHUTDOWN AND MALFUNCTION OF AN INSTALLATION-REQUIREMENT FOR
                NOTIFICATION
                                             -7-

-------
1.121   Maintenance Shutdowns

       In case of shutdown  of air pollution  control  equipment  for
       necessary scheduled  maintenance,  the  intent  to  shut-down such
       equipment shall  be reported to  the  Department at  least  twenty-
       four (24) hours  prior  to  the planned  shutdown provided  that  the
       air contaminating source  will be  operated while the  control
       equipment is not in  service. Such  prior notice shall include,
       but is not limited to  the following:

       (a)  Identification  of the specific facility to be taken out
            of service  as well as its  location and  permit number.

       (b)  The expected length  of time  that the air pollution control
            equipment will  be out of service.

       (c)  The nature  and  estimated quantity of emissions  of  air
            pollutants  likely to be emitted  during  the shutdown period.

       (d)  Measures such as  the use of  off-shift labor  and equipment
            that will be taken to minimize the length  of the shut-
            down period.

       (e)  The reasons that  it  would  be impossible or impractical  to
            shutdown the source  operation  during the maintenance period.

1.122   Malfunctions

       When a malfunction in  any installation occurs that can  be
       expected to cause the  emission  of air contaminants in violation
       of these regulations or other applicable rules  and regulations,
       the person responsible for such installation shall immediately
       notify the Department  of  such malfunction and provide a state-
       ment giving all  pertinent facts,  including the  estimated dura-
       tion of the breakdown.  On receipt  of this notification, the
       Department may permit  the continuance of the operation  for a
       period not to exceed 10 days provided that written application
       is made to the Department.  Such  application shall be made
       within 24 hours  of the malfunction  or within such other time
       period as the Department  may specify. In cases of major equip-
       ment failure, additional  time period  may be  granted  by  the
       Department provided  a  corrective  program has been submitted  by
       the person and approved by the  Department.   The Department shall
       be notified when the condition  causing the malfunction  has been
       corrected.
                             -8-

-------
(6.0)      1.130   TIME  SCHEDULE  FOR  COMPLIANCE

                 Except as  otherwise  specified,  compliance with the provisions of
                 these regulations  shall  be  according  to  the  following time schedule:

               1.131   New Installations

                      All new installations  shall  comply  as of going  into continuous
                      routine operation  for  its  intended  purpose.

               1.132   Existing  Installations

                      All existing  installations not in compliance as of the effective
                      date  of these regulations  shall  be  in compliance within one
                      year of the effective  date of these regulations unless the
                      owner or  person responsible  for  the operation of the installa-
                      tion  shall  have submitted  to the Department in  a form and
                      manner satisfactory to it, a program and schedule for achieving
                      compliance, such program and schedule to contain a date on or
                      before which  full  compliance will be attained,  and such other
                      information as  the Department may require.  If  approved by the
                      Department, such date  will be the date  on which the person shall
                      comply.  The  Department  may  require persons submitting such
                      program to  submit  subsequent periodic reports on progress in
                      achieving compliance.  In  no event  shall the program and schedule
                      prescribe a compliance date  later than  three years from the
                      effective date  of  these  regulations.

 (2.0)     1.140   PROHIBITION OF AIR POLLUTION

              1.141   No person shall permit or  cause  air pollution,  as defined in
                      Section 1.040(3).

              1.142   No person shall permit or  cause  a public nuisance, as defined
                      in Section  1.040(27).

              1 .143   No person shall cause  or permit  the discharge from any source
                      whatsoever  such quantities of air contaminants  or other material
                      which cause injury, detriment, nuisance, or annoyance to any
                      person or to  the public  or which endanger the comfort, repose,
                      health, or  safety  of any such person or the public or which cause
                      injury or damage to business or  property.

               1.144   Nothing in  any  other part  of these  regulations  concerning
                      emission  of air contaminants or  any other regulation relating
                      to air pollution shall in  any manner be construed as authorizing
                      or legalizing the  creation or maintenance of air pollution, a
                      public nuisance, or a  nuisance as described in  1.143.
                                             -9-

-------
         R23-25-02  AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
(2.0)    2.100  SCOPE
                The Ambient Air Quality Standards as  presented  below  pertain  to  the
                environmental  air of the State of North  Dakota.
(2.0)    2.200  PURPOSE
                It is the purpose of these air quality standards  to set forth levels
                of air quality for the maintenance of public health and safety,  and
                to provide guidance to the city,  county, and township boards  of  health
                in conducting  programs to abate air pollution.  These Standards  set
                forth a mechanism of achieving cleaner air and  are not a permit  for
                the unnecessary degradation of air quality.
(4.0)    2.300  AIR QUALITY GUIDELINES
                In keeping with the purpose of these  Ambient Air Quality Standards,
                the quality should be such that:
                (a)  The health of even sensitive or  susceptible  segments of  the
                     population will not be adversely affected;
                (b)  concentrations of pollutants will not cause  public nuisance
                     or annoyance;
                (c)  significant damage to animals, ornamental  plants, forest and
                     agricultural crops will not occur;
                (d)  visibility will not be significantly reduced;
                (e)  metals or other materials will not  be significantly corroded or
                     damaged;
                (f)  fabrics will not be soiled, deteriorated,  or their colors
                     affected; and
                (g)  natural scenery will not be obscured.
(4.0)    2.400  AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
(50.1)        2.410  Particulates and Gases
                     The standards of ambient air quality listed in Table 1  define
                     the limits of air contamination  by  particulates  and gases,  above
                     which limits the ambient air is  hereby declared  to be unacceptable
                     and require air pollution control measures.   Until additional
                     pertinent information becomes available through  surveillance and
                                             -10-

-------
                     research with respect to the effects  of the  air contaminants
                     listed in Table 1, the air quality limits  listed in  Table  1
                     shall  apply in North Dakota.  The limits stated, include normal
                     background levels of particulates and gases.
(50.7)        2.420  Radioactive Substances
                     The ambient air shall  not contain any radioactive  substances
                     exceeding the concentrations specified in Regulation No.  83
                     of the North Dakota State Department of Health  of  the title
                     "Radiological Health Regulations".
(50.7)        2.430  Other Air Contaminants

                     The ambient air shall  not contain air contaminants  in  con-
                     centrations that would be injurious  to human health or well-
                     being, or unreasonably interfere with the enjoyment of property
                     or that would injure plant or animal  life.

(9.0)    2.500  METHODS OF SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS

                Air contaminants shall be measured by the methods or methods  listed
                in Table 2, or by such other methods  approved by the Department.
                The publications or their replacements listed in Table 2 are  made
                part of these regulations by reference.

                The sampling and analytical procedures employed and the  numbers,
                duration, and location of samples to  be taken to measure ambient  levels
                of air contaminants shall be consistent with obtaining accurate
                results which are statistically significant and representative of
                the conditions being evaluated.

(4.0)    2.600  REFERENCE CONDITIONS

                The standards of ambient air quality  listed in Table 1 are  corrected
                to a-reference temperature  of 25°C. and a reference pressure  of 760
                millimeters of mercury (1,013.2 millibars).

(4.0)    2.700  DEGRADATION OF AMBIENT AIR HAVING A HIGHER QUALITY THAN  THAT  SET  FORTH IN
                2.400 RESTRICTED

                Ambient air whose quality as of the effective date of these regula-
                tions is higher than the standards set forth in 2.400 shall be
                maintained at the higher quality unless it can be affirmatively
                demonstrated to the Department that a change in quality  is  justifi-
                able and will not be contrary to the  guidelines  of 2.300.
                                           -11-

-------
(4.0)      2.800  CONCENTRATIONS  OF AIR CONTAMINANTS  IN  THE  AMBIENT  AIR  RESTRICTED

               2.810  No person  shall  cause  or permit the emission  of air  contaminants
                      from any premises in such manner  and  amounts  that the  concentra-
                      tions and  frequencies  attributable to such  emission  exceed
                      those shown  in  2.400 in  the  ambient air  at  any place beyond  the
                      premises on  which the  source is located.

               2.820  Nothing in any  other part or section  of  these regulations shall
                      in any manner be construed as  authorizing or  legalizing  the
                      emission of  air contaminants in such  manner as prohibited in
                      2.810.
                                            -12-

-------
              Table 1.  AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
Air Contaminants
                     Standards
        (.Maximum Permissible  Concentrations
Particulates
    Total Suspended
    Particulate
  60  micrograms  per cubic  meter  of  air, maximum
      annual  geometric  mean
 150  micrograms  per cubic  meter  of  air, maximum
      24-hour concentration not to be exceeded more
      than once per year
    Settled Partic-
    ulate (Dustfall)
  15  tons  per square  mile  per month,  maximum  3-
      month arithmetic mean in residential  areas
  30  tons  per square  mile  per month,  maximum  3-
      month arithmetic mean in heavy  industrial
      areas
    Coefficient of
    Haze
 0.4  Coh.  per 1,000 lineal  feet,  maximum annual
      geometric mean
Sulfur Oxides
    Sulfur Dioxide
  60  micrograms per cubic meter of air
      (0.02 p.p.m.), maximum annual  arithmetic
      mean
 260  micrograms per cubic meter of air
      (0.10 p.p.m.), maximum 24-hour concentration
 715  micrograms per cubic meter of air
      (0.28 p.p.m.), maximum 1-hour concentration
    Reactive Sulfur
       (Sulfation)
0.25  milligram sulfur trioxide per 100 square
      centimeters per day,maximum annual
      arithmetic mean
0.50  milligram sulfur trioxide per 100 square
      centimeters per day, maximum for a 1-month
      period
    Suspended Sul-
    fate
   4  micrograms per cubic meter of air, maximum
      annual arithmetic mean
  12  micrograms per cubic meter of air, maximum
      24-hour concentration not to be exceeded
      over 1 percent of the time
                                 -13-

-------
          Table 1.  AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS (Cont.)
Air Contaminants
                  Standards
     (Maximum Permissible Concentrations
    Su If uric Acid
    Mist, Sulfur
    Trioxide, or any
    combination there-
    of
  4  micrograms  per cubic  meter  of  air, maximum
     annual  arithmetic mean
 12  micrograms  per cubic  meter  of  air, maximum
     24-hour concentration not to be  exceeded over
     1  percent of the  time
 30  micrograms  per cubic  meter  of  air, maximum
     1-hour  concentration  not to be exceeded over
     1  percent of the  time
Hydrogen Sulfide
 45  micrograms  per cubic  meter  of  air
     (0.032 p.p.m.),  maximum 1/2-hour concentra-
     tion not to be exceeded more than  twice  in
     any 5 consecutive days
 75  micrograms  per cubic  meter  of  air
     (0.054 p.p.m.),  maximum 1/2-hour concentra-
     tion not to be exceeded over twice a year
Carbon Monoxide          10  milligrams per cubic meter of air (9  p.p.m.),
                             maximum 8-hour concentration not to be
                             exceeded more than once per year
                         40  milligrams per cubic meter of air (35 p.p.m.),
                             maximum 1-hour concentration not to be
                             exceeded more than once per year
Photochemical Oxidants
160  micrograms per cubic meter of air
     (0.08 p.p.m.), maximum 1-hour concentration
     not to be exceeded more than once per year
Hydrocarbons
160  micrograms per cubic meter of air (0.24 p.p.m.),
     maximum 3-hour concentration (6 to 9 a.m.)
     not to be exceeded more than once per year
Nitrogen Dioxide
100  micrograms per cubic meter of air (0.05 p.p.m.),
     maximum annual arithmetric
200  micrograms per cubic meter of air (0.1  p.p.m.),
     maximum 1-hour concentration not to be  exceeded
     over 1 percent of the time in any 3-month
     peri od
                                 -14-

-------
Table 2.  METHODS OF. AIR CONTAMINANT MEASUREMENT
Air Contaminant

Participates
Total Sus-
pended
Parti culates
Settled
Parti culate
(Dustfall)
Coefficient
of Haze

Sulfur Oxides
Sulfur Dioxide
Reactive
Sulfur
(Sulfation)
Sampling
Method

High-Volume
Sampling
Dustfall
Jar
Paper Tape
Sampling

Absorption
Lead
Peroxide
Plate
Sampling
Interval

24 Hours
1 Month
1 Hour
to 3
Hours

Conti nuous
1-Hr, or
24 Hours
1 Month
Analytical Method

Gravimetric - Reference Method
for the Determination of
Suspended Parti culates in the
Atmosphere (High Volume
Method). Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 42,
Chapter IV, Part 410,
National Primary and Second-
ary Ambient Air Quality
Standards, Appendix A,
Federal Register Vol. 36,
No. 84, April 30, 1971.
Gravimetric - ASTM D 1739-62.
Light Transmi ttance - ASTM D
1704-61.

Col ori metric - Reference
Method for the Determination
of Sulfur Dioxide in the
Atmosphere (Pararosaniline
Method). Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 42,
Chapter IV, Part 410, National
Primary and Secondary
Ambient Air Quality Standards,
Appendix B, Federal Register
Vol. 36, No. 84, April 30, 1971.
Turbidimetric, Lead Peroxide
Plate - Fuey, N.A.
Lead Dioxide Estimation of
Sulfur Dioxide Pollution",
Journal of the Air Pollution
Control Assoc. Vol. 18, pp.
610-611, September 1968.
                              -15-

-------
Table 2.  METHODS OF AIR CONTAMINANT MEASUREMENT (Cont.)
Air Contaminant
Suspended Sulfate
Sulfuric Acid
Mist, Sulfur
Tri oxide
Hydrogen Sulfide

Carbon Monoxide
Sampling
Method
High-Volume
Sampling
Filter Paper
(a) Paper
Tape
Sampling
(b) Absorp-
tion

Absorption of
Infrared
Radiation
Sampling
Interval*
24 Hours
1 Hour or
24 Hours
1/2 Hour
1/2 Hour

Continuous
1 Hr. or
8 Hours
Analytical MpfhnH
Turbidi metric, Barium
Sulfate Method - Selected
Methods for the Measurement
of Air Pollutants. U.S.
Public Health Service Publi-
cation No. 999-AP-ll,
May 1965.
Titration - Commins. B.T.
"Determination of Parti cul ate
Acid in Town Air." Analyst,
Vol. 88 pp. 364-367, May 1963.
Light Transmittance, Lead
Acetate Impregnated Tape -
Sensenbauch, J.D. and Hemeon,
W.C.L., "A Low Cost Sampler
for Measurement of Low
Concentration of Hydrogen
Sulfide", Air Repair Vol. 4,
No. 1, p. 5-7, May 1954.
Col crime trie - Jacobs, '" •
Braverman, Hochheiser,
"Ultramicrodetermi nation of
Sul fides in Air", Anal .
Chem. Vol. 29, p. 1349, 1957.

Non Dispersive Infrared
Spectrometry - Reference
Method for the Continuous
Measurement of Carbon Monoxide
in the Atmosphere (Non Dis-
persive Infrared Spectrometry).
Code of Federal Regulations,
Title 42, Chapter IV, Part 410.
National Primary and Second-
ary Ambient Air Quality
Standards, Appendix C.,
Federal Register Vol. 36, No.
84, April 30, 1971.
                                -16-

-------
      Table 2.  METHODS OF AIR CONTAMINANT MEASUREMENT (Cont.)
Air Contaminant
  Sampling
   Method
Sampling
Interval*
      Analytical Method
Photochemical
Oxidants
Chemilumi-
nescent
Continuous
1-Hr
Chemiluminescent - Photo-
multiplier Detector -
Reference Method for the
Measurement of Photochemical
Oxidants Corrected for
Interferences Due to Nitro-
gen Oxide and Sulfur Dioxide.
Code of Federal Regulations,
Title 42, Chapter IV, Part
410, National Primary and
Secondary Ambient Air Quality
Standards, Appendix D,
Federal Register Vol. 36,
No. 84,  April  30,  1971.
Hydrocarbons
Flame
lonization
Detector
Semi -
continuous
3 Hours
Flame lonization - Reference
Method for the Determination
of Hydrocarbons Corrected
for Methane.  Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 42, Chapter
IV, Part 410, National Primary
and Secondary Ambient Air
Quality Standards, Appendix
E, Federal Register Vol. 36,
No. 84, April 30, 1971.
Nitrogen
Dioxide
Absorption
Continuous
Colorimetric - Reference
Method for the Determination
of Nitrogen Dioxide in the
atmosphere (24-hour sampling
Method).  Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 42, Chapter
IV, Part 410, National Primary
and Secondary Ambient Air
Quality Standards, Appendix F,
Federal Register Vol. 36,
No. 84, April 30, 1971.
*Normal Sampling Interval.  Other Sampling Intervals  May be Used  if
 Approved by the Department.
                                       -17-

-------
         R23-25-03  RESTRICTION OF EMISSION OF VISIBLE AIR CONTAMINANTS

(50.1.2)  3.100  RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO EXISTING INSTALLATIONS

                No person shall discharge into the ambient air from any  single
                source of emission whatsoever, with the exception  of existing in-
                cinerators, any air contaminant

              3.110  of a shade or density equal  to or darker than that  designated
                     as No. 2 on the R'ingelmann Chart, or equivalent standard
                     approved by the Department;  or

              3.120  of such opacity as to obscure an observer's view to a  degree
                     equal to or greater than that described in 3.110.

(50.1.2)  3.200  RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO NEW INSTALLATIONS AND ALL INCINERATORS

                No person shall discharge into the ambient air from any  single
                source of emission whatsoever any air contaminant

              3.210  of a shade or density equal  to or darker than that  designated
                     as No. 1 on the Ringelmann Chart, or equivalent standard
                     approved by the Department;  or

              3.220  of such opacity as to obscure an observer's view to a  degree
                     equal to or greater than that described in 3.210.

(2.0)    3.300  EXCEPTIONS

(50.1.2)       3.3io  A person may discharge into the ambient air from any single
                     source of emission for a period or periods aggregating not
                     more than four minutes in any 60 minutes air  contaminants

                   3.311  of a shade or density not darker than No. 3 on the
                          Ringelmann Chart, or equivalent standard approved by
                          the Department; or

                   3.312  of such opacity as to obscure an observer's view  to a
                          degree not greater than that described in 3.311.

              3.320  The provisions of 3.100 and 3.200 shall not apply in the
                     following circumstances:

                   3.321  Where the presence of uncombined water is the  only reason
                          for failure of an emission to meet the requirements of
                          3.100 and 3.200.
                                                  -18-

-------
                   3.322  When smoke  is  emitted  for  the  purpose of  training or
                          research  when  approved by  the  Department, including
                          training  schools  for fire  fighting  personnel.

                   3.323  Where the limits  specified in  these regulations cannot
                          be met because of operations or  processes such as, but
                          not limited to, oil  field  service and drilling operations,
                          but only  so long  as  it is  not  technically feasible to meet
                          said specifications.
(9.0)     3.400  METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
                The Ringelmann Chart published and  described  in  the U.S. Bureau of
                Mines Information Circular 8333 or  the  U.S. Public Health  Service
                Smoke Inspection Guide as  described in  the  Federal Register, Title 42,
                Chapter 1, Subchapter F,  Part 75, shall  be  used  in grading the shade
                or opacity of visible air contaminant emissions.  The  Department may
                specify other means  of measurement  which give comparable results or
                results of greater accuracy.   The two publications, or replacements,
                described in this subsection  are hereby made  a part of these regula-
                tions by reference.
                                                  -19-

-------
         R23-25-04  OPEN BURNING RESTRICTIONS

(51.13)   4.100  REFUSE BURNING RESTRICTIONS
                No person shall  dispose  of  refuse  and other combustible material by
                open burning,  or cause,  suffer,  allow or  permit open burning of
                refuse and other combustible  material and no person shall conduct
                or cause or permit the conduct of  a  salvage operation by open burn-
                ing.

(51.13)   4.200  PERMISSIBLE OPEN BURNING

                The open burning of refuse  and other combustible material may be
                conducted as specified in the subsections set  forth below if no
                public nuisance  is or will  be created and if the burning is not pro-
                hibited by, and  is conducted  in  compliance with, other applicable
                laws, ordinances and regulations.  The  authority to conduct open
                burning under the provisions  of  this section does not exempt or
                excuse a person  from the consequences,  damages, or injuries which
                may result therefrom.

              4.201  Fires purposely set for  the instruction and training of public
                     and industrial  fire-fighting  personnel when authorized by the
                     appropriate governmental entity.

              4.202  Fires set for the elimination of a fire hazard which cannot
                     be abated by any other means  when  authorized by the appro-
                     priate governmental entity.

              4.203  Fires set for the removal of  dangerous or hazardous material
                     where there is no other  practical  or lawful method of dis-
                     posal and burning is approved in advance  by the Department.
                     Where there is imminent  danger  to  human health or safety and
                     where there is no other  practical  or lawful method of disposal,
                     burning can be initiated without prior notice to the Department
                     provided notice is  furnished  as soon as practical.

              4.204  Campfires and other fires used  solely for recreational purposes,
                     for ceremonial  occasions, or  for outdoor  preparation of food.

              4.205  Fires purposely set to forest or rangelands for a specific reason
                     in the management of forests  or game in accordance with practices
                     recommended by the  North Dakota Game and  Fish Department, the
                     Ntfrth Dakota Department  of  Agriculture, and the United States
                     Forest Service, and the  burning is approved in advance by the
                     Department.

              4.206  The burning of trees,  brush,  grass,  wood, and other vegetable
                     matter in the clearing of land, right-of-way maintenance operations,
                     and agricultural crop  burning if the following conditions are met:
                                                 -20-

-------
        a.   Prevailing winds at  the time of the burning must be
            away  from any city;

        b.   The location  of the  burning must not be adjacent to an
            occupied residence other than those located on the property
            on which the  burning is conducted;

        c.   Care  must be  used to minimize the amount of dirt on the
            material being burned;

        d.   Oils, rubber, and other materials which produce un-
            reasonable amounts of air contaminants may not be burned;

        e.   The initial burning  may begin only between three hours
            after sunrise and three hours before sunset and additional
            fuel  may not  be intentionally added to the fire at times
            outside the limits stated above;

        f.   The burning must not be conducted adjacent to any highway
            or public road so as to create a traffic hazard; and

        g.   The burning must not be conducted within one mile of any
            military, commercial, county, municipal, or private airport
            or landing strip.

4.207    Where no  municipal collection and disposal service is avail-
        able, the burning of refuse and other combustible materials
        generated in the  operation of a domestic household if the
        following conditions are met:

        a.   The material  to be burned must not be the combined waste
            from  a building designed to accommodate more than three
            such  households;

        b.   The burning must be  conducted on the property on which
            the waste is  generated; and

        c.   The initial burning  may begin only between three hours
            after sunrise and three hours before sunset and additional
            fuel  may not  be intentionally added to the fire at times
            outside the limits stated above.

 4.208  The burning of liquid hydrocarbons which are spilled or lost
        as  a result of pipeline  breaks or other accidents involving
        the transportation of such materials or which are generated
        as  wastes as the  result  of oil exploration, development, pro-
        duction,  refining, or processing operations if the following
        conditions are met:

        a.   The material  cannot  be practicably recovered or otherwise
            lawfully disposed of in some other manner;
                                    -21-

-------
b.  The burning must not be conducted within a city or
    adjacent to an occupied residence or in such proximity
    thereto that the ambient air of such city or occupied
    residence may be affected by the air contaminants
    being emitted;

c.  The initial burning may begin only between three hours
    after sunrise and three hours before sunset and additional
    fuel may not be intentionally added to the fire at times
    outside the limits stated above; and

d.  The burning must be controlled so that a traffic hazard
    is not created as the result of the air contaminants
    being emitted.

e.  The burning must be approved in advance by the Department,
    except as provided in 4.203.
                            -22-

-------
         R23-25-05  EMISSIONS OF PARTICULATE MATTER RESTRICTED

(50.1.1)5.100  RESTRICTION OF EMISSION OF PARTICULATE  MATTER FROM  INDUSTRIAL
                PROCESSES

(2.0)            5.110  GENERAL PROVISIONS

                     5.111   Section 5.100 applies  to any operation,  process, or
                            activity from which particulate matter  is  emitted
                            except the burning of  fuel  for indirect heating  in
                            which the products of  combustion do not come  into
                            direct contact with process materials,  the burning
                            of refuse, and the processing of salvable  material
                            by burning.

                     5.112   The process weight rate per hour referred  to  in  this
                            section shall be based upon the normal  operation
                            maximum capacity of the equipment and if such normal
                            maximum capacity should be  increased by process  or
                            equipment changes, the new  normal maximum  capacity
                            shall be used as the process weight in  determining
                            the allowable emissions.

                     5.113   Emission tests relating to  5.100 shall  be  made follow-
                            ing the standards in ASME "Power Test Code PTC-27"
                            dated 1957 and entitled "Determining Dust  Concentration
                            in a Gas Stream" or its replacement or  other  method
                            as approved by the Department.

(50.1.1)        5.120  EMISSION LIMITATIONS

                       No person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit the emission
                       of particulate matter in any one hour from any  source in
                       excess of the amount shown  in Table 3 for the process weight
                       allocated to such source.

 (2.0)           5.130  EXCEPTIONS

                     5.131   Temporary operational  breakdowns or cleaning  of  air
                            pollution equipment for any process are permitted pro-
                            vided the owner or operator immediately advises  the
                            Department of the circumstances and outlines  an  accept-
                            able corrective program and provided such  operations  do
                            not cause an immediate public health hazard.

                     5.132   The Department may prescribe air quality control
                            requirements that are  more  restrictive  and more  extensive
                            than provided in 5.120 if the particulate  matter emitted
                            is a radioactive, toxic, or deleterious substance which
                            may affect human health or well-being or that would
                            cause significant damage to animal  or plant life.
                                                  -23-

-------
5.133  Any existing emission source which has particulate
       collection equipment with a collection efficiency of
       99.7 percent or more by weight shall be considered
       as meeting the provisions of 5.120.  The efficiency
       of the particulate collection equipment shall  be
       determined as outlined in 5.113 with the process
       being served by the particulate collection equipment
       being run at normal operation maximum capacity.

5.134  Any portable emission source, not operated at the
       same premise for more than six months, shall be
       considered as meeting the provisions of 5.120 if
       the following conditions are met:

       a.  The source must not be located within a city;

       b.  The source must not be located within one-half
           mile of any occupied residence, and within one
           mile of the source there shall be no more than
           two occupied residences;

       c.  The source must not be located within one-
           quarter mile of any highway or public road,

       d.  The source stack or stacks must be equipped with
           particulate collection equipment with a collection
           efficiency of 85 percent or more by weight.  The
           efficiency of the particulate collection equipment
           shall be determined as in 5.133; and

       e.  The source must be equipped with a fugitive dust
           control system that prevents the emission of
           particulate matter from any point other than through
           a stack.
                              -24-

-------
Table 3.  Maximum Allowable Rates of Emission of Particulate Matter
                     from Industrial Processes
Process Weight
Rate
Lb/hr
100
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
12,000
Tons/hr
0.05
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
6.00
Rate of
Emission
Lb/hr
0.551
0.877
1.40
1.83
2.22
2.58
3.38
4.10
4.76
5.38
5.96
6.52
7.58
8.56
9.49
10.4
11.2
12.0
13.6
Process Weight
Rate
Lb/hr
16,000
18,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
100,000
120,000
140,000
160,000
200,000
1,000,000
2,000,000
6,000,000

Tons/hr
8.00
9.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
25.00
30.00
35.00
40.00
45.00
50.00
60.00
70.00
80.00
100.00
500.00
1,000.00
3,000.00

Rate of
Emission
Lb/hr
16.5
17.9
19.2
25.2
30.5
35.4
40.0
41.3
42.5
43.6
44.6
46.3
47.8
49.0
51.2
69.0
77.6
92.7

  Interpolation  of  the data  in  this table for process weight rates up to
  60,000  Ib/hr shall be  accomplished by use of the equation

                          E =  4.10 p°-67

  and  interpolation and  extrapolation of the data for process weight rates
  in excess  of 60,000 Ib/hr  shall be accomplished by use of the equation:

       E  = 55.0  p0-11 -  40,  where E = rate of emission in  Ib/hr and

       P  = process  weight  rate  in tons/hr.
                                        -25-

-------
(51.5)    5.200  MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE EMISSION OF PARTICULATE  MATTER  FROM  FUEL
                BURNING EQUIPMENT USED FOR INDIRECT HEATING

(2.0)            5.210  GENERAL PROVISIONS

                     5.211   Section 5.200 applies  to installations  in  which  fuel
                            is burned for the primary purpose  of  producing steam;
                            hot water; hot air or  other indirect  heating  of  liquids,
                            gases or solids and, in the course of doing so,  the
                            products of combustion do not  come into direct contact
                            with process materials.  Fuels include  those  such  as
                            coal, coke, lignite, coke breeze,  fuel  oil, and  wood
                            but do not include refuse.   When any  products or
                            by-products of a manufacturing process  are burned  for
                            the same purpose or in conjunction with any fuel,  the
                            same maximum emission  limitations  shall apply.

                     5.212   The total heat input of all fuel burning units at  the
                            source of emission shall be used for  determining the
                            maximum allowable particulate  matter  which may be
                            emitted.

                     5.213   The amount of particulate matter emitted shall be
                            measured according to  the ASME "Power Test Codes -
                            PTC-27", dated 1957, and entitled, "Determining  Dust
                            Concentration in a Gas Stream", or its  replacement, or
                            other method as approved by the Department.

                     5.214   The heat content of coal shall be  determined  according
                            to ASTM D-271-68, Standard Methods of Laboratory
                            Sampling and Analysis  of Coal  and  Coke  or its replace-
                            ment or other method as approved by the Department.

(51.5)           5.220  EMISSION LIMITATIONS

                     5.221   Existing Installations

                            No person shall cause  or permit  the emission  of
                            particulate matter, caused by  combustion of fuel in any
                            existing fuel burning  equipment,  from any stack  or
                            chimney in excess of 0.80 pounds of particulates per
                            million BTU heat input.  Provided, however,  as
                            technology develops for making new control equipment
                            compatible with present plants they shall  comply with
                            limitations on emissions of particulate matter  from
                            fuel burning installations as  outlined  in 5.222, New
                            Installations, when directed by  the Department.
                                                 -26-

-------
        5.222  New Installations

               No person shall cause or permit the emission of particu-
               late matter, caused by the combustion of fuel in any
               new fuel burning equipment, from any stack or chimney
               in excess of the quantity set forth in Table 4.

        5.223  Means shall be provided in all newly constructed units
               and wherever practicable in existing units to allow the
               periodic measurement of fly ash and other particulate
               matter.

        5.224  No person shall burn or cause or permit the burning of
               refuse in any installation which was designated for the
               sole purpose of burning fuel.
Table 4.  Maximum Allowable Rates of Emission of Particulate
            Matter from New Fuel Burning Equipment
Heat input in millions of
British Thermal units per hour
10 or less
50
100
500
1 ,000
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
25,000
50,000
100,000
Maximum allowable emission
matter in pounds per hour
British thermal units of
0.600
0.486
0.443
0.359
0.328
0.291
0.266
0.252
0.242
0.215
0.197
0.180
of parti cul ate
per million
heat input












   Interpolation and extrapolation of the data in this table for
   heat input rates in excess of_10 million BTU per hour shall be
   accomplished by use of the equation

                         E = 0.811 H-0.131

   where E = maximum allowable emission of particulate matter in pounds
   per hour per million BTU of heat input and H = heat input in millions
   of BTU per hour.
                                     -27-

-------
(51.9)    5.300  INCINERATORS

(2.0)           5.310  GENERAL PROVISIONS

                     5.311   Section 5.300 shall  apply to  any  incinerator  used  to
                            dispose of refuse  or other wastes  by  burning  and the
                            processing of salvageable material  by burning.

                     5.312   The burning capacity of an incinerator shall  be the
                            manufacturer's or  designers's guaranteed maximum rate
                            or such other rate as may be  determined by  the
                            Department in accordance with good engineering practices.
                            In case of conflict, the determination made by the
                            Department shall govern.

                     5.313   The amount of particulate matter  emitted from any
                            incinerator shall  be determined according to  ASME
                            "Power Test Codes  -  PTC-27" dated  1957 and  entitled
                            "Determining Dust  Concentration in a  Gas Stream" or
                            its replacement or any other  method approved  by the
                            Department.  The above publication is hereby  made  a
                            part of these regulations by  reference.  Emissions
                            shall  be measured  when the incinerator is operating
                            at its maximum capacity or at any  other burning rate
                            during which emission of particulate  matter is greater.

(51.9)           5.320  RESTRICTION OF EMISSIONS OF PARTICULATE MATTER FROM
                       INCINERATORS

                     5.321   No person shall cause or permit the emission  of
                            particulate matter from the stack  or  chimney  of any
                            incinerator in excess of the  amount shown in  Table 5
                            for the refuse burning rate allocated to such
                            incinerator.

                     5.322   All new incinerators and all  existing incinerators
                            to be modified to  meet the requirements of  5.300 and
                            which are to burn  Type 2, 3,  4, 5, and 6 waste as
                            classified by the  Incinerator Institute of  America
                            must be equipped with auxiliary fuel  burners  of such
                            capacity and design as to assure  a temperatur^ in  the
                            secondary combustion chamber  of at least 1500 F. for
                            a minimum of 0.3 second retention  time.

                     5.323   No incinerator shall be used  for  the  burning  of refuse
                            unless such incinerator is a  multiple chamber incinera-
                            tor.  Existing incinerators which  are not multiple
                            chamber incinerators may be altered,  modified or rebuilt
                            as may be necessary to meet this  requirement. The
                            Department may approve any other  alteration or modifica-
                            tion to an existing incinerator if such be  found by it
                                                 -28-

-------
                            to  be  equally  effective  for the purpose of air
                            pollution  control  as  a modification or alteration
                            which  would  result in a  multiple chamber incinerator.
                            All  new incinerators  shall be multiple chamber
                            incinerators,  provided that the Department may approve
                            any other  kind of  incinerator if it finds in advance
                            of  construction or installation that such other kind
                            of  incinerator is  equally effective for purposes of
                            air pollution  control.

                            Existing incinerators burning Type 2 and Type 3 waste
                            which  are  not  multiple chamber incinerators and do not
                            otherwise  meet the requirements of 5.321 shall be
                            modified or  rebuilt in compliance with this section
                            within 18  months from the effective date of these
                            regulations.   Existing incinerators burning Type 4,  5
                            or  6 waste require the specific approval of the
                            Department.   Incinerators handling any garbage and
                            organic waste  must have  auxiliary fuel burners that
                            maintain a minimum temperature of 1500°F. for a minimum
                            of  0.3 second  retention  time.

                     5.324  No  person  shall burn  or  cause or permit the burning  of
                            refuse in  any  installation which was designed for the
                            sole purpose of burning, fuel.

(50.1)    5.400  PREVENTING PARTICIPATE MATTER  FROM BECOMING AIRBORNE

                5.410  No person shall cause or permit any materials to be handled,
                       transported, or stored; or a  building, its appurtenances, or
                       a road to be usedj  constructed, altered, repaired or
                       demolished  without  taking  reasonable precautions to prevent
                       particulate matter  from becoming airborne in amounts which
                       cause a  public  nuisance or which cause the Ambient Air
                       Quality  Standards to be exceeded.  Such reasonable precautions
                       shall include,  but  not  be  limited to, the following:

                       (a)  Use, where possible,  of  water or chemicals for control
                            of  dust in the demolition of existing buildings or
                            structures,  construction operations, the grading of
                            roads  or the clearing of land;

                       (b)  Application  of asphalt,  oil, water, or suitable
                            chemicals  on dirt  roads, materials stockpiles, and
                            other  surfaces which  can give rise to airborne dusts;

                       (c)  Installation and use  of  hoods,  fans, and fabric filters
                            to  enclose and vent the  handling of dusty materials.
                            Adequate containment  methods shall be employed during
                            sandblasting or other similar operations;
                                                 -29-

-------
       (d)  Covering, at all times when in motion,  open bodied
            trucks transporting materials likely to give rise to
            airborne dusts;

       (e)  Conduct of agricultural practices such  as tilling of
            land, application of fertilizers, etc., in such manner
            as to prevent dust from becoming airborne;

       (f)  The paving of roadways and their maintenance in a clean
            condition; and

       (g)  The prompt removal of earth or other material  from
            paved streets onto which earth or other material  has
            been transported by trucking or earth moving equipment,
            erosion by water, or other means.

5.420  When particulate matter or fugitive dust escapes from a
       building or equipment in such a manner and amount as to cause
       a nuisance or violate any regulations, the Department may
       order that the building or equipment in which processing,
       handling, and storage are done be tightly closed and ventila-
       ted in such a way that all emissions from the building or
       equipment are treated to remove or destroy such particulate
       matter or fugitive dust before emission to the ambient air.
                                  -30-

-------
Table 5.  Maximum Allowable Rates of Emission of Participate
                  Matter from Incinerators
tefuse Burning
Rate
Ib/hr
10
20
30
40
50
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Allowable
Emission
Rate
Ib/hr
0.0409
0.0763
0.109
0.142
0.174
0.325
0.606
0.873
1.13
1.38
1.63
1.87
2.11
2.35
2.58
Refuse Burning
Rate
Ib/hr
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
25,000
50,000
100,000
Allowable
Emission
Rate
Ib/hr
3.38
4.10
4.76
5.38
5.97
6.53
7.58
8.57
9.50
10.4
11.2
12.1
22.3
35.5
56.4
  Interpolation of the data in this table for refuse burning rates up
  to 1,000 Ib/hr shall be accomplished by the use of the equation:

                     E = 0.00515 R°-90

  and interpolation and extrapolation of the data for refuse burning
  rates in excess of 1,000 Ib/hr shall be accomplished by use of the
  equation:

                     E = 0.0252 R°-67

  where E = allowable emission rate in Ib/hr and R = refuse burning
  rate in Ib/hr.
                                    -31-

-------
       R23-25-06   EMISSIONS OF SULFUR COMPOUNDS RESTRICTED

   )    6.100  RESTRICTION OF EMISSIONS OF SULFUR DIOXIDE FROM USE OF FUEL

             6.110  GENERAL PROVISIONS

                   6.111  Section 6.100 shall apply to any installation in which
                         fuel is burned and in which the sulfur dioxide emission
                         is substantially due to the content of the fuel burned,
                         and in which the fuel is burned primarily to produce
                         heat.

                   6.112  For purposes of 6.100, a fuel burning installation
                         is any single fuel burning furnace or boiler or other
                         unit, device, or contrivance in which fuel is burned
                         or any grouping of two or more such furnaces or boilers
                         or other  units, devices, or contrivances on the same
                         premises  or otherwise located in close proximity to
                         each other and under control of the same person.  The
                         capacity  of such installations shall be the manufacturer's
                         or designer's guaranteed maximum heat input rate.

             6.120  RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO FUEL BURNING INSTALLATIONS

                    No person shall cause or permit the emission of sulfur dioxide
                    to the  ambient air from any fuel burning installation in an
                    amount  greater than 3.0 pounds of sulfur dioxide per million
                    BTU's of heat  input to the installation.

1.6)    6.200 RESTRICTION OF EMISSIONS OF SULFUR OXIDES FROM INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES

             6.210  GENERAL PROVISIONS

                     Section 6.200  shall apply  to  all emissions except those  in
                    which both

                     a.  fuel is burned primarily to produce heat, and

                     b.  the sulfur compound emission is due primarily to the
                          sulfur in the  fuel  burned.

              6.220  CONCENTRATION OF SULFUR COMPOUNDS  IN EMISSIONS RESTRICTED

                     The Department may establish  emission limitations  on the
                     amount of sulfur dioxide,  sulfur trioxide,  and sulfuric
                     acid which may be emitted into the ambient air from any
                     source specified in 6.210 in any area,  if it is determined
                     that such source is causing the Ambient Air Quality Standards
                     to be exceeded.
                                                -32-

-------
(9.0)     6.300  METHODS OF MEASUREMENT

                6.310  SULFUR OXIDES
                       The method of measuring  sulfur  oxides  in  stack  gases shall
                       be the Shell  Development Company  method as  published in
                       "Atmospheric  Emissions from Sulfuric Acid Manufacturing
                       Processes."  Public Health  Service  Publication  999-AP-13
                       (1965), Appendix B, pp.  85-87.  This publication  or its
                       replacement is made part of these regulations by  reference.

                6.320  SULFUR TRIOXIDE AND SULFURIC ACID

                       The method of measuring  sulfur  trioxide,  sulfuric acid, or
                       any combination thereof  in  stack  gases shall be the modified
                       Monsanto Company method  as  published in "Atmospheric Emissions
                       from Sulfuric Acid Manufacturing  Processes", Public Health
                       Service Publication 999-AP-13 (1965),  Appendix  B, pp.  61-66.
                       This publication or its  replacement is made part  of these
                       regulations by reference.

                6.330  OTHER TEST METHODS MAY BE USED

                       Other test methods approved by  the  Department may be used.
                                                 -33-

-------
         R23-25-07  CONTROL OF ORGANIC  COMPOUNDS  EMISSIONS

(51.16)   7.100  REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION  OF  ORGANIC  COMPOUNDS  FACILITIES

                7.110  SCOPE

                       Section 7.100 shall  apply  only  to  those  facilities considered
                       "new" as defined in  R23-25-01,  Section 1.040(18) of  these
                       regulations.

                7.120  VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS STORAGE TANKS

                       No person shall  build or install or  permit the building or
                       installation  of  any  stationary  tank, reservoir or other
                       container of  more than  65,000 gallons capacity which will or
                       might be used for storage  of any volatile organic compounds
                       unless such tank, reservoir or  other container is to be a
                       pressure tank capable of maintaining working pressures
                       sufficient at all times to prevent vapor or  gas  loss to the
                       ambient air or is designed, and will be  built, and equipped
                       with one of the  following  vapor loss control  devices:

                     7.121   A floating  roof, consisting of  a pontoon type,  double
                            deck type roof, or internal floating cover, which will
                            rest on  the surface of the liquid contents  and  be
                            equipped with a closure seal  or seals,  to close the
                            space between the  roof edge and tank wall or an internal
                            floating cover or  other device  equally  effective.  The
                            control  equipment  to be provided for in 7.120 shall  not
                            be permitted if the volatile  organic compounds  to be
                            stored will have a vapor  pressure of 12.0 pounds per
                            square inch absolute or greater under actual storage
                            conditions.  All tank gauging and sampling  devices shall
                            be built so as  to  be gas-tight  except when  gauging or
                            sampling is to take place.

                     7.122  A vapor  recovery system consisting  of a vapor-gathering
                            system capable of  collecting  the volatile organic
                            compound vapors and gases  discharged and a  vapor disposal
                            system capable of  processing  such vapors and gases so  as
                            to prevent their emission  to  the ambient air and with  all
                            tank gauging and sampling  devices  gas-tight except when
                            gauging  or sampling is taking place.

                     7.123  Other equipment or means  of  equal efficiency  for  purposes
                            of air pollution control  as  may be  approved by  the
                            Department.
                                                  -34-

-------
                7.130  SUBMERGED FILL PIPES  REQUIRED

                       No person shall  build, or install  or  permit  the  building  or
                       installation of a stationary volatile  organic compounds
                       storage tank with a capacity of 1,000  gallons or  more  unless
                       such tank is equipped with  a submerged fill  pipe  during
                       loading operations or is a  pressure  tank  as  described  in
                       7.120 or is fitted with a vapor recovery  system as  described
                       in 7.122.

                7.140  VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS  LOADING FACILITIES

                       No person shall  build or install  or  permit  the  building  or
                       installation of volatile organic compounds  tank car or tank
                       truck loading facilities handling 20,000  gallons  per day
                       or more unless such facilities  are equipped with  submersible
                       filling arms or other vapor emission control systems.

                7.150  PUMPS AND COMPRESSORS

                       All rotating pumps and compressors handling volatile organic
                       compounds shall  be equipped with mechanical  seals or other
                       equipment of equal efficiency for purposes  of air pollution
                       control as may be approved  by the Department.

(51.16)   7.200  REQUIREMENTS FOR ORGANIC COMPOUNDS GAS DISPOSAL

                7.210  No person shall  cause or permit the  emission of organic
                       compounds gases and vapors, except from a vapor blowdown
                       system or emergency relief  system, unless these gases  and
                       vapors are burned by smokeless  flares, or an equally effec-
                       tive control device as approved by the Department.

                7.220  Organic compounds gases and vapors which  are generated as
                       wastes as the result of oil exploration,  development,  pro-
                       duction, refining, or processing operations and which  contain
                       hydrogen sulfide, shall be  incinerated, flared  or treated in
                       an equally effective manner before being  released to the
                       ambient air.  The emissions from all devices designed  for
                       incinerating, flaring or treating waste organic compounds
                       gases and vapors shall result in compliance with  the ambient
                       air quality standards.
                                                   -35-

-------
         R23-25-08  CONTROL OF AIR POLLUTION  FROM VEHICLES  AND  OTHER  INTERNAL
                    COMBUSTION ENGINES

(12.0)    8.100  INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE EMISSIONS  RESTRICTED

                No person shall  operate,  or cause to  be  operated,  any internal
                combustion engine which emits from any source any  unreasonable  and
                excessive smoke, obnoxious or noxious gases, fumes, or vapor.

(12.0)    8.200  REMOVAL AND/OR DISABLING OF MOTOR VEHICLE  POLLUTION CONTROL  DEVICES
                PROHIBITED

                8.210  No person shall intentionally  remove, alter, or otherwise
                       render inoperative, exhaust emission control,  crankcase
                       ventilation, or any other air  pollution  control  device which
                       has been installed as  a requirement  of Federal  law  or
                       regulation.

                8.220  No person shall operate a motor vehicle  originally  equipped
                       with air pollution control devices  as required by Federal
                       law or regulation unless such  devices are in place  and in
                       operating condition.
                                                 -36-

-------
         R23-25-09  EMISSION OF CERTAIN SETTLEABLE ACIDS AND ALKALINE
                    SUBSTANCES RESTRICTED

(2.0)    9.100  GENERAL PROVISIONS

                R23-25-09 shall apply to all  emissions  from any source or any
                premises.

(51.21)  9.200  EMISSIONS RESTRICTED

                No person shall cause or permit the  emission from any source or
                premises of substances having acidic or alkaline  properties in such
                manner and amounts that the downwind fallout rate of acidic or
                alkaline substances, at any place where an adverse effect could
                occur, exceeds the upwind fallout rate  by  five or more spots per
                hour, as measured in the manner prescribed in 9.300.

(9.0)    9.300  METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

                9.310  The fallout sampling devices  used in determining compliance
                       with R23-25-09 shall consist  of  circular glass dishes 15
                       centimeters in diameter.  The dishes shall be supported on  a
                       nearly horizontal surface not larger than  the dish.  The dish
                       bottom shall be at least 3 feet  above the  earth or other
                       surface on which its support  is  resting.   The dish shall be
                       coated with a solution of thymol blue,  ammonia water solution
                       and gelatin dried to a yellow color in  a vacuum oven at room
                       temperature.  Prepared dishes shall be  stored in  a desiccator
                       at 40 percent relative humidity, or in  plastic bags.

                9.320  Fallout sampling devices shall be put  in place at one or
                       more locations upwind and downwind  of  a  premises  at locations
                       beyond the premises on which  a source or sources  are located.
                       The devices shall be left exposed to substances settling out
                       of the ambient air for a period  of  1-hour.  The presence of
                       red-colored spots visible to  the naked  eye on  the samplers
                       used to measure fallout of  acidic  substances  shall be  con-
                       structed to mean that acidic substances  have settled out of
                       the air.  The presence of blue colored spots visible to the
                       naked eye on the samplers used to measure  fallout of alkaline
                       substances shall be construed to mean  that alkaline  substances
                       have settled out of the air.   The number of spots visible  on
                       samplers exposed upwind of a premises  is  to be subtracted  from
                       the number of spots visible  on samplers  exposed downwind of the
                       same premises.  The difference in the  number of spots,  if  any,
                       shall be construed to be attributable  to emissions  occuring
                       on the premises under investigation.

                9.330  In lieu of the test methods  specified in 9.310 and  9.320  any
                       other method approved by the Department may be used.
                                                  -37-

-------
         R23-25-10  CONTROL OF PESTICIDES

(51.21)   10.100  PESTICIDE USE RESTRICTED

                 10.110  No person shall  use or permit the  use  of pesticides  in
                         such manner that will  cause  the  airborne drift  of  pesticides
                         off the premises on which  they are being applied in  such
                         quantities that  cause  damage or  injury to human health,
                         crops, domestic  animals, pollinating insects, vegetation,
                         fish, and wildlife.

                 10.120  No person shall  aerial  spray or  permit the aerial  spraying
                         of pesticides over a city  in the State without  the approval
                         of the Department.  Such spraying  will  be allowed  only for
                         well thought out public health purposes and even then only
                         in emergencies.

(51.21)   10.200  RESTRICTIONS ON THE DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS  PESTICIDES AND  EMPTY
                 PESTICIDE CONTAINERS

                 10.210  No person shall  dispose of or permit the disposal  of
                         surplus pesticides and empty pesticide containers  in such
                         a manner as may  cause  pesticides to become airborne  in such
                         quantities that  may cause  injury or damage to human  health,
                         crops, domestic  animals, pollinating insects, vegetation,
                         fish, and wildlife.

                 10.220  No person shall  dispose of or permit the disposal  of
                         surplus pesticides and empty pesticide containers  by open
                         burning.
                                                 -38-

-------
          R23-25-11   PREVENTION  OF AIR  POLLUTION EMERGENCY EPISODES

 (8.0)     11.100   AIR POLLUTION  EMERGENCY

                  R23-25-11  is designed to  prevent  the excessive buildup of air
                  contaminants during air pollution episodes, thereby preventing
                  the occurrence of  an  emergency due  to the effects of these air
                  contaminants on human health.

(8.0)      11.200   AIR POLLUTION  EPISODE CRITERIA

                  Conditions justifying the proclamation of an Air Pollution Alert,
                  Air Pollution  Warning, or Air Pollution Emergency shall be deemed
                  to exist whenever  the Department  determines that the accumulation
                  of air contaminants in any place  within the State of North Dakota
                  is attaining or has attained levels which could, if such levels
                  are sustained  or exceeded, lead to  a substantial threat to human
                  health.   In making this determination, the Department will be
                  guided by  the  criteria listed in  Table 6.

 (8.0)     11.300   ABATEMENT  STRATEGIES  EMISSION REDUCTION PLANS

                  11.310  When the Department declares an Air Pollution Alert, Air
                          Pollution  Warning, or Air Pollution Emergency, any person
                          responsible for the operation of a source of air contaminants
                          as set forth  in Table 7 shall take all actions as requirea
                          by Table 7 for such source  of air contaminants for the level
                          declared and  shall put into effect the preplanned abatement
                          strategies plan for the level declared.

                  11.320  When the Department determines that a specified criteria
                          level  has  been reached at one or more monitoring sites solely
                          because of emissions from a limited number of sources, the
                          Department shall  notify such source(s) that the actions set
                          forth  in Table 7  or the preplanned abatement strategies plans
                          are required, insofar as  it applies to such source(s) and
                          shall  be put  into effect  until the criteria of the specified
                          level  are  no  longer met.

(8.0)      11.400   PREPLANNED ABATEMENT  STRATEGIES PLANS

                  11.410  Any person responsible for  the operation of a source of air
                          contaminants  as set forth in Table 7 shall prepare abatement
                          strategies plans  for reducing the emission of air contaminants
                          during periods of an Air  Pollution Al%rt, Air Pollution
                          Warning, and  Air  Pollution  Emergency.  Abatement strategies
                          plans  shall be designed to  reduce or eliminate emissions of
                          air contaminants  in accordance with the objectives set forth
                          in Table 7.
                                                  -39-

-------
11.420  Any person responsible for the operation of a  source  of
        air contaminants not set forth under Section 11.410 shall,
        when requested by the Department,  in writing,  prepare
        abatement strategies plans for reducing the emission  of
        air contaminants during periods of an Air Pollution Alert,
        Air Pollution Warning, and Air Pollution Emergency.
        Abatement strategies plans shall be designed to  reduce
        or eliminate emissions of air contaminants  in  accordance
        with the objective set forth in Table 7.

11.430  Abatement strategies plans as required under Sections 11.410
        and 11.420 shall be in writing and identify the  sources of
        air contaminants, the approximate  amount of reduction of  air
        contaminants and a brief description of the manner in which
        the reduction will be achieved during an Air Pollution Alert,
        Air Pollution Warning, and Air Pollution Emergency.

11.440  During a condition of Air Pollution Alert,  Air Pollution
        Warning, and Air Pollution Emergency, abatement  strategies
        plans as required by Sections 11.410 and 11.420  shall be
        made available on the premises to  any person authorized to
        enforce the provisions of applicable rules  and regulations.

11.450  Abatement strategies plans as required by Sections 11.410 and
        11.420 shall be submitted to the Department upon request
        within thirty (30) days of the receipt of such request; such
        abatement strategies plans shall be subject to review and
        approval by the Department.  If, in the opinion  of the
        Department an abatement strategies plan does not effectively
        carry out the objectives as set forth in Table 7, the Department
        may disapprove it, state the reasons for disapproval  and  order
        the preparation of an amended abatement strategies plan within
        the time period specified in the order.
                                -40-

-------
               Table 6.   Air Pollution  Episode Criteria
1.  Air Pollution Forecast:

        An internal  watch by the Department shall  be  actuated  by a
        National  Weather Service advisory that Atmospheric  Stagnation
        Advisory  is  in effect or the equivalent local  forecast of
        stagnant  atmospheric condition.

2.  Air Pollution Alert:

        The Alert level is that concentration of contaminants  at which
        first stage  control  actions is to begin.  An  Alert  will be  declared
        when any  one of the following levels is reached  at  any monitoring
        site:

             S02-800 ug./m3 (0.3 p.p.m.), 24-hour average.
             Particulate-3.0 COHs or 375 ug./m3, 24-hour average.
             S02  and particulate combined-product of  S02 p.p.m., 24-hour
               average, and COHs equal to 0.2 or product of S02- ug./m3,
               24-hour average, and particulate ug./m3,  24-hour average
               equal to 65X103.
             CO-17 mg./m3 (15 p.p.m.), 8-hour average.
             Oxidant (03)-200 ug./m3 (0.1 p.p.m.) - Irhour  average.
             N0?-l,130 ug./m3 (0.6 p.p.m.), 1-hour average, 282 ug./m3
               [0.15 p.p.m.), 24-hour average.

        and  meteorological  conditions are such the pollutant  concentrations
        can be expected to remain at the above levels for twelve  (12)
        or more hours or increase unless control actions are taken.

3.  Air Pollution Warning:

        The warning  level indicates that air quality  is  continuing  to degrade
        and that additional control actions are necessary.   A warning will
        be declared  when any one of the following levels is reached at  any
        monitoring site:

            S02-1.600 ug./m3 (0.6 p.p.m.), 24-hour average.
            Particulate-5.0 COHs or 625 ug./m3, 24-hour  average.
            S02 and particulate combined-product of SO^, p.p.m.,  24-hour
              average and COHs equal to 0.8 or product of S02 ug./m3>
              24-hour average and particulate ug./m3, 24-hour average
              equal  to 261xlO3.
            CO-34 mg./m3 (30 p.p.m.), 8-hour average.
            Oxidant (03)-800 ug./m 3(0.4 p.p.m.), 1-hour average.
            N02 .260 ug./m3 (1.2 p.p.m.), 1-hr average;  565 ug./m3  (0.3 p.p.m.),
              24-hour average.
                                         -41-

-------
        and meteorological conditions are such that pollutant considerations
        can be expected to remain at the above levels for twelve (12)
        or more hours or increase unless control  actions are taken.

4.  Air Pollution Emergency:

        The emergency level indicates that air quality is continuing to
        degrade toward a level  of significant harm to the health of  persons
        and that the most stringent control  actions are necessary.   An
        emergency will be declared when any one of the following levels is
        reached at any monitoring site:

            502-2,100 ug./m3 (0.8 p.p.m.), 24-hour average.
            Particulate-7.0 COHs or 875 ug./m3, 24-hour average.
            S02 and particulate combined-product of S02 p.p.m.,  24-hour
              average and COHs  equal to 1.2 or product of S02 ug./m3,  24-hour
              average, and particulate ug./m3, 24-hour average equal  to
              393x103.
            CO-46 mg./m3 (40 p.p.m.). 8-hour average.
            Oxidant (03)-!,200  ug./m3 (0.6 p.p.m.), 1-hour average.
            N02-3,000 ug./m3 (1.6 p.p.m.), 1-hour average; 750 ug./m3
              (0.4 p.p.m.), 24-hour average.

        and meteorological conditions are such that this condition  can be
        expected to continue for twelve (12) or more hours.

5.  Termination:

        Once declared, any status reached by application of these criteria
        will remain in effect until the criteria for that level  are  no
        longer met.  At such time, the next lower status will be assumed.
                                        -42-

-------
       Table 7.  Abatement Strategies Emission Reduction  Plans

                      Air Pollution Alert Level

                           Part A.   General

1.  There shall be no open burning  by any persons of tree waste,  vegeta-
    tion, refuse, or debris in any  form.

2.  The use of incinerators for the disposal  of any form  of solid waste
    shall be limited to the hours between 12. p.m. and 4 p.m.

3.  Persons operating fuel-burning  equipment which requires boiler
    lancing or soot blowing shall perform such operations only  between
    the hours of 12o.m. and 4  p..m.

4.  Persons operating motor vehicles should eliminate all unnecessary
    operations.

                     Part B.   Source Curtailment

Any person responsible for the operation of a source of air contaminants
listed below shall take all required control  actions for  this Alert Level.
     Source of Air Contaminants

1.  Coal or oil-fired electric
    power generating facilities.
2.  Coal and oil-fired process
    steam generating facilities.
              Control  Action

a.  Substantial  reduction by utilization
    of fuels having low ash and sulfur
    content.

b.  Maximum utilization of mid-day
    (12 m. to 4 p.m.)  atmospheric
    turbulence for boiler lancing
    and soot blowing.

c.  Substantial  reduction by diverting
    electric power generation to facilities
    outside of Alert Area.

a.  Substantial  reduction by utilization
    of fuels having low ash and sulfur
    content.

b.  Maximum utilization of mid-day
    (12 m. to 4 p.m.)  atmospheric
    turbulence for boiler lancing and soot
    blowing.
                                         -43-

-------
     Source of Air Contaminants
3.  Manufacturing industries of     a.
    the following classifications:
      Primary Metals Industry.
      Petroleum Refining Operations.
      Chemical Industries.
      Mineral Processing Indus-     b.
        tries
      Grain Industries.
         Control Action

Substantial reduction of steam load
demands consistent with continuing
plant operations.

Substantial reduction of air con-
taminants from manufacturing operations
by curtailing, postponing, or deferring
production and all operations.

Maximum reduction by deferring trade
waste disposal operations which emit
solid particles, gas vapors or
malodorous substances.

Maximum reduction of heat load demands
for processing.

Maximum utilization of mid-day (12m.
to 4 p.m.) atmospheric turbulence for
boiler lancing or soot blowing.
                                         -64-

-------
                     Air Pollution Warning Level

                           Part A.  General

1.  There shall be no open burning by any persons  of tree waste,  vegetation,
    refuse, or debris in any form.

2.  The use of incinerators for the disposal  of any form of solid waste
    or liquid waste shall be prohibited.

3.  Persons operating fuel-burning equipment which requires boiler lancing
    or soot blowing shall perform such operations  only between the hours  of
    12 m. and 4 p.m.

4.  Persons operating motor vehicles must reduce  operations by the use  of
    car pools and increased use of public transportation and elimination
    of unnecessary operation.

                     Part B.  Source Curtailment

Any person responsible for the operation of a source of air contaminants
listed below shall take all required control  actions for this Warning Level.
1.
 Source of Air Contaminants

Coal or oil-fired electric
power generating facilities.
2.
Oil and oil-fired process
steam generating facilities.
              Control  Action

a.  Maximum reduction by utilization
    of fuels having lowest ash and
    sulfur content.

b.  Maximum utilization of mid-day
    (12 m. to 4 p.m.)  atmospheric
    turbulence for boiler lancing and
    soot blowing.

c.  Maximum reduction by diverting
    electric power generation to facilities
    outside of Warning Area.

a.  Maximum reduction by utilization
    of fuels having the lowest available
    ash and sulfur content.

b.  Maximum utilization of mid-day (12m.
    to 4 p.m.) atmospheric turbulence for
    boiler lancing and soot blowing.

c.  Making ready for use a plan of action
    to be taken if an emergency develops.
                                          -45-

-------
     Source of Air Contaminants
             Control  Action
    Manufacturing industries
    which require considerable
    lead time for shut-down
    including the following
    classifications:
      Petroleum Refining.
      Chemical Industries.
      Primary Metals Industries,
4.  Manufacturing industries
    which require relatively
    short lead times for shut-
    down including the
    following classifications:
      Primary Metals Industries.
      Chemical Industries.
      Grain Industry.
      Mineral Processing
        Industries.
a.  Maximum reduction of air contami-
    nants from manufacturing operations
    by, if necessary, assuming reasonable
    economic hardships by postponing
    production and allied operation.

b.  Maximum reduction by deferring trade
    waste disposal operations which emit
    solid particles,  gases,  vapors, or
    malodorous substances.

c.  Maximum reduction of heat load demands
    for processing.

d.  Maximum utilization of mid-day (12 m.
    to 4 p.m.) atmospheric turbulence  for
    boiler lancing or soot blowing.

a.  Elimination of air contaminants from
    manufacturing operations by ceasing,
    curtailing, postponing or deferring
    to the extent possible without causing
    injury to persons or damage to
    equipment.

b.  Elimination of air contaminants from
    trade waste disposal processes which
    emit solid particles, gases, vapors
    or malodorous substances.

c.  Maximum reduction of heat load demands
    for processing.

d.  Maximum utilization of mid-day (12m.
    to 4 p.m.) atmospheric turbulence
    for boiler lancing or soot blowing.
                                        -46-

-------
                    Air Pollution  Emergency  Level

                           Part A.   General

1.  There shall  be no open burning by any persons  of  tree waste, vegetation,
    refuse, or debris in any form.

2.  The use of incinerators for the disposal  of any form of  solid or liquid
    waste shall  be prohibited.

3.  All places of employment described below shall immediately  cease
    operations:

    a.  Mining and quarrying of nonmetallic  minerals.

    b.  All construction work except that which must  proceed to avoid
        emergent physical harm.
    c.
    All manufacturing establishments except those  required  to  have  in
    force an air pollution emergency abatement strategies plan.

d.  All wholesale trade establishments;  i.e.,  places  of business
    primarily engaged in selling merchandise to retailers,  or  industrial,
    commercial, institutional  or professional  users,  or to  other whole-
    salers, or acting as agents in buying merchandise for or selling
    merchandise to such persons or companies,  except  those  engaged  in
    the distribution of drugs, surgical  supplies and  food.

e.  All offices of local, county and State government including
    authorities, joint meetings, and other public  bodies excepting  such
    agencies which are determined by the chief administrative  officer
    of local, county, or State government, authorities, joint  meetings
    and other public bodies to be vital  for public safety and  welfare
    and the enforcement of the provisions of this  order.

f.  All retail trade establishments except pharmacies, surgical supply
    distributors, and stores primarily engaged in  the sale  of  food.

g.  Banks, credit agencies other than banks, securities and commodities
    brokers, dealers, exchanges and services;  offices of insurance
    carriers, agents and brokers, real estate offices.

h.  Wholesale and retail laundries, laundry services  and cleaning and
    dyeing establishments; photographic studios; beauty shops, barber
    shops, shoe repair shops.

i.  Advertising offices; consumer credit reporting, adjustment and
    collection agencies; duplicating, addressing,  blueprinting, photocopy-
    ing, mailing, mailing list and stenographic services; equipment rental
    services, commercial testing laboratories.
                                         -47-

-------
    j.  Automobile repair, automobile services, garages.

    k.  Establishments rendering amusement and recreational  services
        including motion picture theaters.

    1.  Elementary and secondary schools, colleges, universities,
        professional schools, junior colleges, vocational schools, and
        public and private libraries.

4.  All commercial and manufacturing establishments not included in this
    order will institute such actions as will result in maximum reduction
    of air contaminants from their operation by ceasing, curtailing, or
    postponing operations which emit air contaminants to the extent possible
    without causing injury to persons or damage to equipment.

5.  The use of motor vehicles is prohibited except in emergencies with the
    approval of local police or State Highway Patrol.

                     Part B.  Source Curtailment

Any person responsible for the operation of a source of air  contaminants
listed below shall take all required control actions for this Emergency Level
1.
 Source of Air Contaminants

Coal or oil-fired electric
power generating facilities,
2.
Coal and oil-fired process
steam generating facilities.
              Control  Action

a.  Maximum reduction  by utilization
    of fuels having lowest ash and sulfur
    content.

b.  Maximum utilization of mid-day (12 m.
    to 4 p.m.) atmospheric turbulence
    for boiler lancing or soot blowing.

c.  Maximum reduction  by diverting
    electric power generation to facilities
    outside of Emergency Area.

a.  Maximum reduction  by reducing heat
    and steam demands  to absolute
    necessities consistent with preventing
    equipment damage.

b.  Maximum utilization of mid-day (12 m.
    to 4 p.m.) atmospheric turbulence
    for boiler lancing and soot blowing.

c.  Taking the action  called for in the
    Abatement Strategies Plan for the
    Emergency Level.
                                         -48-

-------
 Source of Air Contaminants

Manufacturing industries
of the following classifica-
tions:
  Primary Metals Industries.
  Petroleum Refining.
  Chemical Industries.
  Mineral Processing Indus-
    tri es
  Grain Industry.
          Control Action

Elimination of air contaminants
from manufacturing operations by
ceasing, curtailing, postponing or
deferring production and allied
operations to the extent possible
without causing injury to persons
or damage to equipment.
                                b.  Elimination of air contaminants from
                                    trade waste disposal  processes which
                                    emit solid particles, gases,  vapors,
                                    or malodorous substances.

                                c.  Maximum reduction of heat load
                                    demands for processing.

                                d.  Maximum utilization of mid-day (12 m.
                                    to 4 p.m.) atmospheric turbulence
                                    for boiler lancing or soot blowing.
                                     -49-

-------
         R23-25-12  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW STATIONARY  SOURCES

(2.0)    12.100  GENERAL PROVISIONS

(2.0)            12.101   Applicability

                         The provisions of this  regulation  apply to  the  owner  or
                         operator of any stationary source  which contains  an
                         affected facility the construction or modification of
                         which is commenced after the effective  date of  this
                         regulation.  These standards shall  fae applied in  conjunction
                         with the procedure set  out in R23-25-14.

(1.0)            12.102   Definitions

                         As used in this regulation, all  terms not defined herein
                         shall have the meaning  given them  in the Act or Section
                         1.040 of these regulations.

                         (1)  "Standard" means a standard of performance pro-
                              mulgated under this regulation.

                         (2)  "Stationary source" means any building, structure,
                              facility, or installation which emits  or may emit
                              any air pollutant.

                         (3)  "Affected facility" means,  with reference  to a
                              stationary source, any apparatus to which  a  standard
                              is applicable.

                         (4)  "Owner or operator" means any person who owns, leases,
                              operates, controls, or supervises  an affected facility
                              or a stationary source of which an affected  facility
                              is a part.

                         (5)  "Construction" means fabrication,  erection,  or
                              installation of an affected facility.

                         (6)  "Modification" means any physical  change in, or  change
                              in the method of operation of, an  affected facility
                              which increases the amount of any  air  pollutant  (to
                              which a standard applies) emitted  by such  facility
                              or which results in the emission of any air  pollutant
                              (to which a standard applies) not  previously emitted,
                              except that:

                              (a)  Routine maintenance, repair,  and  replacement
                                   shall not be  considered  physical  changes, and

                              (b)  The following shall not  be considered a change
                                   in the method of operations:
                                                 -50-

-------
           (i)   An  increase  in  the  production  rate,  if
                such  increase does  not  exceed  the operating
                design  capacity of  the  affected  facility:

          (ii)   An  increase  in  hours  of operation;

 (7)   "Commenced" means,  with respect to the definition of
      "new source"  that an owner or operator has under-
      taken a  continuous  program of construction or  modifica-
      tion or  that  an owner  or  operator has entered  into  a
      contractual obligation to undertake and  complete,
      within a reasonable time, a continuous program of
      construction  or modification.

 (8)   "Opacity" means the degree to which emissions  reduce
      the transmission of light and obscure the  view of an
      object in the background.

 (9)   "Nitrogen oxides" means all oxides of nitrogen except
      nitrous  oxide,  as measured by test methods set forth
      in this  regulation.

(10)   "Standard conditions"  means a temperature  of 20°C
      (68°F) and a  pressure  of  760  mm of Hg  (29.92 in. of
      Hg).

(11)   "Proportional sampling" means sampling at  a rate that
      produces a constant ratio of  sampling rate to  stack
      gas flow rate.

(12)   "Isokinetic sampling"  means sampling in  which  the
      linear velocity of the gas entering the  sampling
      nozzle is equal to that of the  undisturbed gas stream
      at the sample point.

(13)   "Startup" means the setting in  operation of an affected
      facility for  any purpose.

(14)   "Shutdown" means the cessation  of operation of an
      affected facility for  any purpose.

(15)   "Malfunction" means any sudden  and unavoidable failure
      of air pollution control  equipment or process  equipment
      or a process  to operate  in a  normal or  usual manner.
      Failures that are caused  entirely or in  part by poor
      maintenance,  careless  operation,  or any  other
      preventable equipment  breakdown shall  not  be considered
      malfunctions.

(16)   "One-hour period" means any 60  minute  period commencing
      on the hour.
                         -51-

-------
(17)   "Reference method"  means  any method of sampling and
      analyzing for an air pollutant as  described  in
      Appendix A to this  regulation.

(18)   "Equivalent method" means any method of sampling and
      analyzing for an air pollutant which has been demonstra-
      ted to the Department's satisfaction to have a  consistent
      and quantitatively  known  relationship to the reference
      method, under specified conditions.

(19)   "Alternative method" means any method of sampling and
      analyzing for an air pollutant which is not  a reference
      or equivalent method but  which has been demonstrated to
      the Department's satisfaction to,  in specific cases,
      produce results adequate  for the Department's determina-
      tion of compliance.

(20)   "Particulate matter" means any finely divided solid or
      liquid material, other than uncombined water, as
      measured by Method  5 of Appendix A to this  regulation
      or an equivalent or alternative method.

(21)   "Run" means the net period of time during which an
      emission sample is  collected.  Unless otherwise specified,
      a run may be either intermittent or continuous  within
      the limits of good  engineering practice.

(22)   "Six-minute period" means any one of the 10  equal parts
      of a one-hour period.

(23)   "Continuous monitoring system" means the total  equipment,
      required under the  emission monitoring divisions in
      applicable subsections,  used to sample and  condition  (if
      applicable), to analyze,  and to provide a permanent
      record of emissions or process parameters.

(24)   "Monitoring device" means the total equipment,  required
      under the monitoring of  operations divisions in
      applicable subsections,  used to measure and  record (if
      applicable) process parameters.
                          -52-

-------
(2.0)
12.103  Abbreviations
                         The abbreviations  used  in  this  part  have  the  following
                         meanings:
(2.0)
                         A.S.T.M.-American Society
                           for Testing and
                           Materials
                         Btu-British  thermal  unit
                         °C-degree Celsius
                           (centigrade)
                         cal-calorie
                         CdS-cadmium  sulfide
                         cfm-cubic feet per minute
                         CO-carbon monoxide
                         C02-carbon dioxide
                         dscm-dry cubic meter(s)
                           at standard con-
                           ditions
                         dscf-dry cubic feet  at
                           standard conditions
                         eq-equivalents
                         °F-degree Fahrenheit
                         g-gram(s)
                         gal-gallon(s)
                         g-eq-gram equivalents
                         gr-grain(s)
                         hr-hour(s)
                         HC1-hydrochloric acid
                         Hg-mercury
                         HgO-water
                         HgS-hydrogen sulfide
                         H2S04-sulfuric acid
                         in.-inch(es)
                         OK-degree Kelvin
                         k-1,000
                                       kg-kilogram(s)
                                       l-liter(s)
                                       Ipm-liter(s)  per minute
                                       Ib-pound(s)
                                       m-meter(s)
                                       meq-mi11i equi valent(s)
                                       min-minute(s)
                                       mg-milligram(s)
                                       ml-milliliter(s)
                                       mm-millimeter(s)
                                       mol.wt.-molecular weight
                                       mV-millivolt
                                       N2-nitrogen
                                       nm-nanometer(s)-10~9 meter
                                       NO-nitric oxide
                                       N02-nitrogen  dioxide
                                       NOX-nitrogen  oxides
                                       02-oxygen
                                       ppb-parts per billion
                                       ppm-parts per million
                                       psia-pounds  per  square  inch
                                         absolute
                                       °R-degree Rankine
                                       s-at standard conditions
                                       sec-second
                                       S02-sulfur dioxide
                                       SOa-sulfur trioxide
                                       ug-microgram(s)-10~6 gram
12.104  Determination of Construction or Modification

        When requested to do so by an owner or operator, the
        Department will make a determination of whether actions
        taken or intended to be taken by such owner or operator
        constitute construction or modification or the commence-
        ment thereof within the meaning of this section.
                                                  -53-

-------
(2.o)            12.105  Review of Plans
                         (1)   When requested to do so  by an  owner  or  operator,
                              the Department will  review plans  for construction
                              or modification for  the  purpose of providing  technical
                              advice to the owner  or operator.

                         (2)   (a)  A separate request  shall  be  submitted  for  each
                                   construction or modification project.

                              (b)  Each request shall  identify  the location of
                                   such project, and be  accompanied by  technical
                                   information describing the proposed  nature, size,
                                   design,  and method  of operation of each  affected
                                   facility involved in  such project, including
                                   information on  any  equipment to be used  for measure-
                                   ment or  control  of  emissions.

                         (3)   Nothing in this subsection or  subsection  12.104 nor
                              any action taken by  the  Department pursuant to  this
                              subsection or subsection 12.104 shall;

                              (a)  Prevent  the Department from  making any such
                                   determination described above upon its own
                                   initiative;

                              (b)  Prevent  the Department from  making any subsequent
                                   redetermination;

                              (c)  Relieve  an owner or operator of legal  responsibility
                                   for compliance  with any provision  of this  regulation
                                   or of any applicable  Federal or local  requirement,
                                   or

                              (d)  Prevent  the Department from  implementing or
                                   enforcing any provision of this regulation or
                                   taking any other action authorized by  law.
(13.0)            12.106  Notification and Record Keeping
                         (1)   Any owner or operator subject to  the  provisions  of this
                              regulation shall  furnish  the Department written  notifica-
                              tion as follows:

                              (a)  A notification of the anticipated  date of initial
                                   startup of an affected facility  not more  than 60
                                   days or less than 30 days prior  to such date.
                                                  -54-

-------
     (b)   A notification  of  the  actual  date of  initial
          startup of an affected facility within  15 days
          after such date.

     (c)   A notification  of  the  date  upon which demonstra-
          tion of the continuous monitoring system performance
          commences  in accordance with  subsection 12.111(3).
          Notification shall  be  postmarked not  less than  30
          days prior to such date.

(2)   Any  owner or operator subject  to the provisions  of
     this regulation shall maintain records of  the occurrence
     and  duration of any  startup, shutdown, or  malfunction in
     the  operation of an  affected facility; any malfunction
     of the air pollution control equipment;  or any periods
     during which a  continuous monitoring system  or monitoring
     device is inoperative.

(3)   Each owner or operator  required  to install a continuous
     monitoring system shall submit a written report  of excess
     emissions (as defined in applicable subsections) to  the
     Department for  every calendar  quarter.   All  quarterly
     reports shall be postmarked by the 30th  day  following
     the  end of each calendar quarter and shall include the
     foilowing information:

     (a)   The magnitude of excess emissions computed  in
          accordance with subsection  12.111(8), any
          conversion factor(s) used,  and the  date and time
          of commencement and completion of each  time period
          of excess  emissions.

     (b)   Specific identification of  each period  of excess
          emissions  that  occurs  during  startups,  shutdowns,
          and malfunctions of the affected  facility.   The
          nature and cause of any malfunction (if known),
          the corrective  action  taken or preventative
          measures adopted.

     (c)   The date and time  identifying each  period  during
          which the continuous monitoring system  was  in-
          operative except  for zero and span  checks and the
          nature of the  system repairs  or adjustments.

     (d)   When no excess  emissions  have occurred  or  the
          continuous monitoring  system(s) have  not  been
          inoperative, repaired, or adjusted, such  informa-
          tion shall be   stated  in  the  report.
                         -55-

-------
                         (4)   Any owner or operator subject to the provisions  of
                              this regulation shall maintain a file of all  measure-
                              ments,  including continuous  monitoring system,
                              monitoring device,  and performance  testing  measure-
                              ments;  all continuous monitoring system performance
                              evaluations; all  continuous  monitoring system or
                              monitoring device calibration checks; adjustments  and
                              maintenance performed on these systems or devices; and
                              all other information required by this regulation  recorded
                              in a permanent form suitable for inspection.  The  file
                              shall  be retained for at least two  years following the
                              date of such measurements, maintenance, reports, and
                              records.
(9.0)             12.107  Performance Tests
                         (1)   Within 60 days  after achieving the  maximum production
                              rate at which the affected facility will  be operated,
                              but not later than 180 days after initial  startup  of
                              such facility,  and at such other times  as  may  be required
                              by the Department, the owner or operator  of such facility
                              shall  conduct performance test(s) and furnish  the
                              Department a written report of the  results of  such
                              performance test(s).  The period during which  performance
                              tests  are conducted shall be a 'period of  trial  operation
                              pursuant to a permit to construct,  and  shall not be
                              construed as allowing regular, commercial  operation of
                              the permitted facility.

                         (2)   Performance tests shall be conducted and  data  reduced
                              in accordance with the test methods and procedures
                              contained in each applicable subsection of section 12.400,
                              unless the Department; (a) specifies or approves,  in
                              specific cases, the use of a reference  method  with minor
                              changes in methodology, or (b) approves the use of an
                              equivalent method, or (c) approves  the  use of  an alterna-
                              tive method the results of which it has determined to be
                              adequate for indicating whether a specific source  is in
                              compliance, or  (d) waives the requirement for  performance
                              tests  because the owner or operator of  a  source has
                              demonstrated by other means to the  Department's satis-
                              faction that the affected facility  is in  compliance with
                              the standard.

                         (3)   Performance tests shall be conducted under such conditions
                              as the Department shall specifiy to the plant  operator
                              based on representative performance of  the affected
                              facility.  The  owner or operator shall  make available to
                              the Department  such records as may  be necessary to deter-
                              mine the conditions for the performance tests.  Operations
                              during periods  of startup, shutdown, and  malfunction shall
                                                  -56-

-------
                              not constitute  representative  conditions or performance
                              tests  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the applicable
                              standard.

                         (4)   The owner  or  operator of  an  affected facility  shall
                              provide the Department  30 days prior notice of the
                              performance test to  afford the Department  the  opportunity
                              to have an observer  present.

                         (5)   The owner  or  operator of  an  affected facility  shall
                              provide, or cause to be provided,  performance  testing
                              facilities as follows:

                              (a) Sampling ports  adequate for  test methods  applicable
                                  to such  facility.

                              (b) Safe  sampling platform(s).

                              (c) Safe  access to  sampling platform(s).

                              (d) Utilities  for sampling  and testing equipment.


                         (6)   Each performance test shall  consist of three  separate
                              runs using the  applicable test method.   Each  run shall
                              be conducted for the time and under the conditions
                              specified in the applicable  standard.  For the purpose
                              of determining  compliance with an applicable  standard,
                              the arithmetic  means of results of the three  runs must
                              be discontinued because of forced shutdown, failure of
                              an irreplaceable portion of  the sample train, extreme
                              meteorological  conditions, or other circumstances beyond
                              the owner or operator's control,  compliance may, upon
                              the Department's approval, be determined using the
                              arithmetic mean of the results of the two other runs or,
                              the Department  may require a new performance  test.
(14.0)           12.108  Availability of Information
                         (1)  Emission data provided to, or otherwise obtained by, the
                              Department in accordance with the provisions of this
                              regulation shall be available to the public at the
                              Department's offices.

                         (2)  As provided in division (1) of this subsection, any
                              records, reports, or information provided to, or otherwise
                              obtained by, the Department in accordance with the
                              provisions of this regulation shall be available to the
                              public, except that (a) upon a showing satisfactory to
                              the Department by any person that such records, report?,
                              or information, or particular part thereof (other than
                              emission data), if made public, would divulge methods or
                              processes entitled to protection as trade secrets of
                                                  -57-

-------
                            such  person,  the  Department  shall  consider  such
                            records,  reports,  or information,  or  particular  part
                            thereof,  confidential  in  accordance with  the  purposes
                            of Section  1905 of Title  18  of  the United States Code,
                            except that such  records,  reports, or information, or
                            particular  part thereof considered confidential, may
                            be disclosed  to other officers, employees,  or
                            authorized  representatives of the  Department  and the
                            United States concerned with carrying out the provisions
                            of these  regulations or when relevant in  any  proceeding
                            under these regulations;  and (b) information  received
                            by the Department solely  for the purposes of  subsections
                            12.104 and  12.105(1) and  (2) shall not be disclosed by
                            the Department if it is identified by the owner  or
                            operator  and  found by the  Department  to be  a  trade
                            secret or confidential, commercial or financial  informa-
                            tion.

(6.0)           12.109   Compliance With  Standards and  Maintenance  Requirements
(7.0)
                       (1)   Compliance  with standards  in this  regulation,  other than
                            opacity standards, shall  be  determined only by performance
                            tests established by subsection 12.107.

                       (2)   Compliance  with opacity standards  in  this regulation
                            shall  be  determined  by conducting  observations in
                            accordance  with Reference  Method 9 in Appendix A of
                            this  regulation.   Opacity  readings of portions of plumes
                            which contain condensed,  uncombined water vapor  shall
                            not be used for purposes  of  determining compliance with
                            opacity standards.  The results of continuous monitoring
                            by transmissometer which  indicate  that the  opacity at
                            the time  visual observations were  made was  not in excess
                            of the standard are  probative but  not conclusive evidence
                            of the actual opacity of  an  emission, provided that the
                            source shall  meet the burden of providing that the
                            instrument  used meets (at the time of the alleged
                            violation)  Performance Specification  1 in Appendix B
                            of this regulation,  has been properly maintained and (at
                            the time  of the alleged violation) calibrated, and that
                            the resulting data have not  been tampered with in any way.

                       (3)   The opacity standards set forth in this regulation shall
                            apply at  all  times except during periods  of startup,
                            shutdown, malfunction, and as otherwise provided in the
                            applicable  standard.
                                               -58-

-------
(4)   At all  times,  including periods  of startup,  shutdown,
     and malfunction,  owners and operators  shall,  to  the
     extent  practicable,  maintain and operate  any affected
     facility including associated air pollution  control
     equipment in a manner consistent with  good air
     pollution control practice for minimizing emissions.
     Determination of  whether acceptable operating and
     maintenance procedures are being used  will be based on
     information available to the Deparment which may include,
     but is  not limited to, monitoring results, opacity
     observations, review of operating and  maintenance pro-
     cedures, and inspection of the source.

(5)   (a)  An owner or  operator of an  affected  facility may
          request the  Department to determine  opacity of
          emissions from the affected facility during the
          initial performance tests required by subsection
          12.107.

     (b)  Upon receipt from such owner or operator of the
          written report of the results of  the performance
          tests required by subsection 12.107, the Department
          will make a  determination concerning compliance with
          opacity and  other applicable standards.  If the
          Department determines that  an affected  facility is
          in compliance with all applicable standards for
          which performance tests are conducted  in accordance
          with subsection 12.107 of this regulation  but
          during the time such performance  tests  are being
          conducted fails to meet any applicable  opacity
          standard, it shall notify the owner  or  operator and
          advise him that he may petition the  Department with-
          in 10 days of receipt of notification  to make
          appropriate  adjustment to the opacity  standard  for
          the affected facility.

     (c)  The Department will grant such a  petition  upon  a
          demonstration by the owner  or operator  that the
          affected facility and associated  air pollution
          control equipment was operated and maintained  in
          a  manner to  minimize the opacity of  emissions  during
          the performance tests; that the performance tests
          were performed under the conditions  established
          by the Department; and that the affected facility
          and associated air pollution control equipment were
          incapable of being adjusted or operated to meet
          the applicable opacity standard.
                        -59-

-------
                              (d)   Tha  Department  will  establish  an  opacity  standard
                                   for  the affected  facility  meeting the  above  require-
                                   ments  at a  level  at  which  the  source will  be able,
                                   as  indicated by the  performance and opacity  tests,
                                   to meet the opacity  standard at all times  during
                                   which  the source  is  meeting the mass or concentration
                                   emission standard.   The  Department will then pro-
                                   mulgate the new opacity  standard  for such  facility.
(2.0)             12.110  Circumvention
                         No owner or operator subject to  the  provisions  of  this  regula-
                         tion shall  build,  erect,  install,  or use  any  article, machine,
                         equipment or process,  the use of which  conceals  an emission
                         which would otherwise  constitute a violation  of an applicable
                         standard.  Such concealment includes, but is  not limited  to,
                         the use of gaseous diluents to achieve  compliance  with  an
                         opacity standard or with  a standard  which is  based on the
                         concentration of a pollutant in  the  gases discharged to the
                         atmosphere.
(9.0)             12.111   Monitoring Requirements
                         (1)   Unless  otherwise approved by the  Department  or  specified
                              in applicable subsections, the requirements  of  this
                              subsection shall apply to all  continuous  monitoring
                              systems required under applicable subsections.

                         (2)   All  continuous monitoring systems and  monitoring  devices
                              shall be installed and operational  prior  to  conducting
                              performance tests under subsection 12.107.   Verification
                              of operational status  shall, as a minimum, consist of
                              the following:

                              (a)   For continuous monitoring systems referenced in
                                   division (3)(a) of this subsection,  completion of
                                   the conditioning  period specified by applicable
                                   requirements in Appendix B.

                              (b)   For continuous monitoring systems referenced in
                                   division (3)(b) of this subsection,  completion of
                                   seven days of operation.

                              (c)   For monitoring devices referenced in applicable
                                   subsections, completion of the manufacturer's
                                   written requirements or recommendations for  checking
                                   the operation or  calibration of the  device.
                                                  -60-

-------
(3)   During any performance tests  required  under  subsection
     12.107 or within 30 days  thereafter  and  at such  other
     times as  may be required  by the Department,  the  owner
     or operator of any affected facility shall conduct
     continuous monitoring system  performance evaluations
     and furnish the Department within 60 days thereof two
     or, upon  request, more copies of a written report of the
     results of such tests. These continuous monitoring
     system performance evaluations shall be  conducted in
     accordance with the following specifications and pro-
     cedures:

     (a)  Continuous monitoring systems listed within this
          subdivision except as provided  in division  (3)(b)
          of this subsection shall be evaluated in accordance
          with the requirements and procedures contained  in
          the  applicable performance specification of Appendix
          B as follows:

          (i)   Continuous monitoring systems  for  measuring
               opacity of emissions shall comply  with
               Performance Specification  1.

         (ii)   Continuous monitoring systems  for  measuring
               nitrogen oxides emissions  shall comply with
               Performance Specification  2.

        (iii)   Continuous monitoring systems  for  measuring
               sulfur dioxide  emissions shall comply  with
               Performance Specification  2.

         (iv)   Continuous monitoring systems  for  measuring
               the oxygen content  or carbon dioxide content
               of effluent gases shall comply with Performance
               Specification 3.

     (b)  An owner or operator who, prior to September  11,  1974,
          entered into a binding contractual  obligation  to
          purchase specific continuous monitoring system
          components except as referenced by division (3)(b)
          (iii) of this subsection shall  comply with  the
          following requirements:

          (i)   Continuous monitoring systems for  measuring
               opacity of emissions shall be capable  of
               measuring emission  levels  within   ±  20 percent
               with a confidence level of 95 percent. The
               Calibration Error Test and associated  calcula-
               tion procedures set forth in Performance
               Specification 1 of Appendix  B shall be used
               for demonstrating compliance with  this
               specification.
                         -61-

-------
         (ii)  Continuous monitoring systems  for measure-
               ment of nitrogen oxides  or sulfur dioxide
               shall  be capable of measuring  emission  levels
               within +20 percent with a confidence level  of
               95 perce'nt.   The Calibration Error Test, the
               Field Test for Accuracy  (Relative), and
               associated operating and calculation procedures
               set forth in  Performance Specification  2 of
               Appendix B shall be used for demonstrating
               compliance with this specification.

        (iii)  Owners or operators of all  continuous monitoring
               systems installed on an  affected facility prior
               to the effective date of this  regulation are
               not required  to conduct  tests  under divisions
               (3)(b)(i) and/or (ii) of this  subsection unless
               requested by  the Department.

     (c)   All continuous monitoring systems referenced by
          division (3)(b) of this subsection  shall be  upgraded
          or replaced (if necessary) with new continuous
          monitoring systems, and such  improved systems shall
          be demonstrated to comply with applicable performance
          specifications under division (3)(a)  of this sub-
          section by September 11, 1979.

(4)  Owners or operators of  all continuous  monitoring  systems
     installed in accordance with the provisions of this
     regulation shall check  the zero and span drift at least
     once daily in accordance with the  method prescribed by
     the  manufacturer of such systems unless  the manufacturer
     recommends adjustments  at shorter  intervals, in which
     case such recommendations shall be followed.  The zero
     and  span shall,  as a minimum, be adjusted whenever the
     24-hour zero drift or 24-hour calibration draft limits
     of the applicable performance specifications in Appendix
     B are exceeded.   For continuous monitoring systems
     measuring opacity of emissions, the optical surfaces
     exposed to the effluent gases shall  be cleaned prior
     to performing the zero  or span drift adjustments  except
     that for systems using  automatic zero  adjustments, the
     optical surfaces shall  be cleaned  when the cumulative
     automatic zero compensation exceeds four percent  opacity.
     Unless otherwise approved by the Department, the  following
     procedures, as applicable, shall be followed:

     (a)   For extractive continuous monitoring systems
          measuring gases,  minimum procedures shall include
          introducing applicable zero and span gas mixtures
          into the measurement system as near the probe as is
          practical.   Span and zero gases certified by their
                         -62-

-------
         manufacturer  to be traceable to National Bureau
         of  Standards  reference gases shall be used whenever
         these  reference gases are available.  The span and
         zero gas  mixtures shall be  the same composition as
         specified in  Appendix B of  this regulation.  Every
         six months  from date of manufacture, span and zero
         gases  shall be reanalyzed by conducting triplicate,
         analyses  with Reference Methods 6 for SC2/7 for
         NOX, and  3  for 03 and CO2.  respectively.  The gases
         may be analyzed at less frequent intervals if
         longer shelf  lives are guaranteed by the manufacturer.

     (b)  For non-extractive continuous monitoring systems
         measuring gases,  minimum procedures shall include
         upscale check(s)  using a certified calibration gas
         cell or test  cell which is  functionally equivalent
         to  a known  gas concentration.  The zero check may be
         performed by  computing the  zero value from upscale
         measurements  or by mechanically producing a zero
         condition.

     (c)  For continuous monitoring systems measuring opacity
         of  emissions, minimum procedures shall include a
         method for producing a simulated zero opacity
         condition and an  upscale (span) opacity condition
         using  a certified neutral density filter or other
         related technique to produce a known obscuration of
         the light beam.   Such procedures shall provide a
         system check  of the analyzer internal optical
         surfaces  and  all  electronic circuitry including the
         lamp and  photodetector assembly.

(5)   Except for  system  breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks,
     and  zero and span  adjustments required under division  (4)
     of this  subsection, all  continuous monitoring systems
     shall  be in continuous operation and shall meet minimum
     frequency of operation requirements as follows:

     (a)  All continuous monitoring systems referenced by
         division  (3)(a) and  (b) of  this subsection for
         measuring opacity of emissions shall complete
         a minimum of  one  cycle of operation  (sampling,
         analyzing,  and data  recording) for each successive
         10-second period.

     (b)  All continuous monitoring systems referenced by
         division  (3)(a) of  this  subsection for measuring
         oxides of nitrogen,  sulfur  dioxide,  carbon dioxide,
         or oxygen shall complete a  minimum of one  cycle
         of operation  (sampling,  analyzing, and data recording)
         for each  successive  15-minute  period.
                         -63-

-------
     (c)   All  continuous  monitoring systems  referenced
          by division (3)(b)  of this subsection,  except
          opacity,  shall  complete a minimum  of one  cycle
          of operation (sampling, analyzing, and  data
          recording)  for  each successive one-hour period.

(6)   All  continuous monitoring systems  or monitoring devices
     shall be installed such  that representative  measurements
     of emissions or process  parameters from the  affected
     facility are obtained.   Additional procedures  for
     location of continuous monitoring  systems contained
     in the applicable Performance Specifications of Appendix
     B of this regulation shall be used.

(7)   When the effluents from  a single affected facility or
     two  or more affected facilities subject to the same
     emission standards are combined before  being released
     to the atmosphere, the owner or operator may install
     applicable continuous monitoring systems on  each
     effluent or on the combined effluent.  When  the affected
     facilities are not subject to the  same  emission standards,
     separate continuous  monitoring systems  shall be installed
     on each effluent. When  the effluent from one  affected
     facility is released to  the atmosphere  through moire  than
     one  point, the owner or  operator shall  install applicable
     continuous monitoring systems on each separate effluent
     unless the installation  of fewer systems is  approved  by
     Department.

(8)   Owners or operators  of all continuous monitoring  systems
     for  measurement of opacity shall reduce all  data  to  six-
     minute averages and  for  systems other than opacity to
     one-hour averages for time periods under subsections
     12.102(22) and (16), respectively.  Six-minute opacity
     averages shall be calculated from  24 or more data  points
     equally spaced over  each six-minute period.  For systems
     other than opacity,  one-hour averages shall  be computed
     from four or more data points equally spaced over  each
     one-hour period.  Data recorded during  periods of  system
     breakdowns, repairs,  calibration checks, and  zero  and
     span adjustments shall not be included  in the data
     averages computed under  this division.   An arithmetic
     or integrated average of all data  may be used. The
     data output of all continuous monitoring systems  may  be
     recorded in reduced  or nonreduced  form  (e.g. ppm  pollutant
     and  percent 02 or 1 fa/million BID of pollutant).   All
     excess emissions shall be converted into units of the
     standard using the applicable conversion procedures
     specified in subsections.  After conversion  into  units
     of the standard, the data may be rounded to  the same
     number of significant digjts used  in subsections  to
                         -64-

-------
specify the applicable standard (e.g.  rounded to the
nearest one percent opacity).

(a)  Upon written application  by an owner or operator,
     the Department may approve alternatives to any
     monitoring procedures or  requirements of this
     regulation including, but not limited to the
     following:

     (i)  Alternative monitoring requirements when
          installation of a continuous monitoring system
          or monitoring device specified by this regula-
          tion would not provide accurate measurements
          due to liquid water  or other interferences
          caused by substances with the effluent gases.

    (ii)  Alternative monitoring requirements when
          the affected facility is infrequently
          operated.

   (iii)  Alternative monitoring requirements to accomo-
          date continuous monitoring systems that require
          additional measurements to correct stack
          moisture conditions.

    (iv)  Alternative locations for installing continuous
          monitoring systems or monitoring devices  when
          the owner or operator can demonstrate that
          installation at alternate locations will  enable
          accurate and representative measurements.

     (v)  Alternative methods  of converting pollutant
          concentration measurements to units of the
          standards.

    (vi)  Alternative procedures for performing daily
          checks of zero and span drift that do not
          involve use of span gases or test cells.

   (vii)  Alternatives to the A.S.T.M. test methods or
          sampling procedures specified by any subsection.

   (viii)  Alternative continuous monitoring systems that
          do not meet the design or performance require-
          ments in Performance Specification 1, Appendix
          B, but adequately demonstrate a definite and
          consistent relationship between its measurements
          and  the measurements of opacity by a system
          complying with the requirements in Performance
          Specification 1.  The Department may require
          that such demonstration be performed for each
          affected facility.
                     -65-

-------
                                  (ix)   Alternative monitoring requirements  when the
                                        effluent from a single affected facility or
                                        the combined effluent from two or more affected
                                        facilities are released to the atmosphere
                                        through more than one point.

         12.200 - 12.300  (RESERVED)

(2.0)    12.400  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE

(51.5)           12.401   Standards of Performance for Fossil-Fuel  Steam Generators
(51.6)
(51.7)                   (1)  Applicability and Designation of Affected Facility

                              The provisions of this subsection are applicable to each
                              fossil  fuel-fired steam generating unit of more than  63
                              million kcal  per hour heat input (250 million  BTU per
                              hour),  which  is the affected facility.

                         (2)  Definitions

                              As used in this subsection, all terms not defined herein
                              shall have the meaning given them in the Act,  and in
                              subsection 12.102 of this regulation.

                              (a)  "Fossil  fuel-fired steam generating unit" means
                                   furnace  or boiler used in the process of  burning
                                   fossil fuel for the purpose of producing  steam by
                                   heat transfer.

                              (b)  "Fossil  fuel" means natural gas, petroleum, coal,
                                   and  any  form of solid, liquid,  or gaseous fuel
                                   derived  from such materials for the purpose of
                                   creating useful heat.

                         (3)  Standard  for  Particulate Matter

                              (a)  On and after the date on which the performance
                                   test required to be conducted by subsection 12.107
                                   is completed, no owner or operator subject to the
                                   provisions of this subsection shall cause to be
                                   discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
                                   facility any gases which:

                                   (i)   Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.18 g
                                        per million cal heat input (0.10 Ib  per million
                                        BTU) derived from fossil fuel.
                                                  -66-

-------
         (ii)   Exhibit greater than  20  percent  opacity
               except that a  maximum of 40  percent  opacity
               shall  be permissible  for not more  than 2
               minutes in any hour.

(4)   Standard  for Sulfur Dioxide

     (a)   On and after the date on which the performance
          test required to be conducted by  subsection 12.107
          is completed, no owner or  operator subject to  the
          provisions  of this  subsection shall  cause to be
          discharged  into the atmosphere from any affected
          facility any gases  which contain  sulfur dioxide
          in excess of:

          (i)   1.4 g  per million cal heat input (0.80 Ib
               per million BTU) derived from liquid fossil
               fuel.

         (.ii)   2.2 g  per million cal heat input (1.2 Ib  per
               million BTU) derived  from solid fossil fuel.

     (b)   When different fossil fuels are burned simultaneously
          in any combination, the applicable standard shall be
          determined  by proration using the following formula:

                           y(1.4) +  2(2.2)
          where:

          y is the percentage of total heat input derived
            from liquid fossil fuel, and

          z is the percentage of total heat input derived
            from solid fossil fuel.

     (c)  Compliance shall be based on the total heat input
          from all fossil fuels burned, including gaseous
          fuels.

(5)  Standard for Nitrogen Oxides

     (a)  On and after the date on which the performance
          test required to be conducted by subsection 12.107
          is completed, no owner or operator subject to the
          provisions of this subsection shall cause to be
          discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
          facility any gases which contain nitrogen oxides,
          expressed as N0Ł in excess of:
                        -67-

-------
          (i)   0.36 g per million cal  heat input (0.20 Ib
               per million BTU)  derived from gaseous fossil
               fuel.

         (ii)   0.54 g per million cal  heat input (0.30 Ib
               per million BTU)  derived from liquid fossil
               fuel.

        (iii)   1.26 g per million cal  heat input (0.70lb
               per million BTU)  derived from solid fossil  fuel
               (except lignite).

     (b)   When different fossil  fuels  are burned simultaneously
          in any combination,  the applicable standard shall  be
          determined  by proration.   Compliance shall  be de-
          termined by using the  following formula:
                   x(0.36)  + y(0.54)  + z(1.26)
                           x + y + z
          where:
          x is the percentage of total  heat input derived
            from gaseous fossil  fuel.

          y is the percentage of total  heat input derived
            from liquid fossil  fuel,  and

          z is the percentage of total  heat input derived
            from solid fossil fuel  (except lignite).

(6)   Emission and Fuel Monitoring

     (a)   A continuous monitoring system for measuring the
          opacity of emissions,  except  where gaseous  fuel is
          the only fuel burned,  shall be installed,  calibrated,
          maintained, and operated by the owner or operator.
          The continuous monitoring system shall  be spanned
          at 80 or 90 or 100 percent  opacity.

     (b)   A continuous monitoring system for measuring sulfur
          dioxide emissions, shall  be installed,  calibrated,
          maintained, and operated by the owner or operator
          except where gaseous fuel is  the only fuel  burned or
          where low sulfur fuels are  used to achieve  compliance
          with the standard under subsection 12.401(4) and
          (b)(ii)  of this division  are  conducted.  The following
          procedures shall  be used  for  monitoring sulfur  dioxide
          emissions:
                         -68-

-------
  (i)   For affected  facilities which use continuous
       monitoring  systems,  Reference Method 6 shall
       be used  for conducting monitoring system
       performance evaluations under subsection
       12.111(3).  The  pollutant  gas used to prepare
       calibration gas  mixtures under paragraph  2.1,
       Performance Specification  2 and  for calibration
       checks under  subsection 12.111(4) to this reg-
       ulation,  shall be  sulfur dioxide (S02),   The
       span  value  for the continuous monitoring  system
       shall be determined  as follows:

       ((a))  For  affected  facilities firing liquid
             fossil fuel the span value shall be 1000
             ppm  sulfur  dioxide.

       ((b))  For  affected  facilities firing solid
             fossil fuel the span value shall be
             1500 ppm  sulfur dioxide.

       ((c))  For  affected  facilities firing fossil
             fuels  in  any  combination, the span value
             shall  be  determined by computation in
             accordance  with the following formula
             and  rounding  to the nearest 500 ppm
             sulfur dioxide:

             lOOOy  + 1500Z

             where:

             y =  the fraction of total heat input
                  derived from liquid fossil fuel, and

             z =  the fraction of total heat input
                  derived from solid fossil fuel.

       ((d))  For  affected  facilities which fire both
             fossil fuels  and non-fossil fuels, the
             span value  shall be subject to the
             Department's  approval.

 (ii)   (Reserved)

(iii)   For  affected  facilities using flue gas
       desulfurization  systems to achieve compliance
       with  sulfur dioxide  standards under  subsection
       12.401(4),  the continuous  monitoring system
       for  measuring sulfur dioxide emissions  shall
       be  located  downstream of  the desulfurization
       system and  in accordance  with  requirements in
                 -69-

-------
          Performance Specification 2 of Appendix B
          and the following:

          ((a))   Owners or operators shall  install  CO2
                 continuous monitoring systems,  if
                 selected under subdivision (d)  of this
                 division, at a location upstream of the
                 desulfurization system.  This option
                 may be used  only if the owner or opera-
                 tor can demonstrate that air is not
                 added to the flue gas between the C02
                 continuous monitoring system and each
                 system measures the C02 and S02 on a
                 dry basis.

          ((b))   Owners or operators who install  02
                 continuous monitoring systems under sub-
                 division (d) of this division shall
                 select a location downstream of the de-
                 sulfurization system and all measurements
                 shall be made on a dry basis.

          ((c))   If fuel of a different type than is used
                 in the boiler is fired directly into the
                 flue gas for any purpose (e.g.  reheating)
                 the F or Fc  factors used shall  be prorated
                 under subdivision (f)(vi)  of this division
                 with consideration given to the fraction
                 of total heat input supplied by the
                 additional fuel.  The pollutant, opacity,
                 C02, or 02 continuous monitoring system(s)
                 shall be installed downstream of any
                 location at  which fuel  is  fired directly
                 into the flue gas.

(c)   A continuous monitoring  system for the measurement
     of nitrogen oxides emissions shall  be  installed,
     calibrated, maintained,  and operated by the owner
     or operator except for any affected facility demon-
     strated during performance tests under subsection
     12.107 to emit nitrogen  oxides pollutants at levels
     30 percent or more below applicable standards under
     subsection 12.401(5) of  this regulation.  The
     following procedures shall be used for determining
     the span and for calibrating nitrogen  oxides con-
     tinuous monitoring systems:

     (i)  The span value shall be determined as  follows:
                    -70-

-------
          ((a))   For  affected  facilities  firing  gaseous
                 fossil  fuel the  span  value  shall  be
                 500  ppm nitrogen oxides,

          (Cb))   For  affected  facilities  firing  liquid
                 fossil  fuel the  span  value  shall  be
                 500  ppm nitrogen oxides,

          ((c))   For  affected  facilities  firing  solid
                 fossil  fuel the  span  value  shall  be 1000
                 ppm  nitrogen  oxides.

          ((d))   For  affected  facilities  firing  fossil
                 fuels  in any  combination, the span value
                 shall  be determined by computation in
                 accordance with  the following formula
                 and  rounding  to  the nearest 500 ppm
                 nitrogen oxides:

                 500(x  + y) +  lOOOz

                 where:

                 x =  the fraction of total heat  input
                     derived from gaseous fossil fuel,

                 y =  the fraction of total heat  input
                     derived from liquid  fossil  fuel,  and

                 z =  the fraction of total heat  input
                     derived from solid fossil fuel.

          ((e))   For  affected  facilities  which fire both
                 fossil  fuels  and non-fossil fuels, the
                 span value shall be subject to  the
                 Department's  approval.

    (ii)   The pollutant gas used  to prepare  calibration
          gas mixtures  under paragraph 2.1,  Performance
          Specification 2 and  for calibration checks
          under subsection 12.111(4) to this regulation,
          shall  be nitric oxide (NO).   Reference Method 7
          shall  be used for conducting monitoring system
          performance evaluations under subsection
          12.111(3).

(d)   A continuous monitoring system for measuring either
     oxygen or carbon dioxide  in  the flue gases  shall  be
     installed,  calibrated, maintained, and  operated  by
     the  owner or operator.
                    -71-

-------
(e)   An owner or operator required  to install  continuous
     monitoring systems  under subdivisions  (b)  and  (c)
     of this division shall  for each  pollutant  monitored
     use the applicable  conversion  procedure  for  the
     purpose of converting continuous monitoring  data
     into units of the applicable standards  (g/million
     cal, Ib/million BTU) as follows:

     (i)  When the owner or operator  elects  under sub-
          division (d) of this division  to measure
          oxygen in the  flue gases, the  measurement of
          the pollutant  concentration and oxygen  concentra-
          tion shall each be on a dry basis  and the
          following conversion procedure shall be used.
                    20.9
          E " CF (i:0.9-%02^

          where:

          E, C, F and %0o» are determined under sub-
          division (f) of this division.

    (ii)  When the owner or operator  elects  under sub-
          division (d) of this division  to measure  carbon
          dioxide in the flue gases,  the measurement of
          the pollutant  concentration and the carbon
          dioxide concentration shall be on  a consistent
          basis (wet or  dry) and the  following  conversion
          procedure shall be used:
          where :

          E,  C, Fc, and %CO? are determined under sub-
          division (f)  of this division.

(f)   The values used in the equations under subdivision
     (e)(i)  and (ii) of this division are derived as
     follows:

     (i)  E  = pollutant emission, g/million cal  (lb/
          million BTU).

    (ii)  C  = pollutant concentration, g/dscm (Ib/dscf),
          determined by multiplying the average  concentra
          tion (ppm) for each one-hour period by 4.15 x
          10'5 N g/dscm per ppm (2.59 x 10-9 M Ib/dscf
          per ppm) where M = pollutant molecular weight,
          g/g-mole (Ib/lb-mole).  M = 64.07 for  sulfur
          dioxide and 46.01 for nitrogen oxides,
                    -72-

-------
(iii)   %02,  %C$2= oxygen or carbon dioxide  volume
       (expressed as  percent),  determined with  equip-
       ment  specified under subdivision  (d)  of  this
       division.

 (iv)   F,  Fc = a  factor representing  a ratio of the
       volume of  dry  flue gases generated to the
       calorific  value of the fuel  combusted (F)
       and a factor representing a ratio of the
       volume of  carbon dioxide generated to the
       calorific  value of the fuel  combusted (Fc),
       respectively.   Values of F and Fc are given as
       follows:

       ((a))  For anthracite coal as  classified
              according to A.S.T.M.   D388-66, F = 1.139
              dscm/million cal  (10140 dscf/million BTU)
              and Fc  = 0.222 scm C02/million cal (1980
              scf C02/million BTU).

       ((b))  For sub-bituminous and  bituminous coal
              as  classified according to A.S.T.M.  D388-66,
              F = 1.103 dscm/million  cal (9820  dscf/
              million BTU) and  Fc = 0.203 son C02/
              million cal (1810 scf COz/million BTU).

       ((c))  For liquid fossil fuels including crude,
              residual, and distillate oils, F  = 1.036
              dscm/million cal  (9220  dscf/mi 11 ion BTU)
              and Fc  = 0.161 scm C02/million cal (1430
              scf C02/million BTU).

       ((d))  For gaseous fossil fuels,  F = 0.982 dscm/
              million cal (8740 dscf/mi 11 ion BTU).
              For natural gas,  propane,  and butane
              fuels,  Fc = 0.117 scm C02/million cal
              (1040 scf C02/million BTU) for natural
              gas, 0.135 scm COz/million BTU) for pro-
              pane, and 0.142 scm C02/million cal
              (1260 scf C02/million BTU) for butane.

  (v)   The owner  or operator may use  the following
       equation to determine an F factor (dscm/million
       cal,  or dscf/million BTU) on a dry basis (if
       it is desired  to calculate F on a wet basis,
       consult with the Department) of Fc factor (scm
       C02/million cal, or scf COg/million  BTU) on
       either basis in lieu of the F  or  Fc  factors
       specified  in subdivision (f)(iv)  of  this
       division:
                  -73-

-------
F = (227.0%H + 95.7%C + 35.4%S + 8.6XN 28.5%0
                    GCV         (metric units

F = 106 (3.64%H + 1.53%C + 0.57%S + 0.14%N 0.46%0)
                    GCV         (English Units)

Fc= 20.0%C
     GCV    (metric units)

Fc= 321 x 103%C
       GVC  (English units)

          ((a))  H,C,S,N, and 0 are content by weight
                 of hydrogen, carbon, sulfur, nitrogen,
                 and oxygen (expressed as percent),
                 respectively, as determined on the same
                 basis as GCV by ultimate analysis  of the
                 fuel fired, using A.S.T.M. method
                 D3178-74 or D3176 (solid fuels), or
                 computed from results using A.S.T.M.
                 methods 01137-53(70), 01945-64(73), or
                 01946-67(72) (gaseous fuels) as
                 applicable.

          ((b))  GCV is the gross calorific value (cal/g,
                 BTU/lb) of the fuel combusted, determined
                 by the A.S.T.M. test methods 02015-66(72)
                 for solid fuels and 01826-64(70) for
                 gaseous fuels as applicable.

    (vi)  For affected facilities firing combinations of
          fossil fuels, the F or Fc factors determined
          by subdivision (f)(iv) or (v) of this division
          shall be prorated in accordance with the applica
          ble formula as follows:
          ((a))  F » xF! +yF2 + zF3

                 where :

                 x, y, z    = the fraction of total heat
                              input derived from gaseous,
                              liquid, and solid fuel,
                              respectively.

                 FT, F2, F3 = the value of F for gaseous,
                              liquid, and solid fossil fuels,
                              respectively, under subdivision
                              (f)(iv) or  (v) of this
                              division.
                     -74-

-------
          ((b))  Fc  = ?   Xi(Fc)i
                      1=1

                 where:

                 Xi          =  the  fraction  of  total  heat
                              input derived from each
                              type fuel  (e.g.,  natural
                              gas, butane,  crude,  bitu-
                              minous coal,  etc.).

                 (Fc)i      =  tne  applicable Fc factor
                              for  each fuel type determi-
                              nation in accordance with
                              subdivision  (f)(iv)  and
                              (v)  of this  division.

          ((c))  For affected  facilities which fire both
                 fossil  fuels  and  non-fossil fuels,  the
                 F or Fc value shall be subject to the
                 Department's  approval.

(g)   For the purpose of reports required under sub-
     section 12.106(3),  periods of excess  emissions that
     shall  be reported are defined as follows:

     (i)  (Reserved)

    (ii)  Sulfur dioxide.   Excess  emissions for affected
          facilities are defined as:

          ((a))  Any three-hour period during  which the
                 average emissions (arithmetic average
                 of  three contigous one-hour periods) of
                 sulfur dioxide as measured by a con-
                 tinuous monitoring system exceed the
                 applicable standard under subsection
                 12.401(4).

          ((b))  (Reserved)

   (iii)  Nitrogen oxides.  Excess emissions for affected
          facilities using a continuous monitoring system
          for measuring nitrogen oxides are defined as
          any three-hour period during which the average
          emissions  (arithmetic average of three
          contiguous one-hour periods) exceed  the appli-
          cable standards under subsection 12.401(5).
                    -75-

-------
(7)   Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)   The reference methods in Appendix A of this
         regulation,  except as provided in subsection
         12.107(2),  shall  be used to determine compliance
         with the standards as prescribed in subsections
         12.401(3),  12.401(4), and 12.401(5) as follows:

         (i)    Method 1 for selection of sampling site and
               sample traverses.

        (ii)    Method 3 for gas analysis to be used when
               applying Reference Methods 5, 6 and 7.

       (iii)    Method 5 for concentration of particulate
               matter and  the associated moisture content.

        (iv)    Method 6 for concentration of SO- and

         (v)    Method 7 for concentration of NO .
                                               A

     (b)  For  Method  5, Method 1  shall  be used to select the
         sampling site and the number of traverse sampling
         points.   The sampling time for each run shall be
         at least 60  minutes and the minimum sampling volume
         shall  be 0.85 dscm (30 dscf)  except that smaller
         sampling times or volumes, when necessitated by pro-
         cess variables or other factors, may be approved by
         the  Department.   The probe and filter holder heating
         systems  in  the sampling train shall be set to provide,
         a gas  temperature no greater than 160 C (320f).

     (c)  For  Methods  6 and 7, the sampling site shall be
         the  same as  that  selected for Method 5.  The
         sampling point in the duct shall be at the centroid
         of the cross section or at a point no closer to
         the  walls than 1  m(3.28 ft).   For Method 6, the
         sample shall be extracted at a rate proportional
         to the gas  velocity at the sampling point.

     (d)  For  Method  6, the minimum sampling time shall be
         20 minutes  and the minimum sampling volume 0.02
         dscm (0.71  dscf)  for each sample.  The arithmetic
         mean of  two  samples shall consitute one run.
         Samples  shall be  taken at approximately 30-mlnute
         intervals.
                     -76-

-------
(e)   For Method 7,  each run shall  consist  of at  least
     four grab samples taken at approximately IB-minute
     intervals.  The arithmetic mean of the samples
     shall  constitute the run value.

(f)   For each run using the methods  specified by sub-
     divisions (a)(iii), (iv),  and (v)  of  this division,
     the emissions  expressed in g/million  cal  (Ib/million
     BTU) shall be determined by the following procedures:

               20'9
     where :

     (i)   E  = pollutant emission  g/million  cal  (lb/
              million BTU).

    (ii)   C  = pollutant concentration,  g/dscm (Ib/dscf),
              determined by  Methods  5,  6, or 7.

   (iii)   %0g = oxygen content by volume (expressed  as
              percent), dry  basis.   Percent oxygen shall
              be determined  by using the integrated  or
              grab sampling  and analysis procedures  of
              Method 3 as applicable.  The  sample shall
              be obtained as follows:

          ((a))  For determination of sulfur dioxide and
                 nitrogen oxides  emissions, the oxygen
                 sample shall  be  obtained simultaneously
                 at the same point in the duct as used  to
                 obtain the  samples  for Methods 6 and 7
                 determinations,  respectively subsection
                 12.401(7)(c). For  Method  7, the oxygen
                 sample shall  be  obtained using the  grab
                 sampling and analysis  procedures of
                 Method 3.

          ((b))  For determination of particulate emissions,
                 the oxygen  sample shall be obtained
                 simultaneously by traversing the duct  at
                 the same sampling location used for each
                 run of Method 5  under  subdivision  (b)
                 of this division.   Method  1 shall be used
                 for selection of the number of traverse
                 points except that  no  more than 12  sample
                 points are  required.

    (iv)   F=a factor as determined in subdivision (f)
          (iv), (v) or (vi)  of subsection 12.401(6).
                    -77-

-------
                              (g)  When combinations of fossil fuels are fired,  the
                                   heat input, expressed in cal/hr (BTU/hr),  shall
                                   be determined during each testing period by
                                   multiplying the gross calorific value of each fuel
                                   fired by the rate of each fuel  burned.  Gross
                                   calorific value shall be determined in accordance
                                   with A.S.T.M. methods 02015-66(72) (solid  fuels),
                                   0240-64(73) (liquid fuels), or  01826-64(70)
                                   (gaseous fuels) as applicable.   The rate of fuels
                                   burned during each testing period shall  be determined
                                   by suitable methods and shall be confirmed by a
                                   material balance over the steam generation system.

(51.9)            12.402  Standards of Performance for Incinerators

                         (1)   Applicability and Designation of Affected Facility

                              The provisions of this subsection are applicable to each
                              incinerator of more than 45 metric tons per day charging
                              rate (50 tons/day), which is the affected facility.

                         (2)   Definitions

                              As used in this subsection, all terms not defined  herein
                              shall have the meaning given them in the Act and in
                              subsection 12.102 of this regulation.

                              (a)  "Incinerator" means any furnace used in the process
                                   of burning solid waste for the  purpose of reducing
                                   the volume of the waste by removing combustible
                                   matter.

                              (b)  "Solid waste" means refuse, more than 50 percent
                                   of which is municipal type waste consisting of a
                                   mixture of paper, wood, yard wastes, food wastes,
                                   plastics, leather, rubber, and  other combustibles,
                                   and non-combustible materials such as glass and
                                   rock.

                              (c)  "Day" means 24 hours.

                         (3)   Standard for Particulate Matter

                              On and after the date on which the performance test
                              required to be conducted by subsection 12.107 is
                              completed, no owner or operator subject to the pro-
                              visions of this subsection shall cause to be discharged
                              into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases
                              which contain particulate matter in  excess of 0.18 g/dscm
                              (0.08 gr/dscf) corrected to 12 percent C02-
                                                  -78-

-------
(4)   Monitoring of Operations

     The owner or operator of  any incinerator subject to  the
     provisions of this subsection shall  record  the  daily
     charging rates and hours  of operation.

(5)   Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)  The reference methods in Appendix  A to this regula-
          tion, except as provided for in subsection 12.107(2),
          shall be used to determine compliance  with the
          standard prescribed  in division (3) of this sub-
          section as follows:

          (i)  Method 5 for the concentration of particulate
               matter and the  associated  moisture content;

         (ii)  Method 1 for sample and velocity  traverses;

        (iii)  Method 2 for velocity and  volumetric  flow
               rate; and

         (iv)  Method 3 for gas analysis  and calculation  of
               excess air, using the integrated  sample
               technique.

     (b)  For Method 5, the sampling time for each run shall
          be at least 60 minutes and the  minimum sample volume
          shall be 0.85 dscm (30.0 dscf)  except  that smaller
          sampling times or sample volumes,  when necessitated
          by process variables or other factors, may be approved
          by the Department.

     (c)  If a wet scrubber is used, the  gas analysis sample
          shall reflect flue gas conditions  after the scrubber,
          allowing for carbon  dioxide absorption by sampling
          the gas on the scrubber inlet and  outlet sides
          according to either  the procedure  under subdivisions
          (c)(i) through (c)(v) of this division or the pro-
          cedure under subdivisions (c)(i),  (c)(ii)  and (c)(vi)
          of this subdivision  as follows:

          (i)  The outlet sampling site shall be the same
               as for the particulate matter measurement.
               The inlet site  shall be selected  according to
               Method 1, or as specified  by  the  Department.
                         -79-

-------
 (ii)  Randomly select 9 sampling points within the
       cross-section at both the inlet and outlet
       sampling sites.   Use the first set of three
       for the first run, the second set for the
       second run,  and the third set for the third
       run.

(iii)  Simultaneously with each particulate matter
       run,  extract and analyze for C02 an integrated
       gas sample according to Method 3, traversing
       the three sample points and sampling at each
       point for equal  increments of time.  Runs shall
       be conducted at both inlet and outlet sampling
       sites.

 (iv)  Measure the volumetric flow rate at the inlet
       during each  particulate matter run according
       to Method 2, using the full  number of traverse
       points.  For the inlet make two full velocity
       traverses approximately one hour apart during
       each  run and average the results.  The outlet
       volumetric flow rate may be determined from the
       particulate  matter run (Method 5).

  (v)  Calculate the adjusted C02 percentage using the
       following equation:

       (% C02) adj  = (% C02) di (Qdi/Qdo)

       where:

       (% C02)adj is the adjusted C02 percentage which
                  removes the effect of C02 absorption
                  and dilution air,

       (% C02)di  is the percentage of C02, measured
                  before the scrubber, dry basis,

                  is the volumetric flow rate before
                  the scrubber, average of two runs,
                  dscf/min (using Method 2), and

                  is the volumetric flow rate after
                  the scrubber, dscf/min (using Methods
                  2 and 5).

 (vi)  Alternatively, the following procedures may be
       substituted for the procedures under subdivisions
       (c)(ivl)t (iv), and (v) of this division.
                  -80-

-------
((a))   Simultaneously with each  particulate
       matter run,  extract and analyze for
       C02»  02,  and NŁ an integrated gas  sample
       according to Method 3,  traversing  the
       three sample points and sampling for
       equal increments of time  at each point.
       Conduct the  runs at both  the inlet and
       outlet sampling sites.

((b))   After completing the analysis of the gas
       sample, calculate the percentage of excess
       air (% EA) for both the inlet and  outlet
       sampling sites using equation 3-1  in
       Appendix A to this regulation.

((c))   Calculate the adjusted C02 percentage
       using the following equation:

       (% C02)adj = (% C02) di
            2            2
                               100-K5 EA) o

       where :

       (% C02)adj is the adjusted outlet C02
                  percentage,
       (% C02)c|i  is the percentage of
                  measured before the scrubber,
                  dry basis,

       (% EA)-j    is the percentage of excess
                  air at the inlet, and

       (% EA)0    is the percentage of excess
                  air at the outlet.

((d))  Particulate matter emissions, expressed
       in g/dscm, shall be corrected to 12
       percent C02 by using the following
       formula:
       where:
                  1S the concentration of par-
                  ticulate matter corrected to
                  12 percent
           -81-

-------
                                               c          is the concentration of
                                                          particulate matter as
                                                          measured by Method 5,

                                               % C02      is the percentage of C02
                                                          as measured by Method 3, or
                                                          when applicable, the adjusted
                                                          outlet C02 percentage as
                                                          determined by subdivision (c)
                                                          of this division.

(51.3)           12.403  Standards of Performance for Portland Cement Plants

                         (1)  Applicability and Designation of Affected Facility

                              The provisions of this subsection are applicable to the
                              following affected facilities in portland cement plants:
                              kiln, clinker cooler, raw mill system, finish mill system,
                              raw mill dryer, raw material storage, clinker storage,
                              conveyor transfer points, bagging and bulk loading and
                              unloading systems.

                         (2)  Definitions

                              As used in this subsection, all terms not defined herein
                              shall  have the meaning given them in the Act and in
                              subsection 12.102 of this regulation.

                              (a)  "Portland cement plant" means any facility manu-
                                   facturing portland cement by either the wet or dry
                                   process.

                         (3)  Standard for Particulate Matter

                              (a)  On and after the date on which the performance test
                                   required to be conducted by subsection 12.107 is
                                   completed, no owner or operator subject to the
                                   provisions of this subsection shall cause to be
                                   discharged into the atmosphere from any kiln any
                                   gases which:

                                   (i)  Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.15
:                                        kg per metric ton of feed (dry basis) to the
                                        kiln (0.30 lb per ton).

                                  (ii)  Exhibit greater than 10 percent opacity.

                              (b)  On and after the date on which the performance test
                                   required to be conducted hy subsection 12.107 is
                                   completed, no owner or operator subject to the
                                                   -82-

-------
          provisions  of this  subsection  shall  cause  to  be
          discharged  into the atmosphere from  any clinker
          cooler any  gases which:

          (i)   Contain  particulate matter in excess  of  0.050
               kg per metric  ton  of feed (dry  basis)  to the
               kiln  (0.10 Ib  per  ton).

         (ii)   Exhibit  10 percent opacity,  or  greater.

     (c)   On and after  the date on which the performance test
          required to be conducted by subsection 12.107 is
          completed,  no owner or  operator subject to the pro-
          visions of  this subsection shall  cause to  be  dis-
          charged into  the atmosphere from  any affected facility,
          other than  the kiln and clinker cooler, any gases
          which exhibit 10 percent opacity  or  greater.

(4)   Monitoring of Operations

     (a)   The owner or  operator of any Portland cement  plant
          subject to  the provisions of this subsection  shall
          record the  daily production rates and kiln feed  rates.

(5)   Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)   The reference methods in Appendix A  to this regulation,
          except as  provided  for  in subsection 12.107(2),  shall
          be used to  determine compliance with the standards
          prescribed  in division  (3) of this section subsection
          as follows:

          (i)  Method 5 for the concentration  of particulate
               matter and the associated moisture content;

         (ii)  Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;

        (iii)  Method 2 for velocity and volumetric  flow rate;
               and

         (iv)  Method 3 for gas analysis.

     (b)   For Method  5, the minimum sampling time and minimum
          sample volume for each  run, except when process
          variables  or  other factors justify otherwise  to  the
          satisfaction  of the Department shall be as follows:

          (i)  60 minutes and ,0.85 dscm (30.0  dscf)  for the
               kiln.
                         -83-

-------
                 (ii)  60 minutes and 1.15 dscm (40.6 dscf) for
                       the clinker cooler.

             (c)  Total kiln feed rate (except fuels), expressed in
                  metric tons per hour on a dry basis, shall be
                  determined during each testing period by suitable
                  methods; and shall be confirmed by a material
                  balance over the production system.

             (d)  For each run, participate matter emissions, expressed
                  in g/metric ton of kiln feed, shall be determined
                  by dividing the emission rate in g/hr by the kiln
                  feed rate.  The emission rate shall be determined
                  by the equation, g/hr = Qcxc, where Q = volumetric
                  flow rate of the total effluent in dscm/hr as
                  determined in accordance with subdivision (a)(iii)
                  of this division and c = particulate concentration
                  in g/dscm as determined in accordance with sub-
                  divisions (a) and (c) of this division.

12.404  Standards of Performance for Nitric Acid Plants

        (1)  Applicability and Designation of Affected Facility

             The provisions of this subsection are applicable to each
             nitric acid production unit, which is the affected
             facility.

        (2)  Definitions

             As used in this subsection, all terms not defined herein
             shall have the meaning given them in the Act and in
             Section 12.102 of this regulation.

             (a)  "Nitric acid production unit" means any facility
                  producing weak nitric acid by either the pressure
                  or atmosphere pressure process.

             (b)  "Weak nitric acid" means acid which is 30 to 70
                  percent in strength.

        (3)  Standard for Nitrogen Oxides

             (a)  On and after the date on which the performance test
                  required to be conducted by subsection 12.107 is
                  completed, no owner or operator subject to the
                  provisions of this subsection shall cause to be
                  discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
                  facility any gases which:
                                 -84-

-------
          (i)   Contain  nitrogen  oxides,  expressed  as NO?,
               in  excess  of 1.5  kg  per metric  ton  of acid
               produced (3.0 Ib  per ton),  the  production
               being  expressed as TOO percent  nitric acid.

         (ii)   Exhibit  10 percent opacity,  or  greater.

(4)   Emission  Monitoring

     (a)   A continuous  monitoring system for the measurement
          of nitrogen oxides shall  be installed, calibrated,
          maintained, and operated  by the  owner or operator.
          The  pollutant gas used to prepare calibration gas
          mixtures under  paragraph  2.1,  Performance Specifica-
          tion 2 and  for  calibration checks under  subsection
          12.111(4)  to  this regulation,  shall  be nitrogen
          dioxide  (N02).   The span  shall  be set at 500 ppm of
          nitrogen dioxide.  Reference Method  7 shall be used
          for conducting  monitoring system performance evalua-
          tions under 12.111(3).

     (b)   The  owner or  operator  shall establish a  conversion
          factor for the  purpose of converting monitoring  data
          into units  of the applicable standard  (kg/metric ton,
          Ib/short ton).   The conversion factor shall be
          established by  measuring  emissions with  the continuous
          monitoring system concurrent with measuring emissions
          with the applicable reference  method tests.  Using
          only that portion of the  continuous  monitoring emission
          data that represents  emission  measurements concurrent
          with the reference method test periods,  the conversion
          factor shall  be determined by  dividing the reference
          method test data averages by the monitoring data
          averages to obtain a ratio expressed in  units of the
          applicable standard to units of the  monitoring data,
          i.e., kg/metric ton per  ppm  (Ib/short  ton per ppm).
          The conversion  factor  shall be re-established during
          any performance test under subsection  12.107 or  any
          continuous monitoring  system performance evaluation
          under subsection 12.111(3).

     (c)   The owner or  operator  shall  record the daily pro-
          duction rate  and hour of  operation.

     (d)   (Reserved)
                         -85-

-------
     (e)  For the purpose of reports required under sub-
          section 12.106(3), periods of excess emissions  that
          shall  be reported are defined as  any three-hour
          period during which the average nitrogen  oxides
          emissions (arithmetic average of  three  contiguous
          one-hour periods) as measured by  a  continuous
          monitoring system exceed the standard under  sub-
          section 12.404(3)(a).

(5)  Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)  The reference methods in Appendix A to  this  regula-
          tion,  except as provided for in subsection 12.107(2),
          shall  be used to determine compliance with the
          standard prescribed in division (3) of  this  subsection
          as fol1ows:

          (i) Method 7 for the concentration of  NOX;

         (ii) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;

        (iii) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow  rate;
              and

         (iv) Method 3 for gas analysis.

     (b)  For Method 7, the sample site shall be  selected
          according to Method 1 and the sampling  point shall
          be the centroid of the stack or duct or at a point
          no closer to the walls than 1 m (3.28 ft).  Each  ••• .
          run shall consist of at least four  grab samples
          taken  at approximately 15-minute  intervals.  The
          arithmetic mean of the samples shall constitute
          the run value.  A velocity traverse shall be performed
          once per run.

     (e)  Acid production rate, expressed in  metric tons  per
          hour of 100 percent nitric acid,  shall  be determined
          during each testing period by suitable  methods  and
          shall  be confirmed by a material  balance  over the
          production system.

     (d)  For each run, nitrogen oxides, expressed  in  g/metric
          ton of 100 percent nitric acid, shall be  determined
          by dividing the emission rate in  g/hr by  the acid
          production rate.  The emission rate shall be
          determined by the equation,

                             g/hr = Qsxc
                         -86-

-------
                                 where:

                                 Qs = volumetric flow rate of the effluent in dscm/
                                      hr, as determined in accordance with subdivision
                                      (aj(iii)  of this division and c = NOx concentra-
                                      tion in g/dscm, as determined in accordance
                                      with subdivision (a)(i) of this division.

'51.18)         12.405  Standards of Performance for Sulfuric Acid Plants

                       (1)  Applicability and Designation of Affected Facility

                            The provisions of this subsection are applicable to  each
                            sulfuric acid production unit, which is the affected
                            facility.

                       (2)  Definitions

                            As used in this subsection, all terms not defined herein
                            shall have the meaning given them in the Act and in  sub-
                            section 12.102 of this regulation.

                            (a)  "Sulfuric acid production unit" means any facility
                                 producing sulfuric acid by the contact process  by
                                 burning elemental sulfur, alkylation acid, hydrogen
                                 sulfide, organic sulfides and mercaptans, or acid
                                 sludge, but does not include facilities where con-
                                 version to sulfuric acid is utilized primarily  as a
                                 means of preventing emissions to the atmosphere of
                                 sulfur dioxide or other sulfur compounds.

                            (b)  "Acid mist" means sulfuric acid mist, as measured by
                                 Method 8 of Appendix A to this regulation or an
                                 equivalent or alternative method.

                       (3)  Standard for Sulfur Dioxide

                            (a)  On and after the date on which the performance  test
                                 required to be conducted by subsection 12.107 is
                                 completed, no owner or operator subject to the  pro-
                                 visions of this subsection shall cause to be
                                 discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
                                 facility any gases which contain sulfur dioxide in
                                 excess of 2 kg per metric ton of acid produced (4
                                 Ib per ton), the production being expressed as  100
                                 percentage
                                                 -87-

-------
(4)  Standard for Acid Mist

     (a)   On and after the date  on  which  the  performance  test
          required to be conducted  by  subsection  12.107 is
          completed,  no owner or operator subject to  the
          provisions  of this  subsection shall  cause to be
          discharged  into the atmosphere  from any affected
          facility any gases  which:

          (i)  Contain acid mist, expressed as  HoS04, ™  excess
               of 0.075 kg per metric  ton of  acid produced
               (0.15  Ib per ton), the  production  being expressed
               as 100 percent
         (ii)   Exhibit 10  percent  opacity,  or  greater.

(5)   Emission  Monitoring

     (a)   A continuous monitoring  system for the  measurement
          of sulfur dioxide shall  be  installed, calibrated,
          maintained,  and  operated by the owner or  operator.
          The  pollutant gas used to prepare calibration  gas
          mixtures  under paragraph 2.1,  Performance Specifica-
          tion 2 and for calibration  checks under subsection
          12.111(4)  except that only  the sulfur dioxide  (SOe)-
          Reference Method 8 shall  be used  for conducting
          monitoring system performance  evaluations under
          subsection (12.111(3) except that only  the sulfur
          dioxide portion  of the, Method  8 results shall  be
          used.   The span  shall be set at 1000 ppm  of sulfur
          dioxide.

     (b)   The  owner or operator shall establish a conversion
          factor for the purpose of converting monitoring
          data into units  of the applicable standard (kg/
          metric ton,  Ib/short ton).   The conversion factor
          shall  be  determined, as  a minimum, three  times daily
          by measuring the converter  using  suitable methods
          (e.g., the Reich test, National Air  Pollution  Control
          Administration Publication  No. 999AP-13 and calcula-
          ting the  appropriate conversion factor  for each
          eight-hour period as follows:
          rc   „ 1.000 -. O.OISr
          CF = K - p— 1 -

          where :

          CF = conversion  factor (kg/metric ton per ppm, Ib/
                short ton  per ppm) .
                         -88-

-------
           k - Constant derived from material balance.  For
               determining CF  in metric  units,  k  = 0.0653.
               For determining CF in English units, k = 0.1306.

           r = percentage of sulfur dioxide by  volume entering
               the gas  converter.  Appropriate  corrections
               must be  made for air injection plants subject
               to the Department's approval.

           s = percentage of sulfur dioxide by  volume in  the
               emissions to the atmosphere determined by  the
               continuous monitoring system required under
               subdivision (a) of this division.

     (c)  The owner or  operator shall record all  conversion
          factors and values under subdivision  (b) of this
          division from which  they were  computed  (i.e., CF,
          r, and s).

     (d)  (Reserved)

     (e)  For the purpose of reports under subsection 12.106(3),
          periods of excess emissions shall be  all three-hour
          periods (or the arithmetic average of three consecu-
          tive one-hour periods) during  which the integrated
          average sulfur dioxide emissions exceed the applicable
          standards under subsection 12.405(3).

(6)  Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)  The reference methods in Appendix A to  this regula-
          tion, except  as provided for in subsection 12.107(2)»
          shall be used to determine compliance with the
          standards prescribed in divisions  (3) and  (4) of
          this subsection as follows:

          (i)  Method 8 for the concentrations  of S02 and
               acid mist;

         (ii)  Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses:

        (iii)  Method 2 for velocity and volumetric  flow  rate;
               and

         (iv)  Method 3 for gas analysis.

     (b)  The moisture  content can be considered  to  be  zero.
          For Method 8  the sampling time for each run shall
          be at least 60 minutes and the minimum  sample
                         -89-

-------
                                   volume  shall  be  1.15  dscm  (40.6 dscf) except that
                                   smaller sampling times or  sample volumes, when
                                   necessitated  by  process  variables or other factors,
                                   may be  approved  by  the Department.

                              (c)   Acid production  rate, expressed in metric tons per
                                   hour of 100 percent ^$04, shall be determined
                                   during  each testing period by suitable methods and
                                   shall be confirmed  by a  material balance over the
                                   production system.

                              (d)   Acid mist and sulfur  dioxide emissions, expressed in
                                   g/metric ton  of  100 percent H2S04, shall be determined
                                   by  dividing the  emission rate in g/hr by the acid
                                   production rate. The emission rate shall be determined
                                   by  the  equation, g/hr =  Qsxc, where Qs = volumetric
                                   flow rate of  the effluent  in dscm/hr as determined
                                   in  accordance with  subdivision (a)(iii) of this
                                   division and  c = acid mist and S02 concentrations
                                   in  g/dscm as  determined  in accordance with subdivision
                                   (a)(i)  of this division.

(51.8)            12.406  Standards  of  Performance for  Asphalt Concrete Plants

                         (1)   Applicability and  Designation of Affected Facility

                              The affected facility to which  the provisions of this
                             •subsection apply is each asphalt concrete plant.  For
                              the purpose  of this subsection, an asphalt concrete plant
                              is comprised only  of  any combination of the following:
                              Dryers;  systems for screening,  handling, storing, and
                              weighing hot aggregate;  systems for loading, transferring,
                              and storing  mineral filler; systems for mixing asphalt
                              concrete; and the  loading, transfer, and storage systems
                              associated with emission control systems.

                         (2)   Definitions

                              As used  in this subsection, all terms not defined herein
                              shall  have the meaning given  them in the Act and in sub-
                              section  12.102 of  this regulation.

                              (a)   "Asphalt concrete plant" means any facility, as
                                   described in  division (1)  of this subsection, used
                                   to  manufacture asphalt concrete by heating and
                                   drying  aggregate and  mixing with asphalt cements.
                                                  -90-

-------
                         (3)   Standard  for  Particulate Matter

                              (a)   On and after the date on which the performance test
                                   required to be  conducted by subsection 12.107 is
                                   completed, no owner or  operator subject to the pro-
                                   visions  of this subsection shall discharge or cause
                                   the  discharge into the  atmosphere from any affected
                                   facility any gases which:

                                   (i)   Contain particulate matter in excess of 90
                                        mq/dscm (0104 qr/dscf).

                                  (ii)   Exhibit 20 percent opacity, or  greater.

                         (4)   Test Methods  and Procedures

                              (a)   The  reference methods appended to this regulation,
                                   except as provided for  in subsection  12.107(2),
                                   shall be used to determine compliance with the
                                   standards prescribed in division (3)  of this sub-
                                   section  as follows:

                                   (i)   Method 5 for the concentration  of particulate
                                        matter and the associated moisture content.

                                  (ii)   Method 1 for sample and  velocity traverses,

                                 (iii)   Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate,
                                        and

                                  (iv)   Method 3 for gas analysis.

                              (b)   For  Method 5, the sampling time for  each run shall
                                   be at least 60  minutes  and the sampling rate shall
                                   be at least 0.9 dscm/hr (0.53 dscf/min) except that
                                   shorter  sampling times, when  necessitated by process
                                   variables or other factors, may be approved by the
                                   Department.

(51.15)           12.407  Standards of Performance  for Petroleum  Refineries

                         (1)   Applicability and Designation of Affected Facility

                              The  provisions of this subsection  are applicable to the
                              following affected facilities in petroleum refineries:
                              Fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerators,
                              fluid catalytic cracking unit incinerator-waste heat
                              boilers,  and  fuel gas combustion devices.
                                                  -91-

-------
(2)   Definitions

     As used in this subsection,  all  terms  not defined  herein
     shall  have the meaning given them in  the Act and in  sub-
     section 12.102:

     (a)  "Petroleum refinery"  means  any facility engaged in
          producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils,
          residual  fuel  oils, lubricants,  or other products
          through .distillation  of petroleum or through  re-
          distillation,  cracking  or reforming of unfinished
          petroleum derivatives.

     (b)  "Petroleum" means the crude oil  removed from  the
          earth and the  oils derived  from  tar sands, shale, and
          coal.

     (c)  "Process  gas"  means any gas generated by a petroleum
          refinery  process  unit,  except fuel  gas and process
          upset gas as defined  in this section.

     (d)  "Fuel gas" means  any  gas which is generated by  a
          petroleum refinery process  unit  and which is  combusted,
          including any  gaseous mixture of natural  gas  and fuel
          gas which is combusted.

     (e)  "Process  upset gas" means any gas generated by  a
          petroleum refinery process  unit  as a result of  start-
          up, shut-down, upset  or malfunction.

     (f)  "Refinery process unit" means any segment of  the
          petroleum refinery in which a specific processing
          operation is conducted.

     (g)  "Fuel gas combustion  device" means any equipment,
          such as process heaters, boilers  and flares used to
          combust fuel gas, but does  not include fluid  coking
          unit and  fluid catalytic cracking unit incinerator-
          waste heat boilers or facilities  in which gases
          are combusted  to  produce sulfur  or sulfuric acid.

     (h)  "Coke burn-off" means the coke removed from the
          surface of the fluid  catalytic cracking unit  catalyst
          by combustion  in  the  catalyst regenerator.  The rate
          of coke burn-off  is calculated by the formula speci-
          fied in division  (7)  of this subsection.
                         -92-

-------
(3)   Standard for Particulate  Matter

     (a)   On  and after the date  on which  the  performance
          test required to be  conducted by  subsection  12.107
          is  completed, no owner or  operator  subject to the
          provisions  of this subsection shall  discharge or
          cause the discharge  into the atmosphere  from any
          fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerator
          or  from any fluid catalytic cracking unit incinerator-
          waste heat boiler:

          (i)  Particulate matter in excess of 1.0 kg/1000 kg
               (1.0 lb/1000 Ib)  of coke burn-off in the
               catalyst regenerator.

         (ii)  Gases exhibiting  30 percent  opacity or  greater,
               except for 3 minutes  in any  1  hour.

     (b)   In  those instances  in  which auxiliary liquid or
          solid fossil fuels  are burned  in  the fluid catalytic
          cracking unit incinerator-waste heat boiler, particu-
          late matter in excess  of that  permitted  by subdivision
          (a)(i) of this division may be  emitted to the atmos-
          phere, except that the incremental  rate  of particulate
          emissions shall not  exceed 0.18 g/million cal (0.10
          Ib/million BTU) of heat input  attributable to such
          liquid or solid fuel.

(4)   Standard for Carbon Monoxide

     (a)   On  and after the date  on which  the  performance  test
          required to be conducted by subsection 12.107 is
          completed, no owner or operator subject  to the  pro-
          visions of this subsection shall  discharge or cause
          the discharge into the atmosphere from the fluid
          catalytic cracking unit catalyst  regenerator any
          gases which contain  carbon monoxide in excess of
          0.050 percent by volume.

(5)   Standard for Sulfur Dioxide

     (a)   On  and after the date  on which  the  performance  test
          required to be conducted by subsection  12.107  is
          completed, no owner or operator subject  to  the  pro-
          visions of this subsection shall  burn in any fuel
          gas combustion device  any  fuel  gas  which contains
          H2S in excess of 230 mg/dscm  (0.10  gr/dscf), except
          as  provided in subdivision (b)  of this  division.
          The combustion of process  upset gas in a flare  of
          process gas or fuel  gas which  is  released  to the
          flare as a result of relief valve leakage,  is  exempt
          from this subdivision.
                         -93-

-------
     (b)   The owner or operator may  elect to  treat the  gases
          resulting from the combustion  of fuel  gas  in  a
          manner which limits the release of  S02 to  the atmos-
          phere if it is shown to the  satisfaction of the
          Department that this prevents  S02 emissions as effec-
          tively as compliance with  the  requirements of sub-
          division (a) of this division.

(6)   Emission Monitoring

     (a)   Continuous monitoring systems  shall  be installed,
          calibrated, maintained, and  operated by the owner or
          operator as follows:

          (i)  A continuous monitoring system for the measure-
               ment of the opacity of  emissions  discharged into
               the atmosphere from the fluid  catalytic  cracking
               unit catalyst regenerator.  The continuous
               monitoring system shall be spanned at 60, 70,
               or 80 percent opacity.

         (ii)  (Reserved)

        (iii)  A continuous monitoring system for the measure-
               ment of sulfur dioxide  in the  gases discharged
               into the atmosphere from  the combustion  of fuel
               gases (except where a continuous  monitoring
               system for the measurement of  hydrogen sulfide is
               installed under subdivision (a)(iv) of this
               division.  The pollutant  gas used to  prepare
               calibration gas mixtures  under paragraph 2.1,
               Performance Specification 2 and for calibration
               gas mixtures under paragraph 2.1, Performance
               Specification 2 and for calibration checks under
               subsection 12.111(4)  to this regulation, shall
               be sulfur dioxide (SOz)-   The  span shall be set
               at 100 ppm.  For conducting monitoring system
               performance evaluations under  subsection 12.111
               (3), Reference Method 6 shall  be used.

         (iv)  (Reserved)

     (b)   (Reserved)

     (c)   The average coke burn-off  rate (thousands  of  kilo-
          gram/hr) and hours of operation for any fluid cata-
          lytic cracking unit catalyst regenerator subject to
          divisions (3) and (4) of this  subsection shall be
          recorded daily.
                         -94-

-------
     (d)   For  any  fluid  catalytic  cracking  unit  catalyst
          regenerator  which  is  subject  to division  (.3) of
          this subsection  and which  utilizes  an  incinerator-
          waste heat boiler  to  combust  the  exhaust  gases from
          the  catalyst regenerator,  the owner or operator
          shall  record daily the rate of combustion of liquid
          or solid fossil  fuels (liters/hr  or kilograms/hr)
          and  the  hours  of operation during which liquid or
          solid fossil fuels are combusted  in the incinerator-
          waste heat boiler.

     (e)   For  the  purpose  of reports under  subsection 12.106
          (3)  periods  of excess emissions that shall be  reported
          are  defined  as follows:

          (i)   (Reserved)

         (ii)   (Reserved)

        (iii)   (Reserved)

         (iv)   Any six-hour  period during which  the average
               emissions (arithmetic average  of  six contiguous
               one-hour periods) of  sulfur  dioxide  as measured
               by  a continuous  monitoring system exceed  the
               standard under subsection 12.407(5).

(7)   Test Methods  and  Procedures

     (a)   For  the  purpose  of determining compliance with sub-
          section  12.407(3)(a)(i), the  following reference
          methods  and  calculation  procedures  shall  be used:

          (i)   For gases released  to the atmosphere from the
               fluid catalytic  cracking unit  catalyst re-
               generator;

               ((a))  Method 5  for the  concentration of
                      particulate  matter and  moisture
                      content,

               ((b))  Method 1  for sample and velocity
                      traverses, and

               ((c))  Method 2  for velocity and  volumetric
                      flow rate.

         (ii)   For Method  5, the sampling time for  each  run
               shall be at least 60  minutes and  the sampling
                         -95-

-------
                   rate shall be at least 0.015 dscm/min (0.53
                   dscf/min), except that shorter sampling times
                   may be approved by the Department when process
                   variables or other factors preclude sampling
                   for at least 60 minutes.

            (iii)  For exhaust gases from the fluid catalytic
                   cracking unit catalyst regenerator prior to
                   the emission control system:  the integrated
                   sample techniques of Method 3 and Method 4 for
                   gas analysis and moisture content, respectively;
                   Method 1 for velocity traverses; and Method 2
                   for velocity and volumetric flow rate.

             (iv)  Coke burn-off rate shall  be determined by the
                   following formula:

    Rc= 0.2982 Qre(%C02+%CO)+2.088 Qra-0-0994qre («CO+*C02+*02)
                                                   2
         (Metric Units)
                               or

    Rc= 0.0186 Qre(%C02+%CO)+0.1303 Qra~°'0062Qre  (%CO+XC02+Xo2)

         (English Units)

    where:

    R- = coke burn-off rate, kg/hr (English  units:   Ib/hr).
0.2982 = metric units material balance factor divided by 100,
         kg-min/hr-m3.
0.0186 = English units material balance factor divided by 100,
         lb-min/hr-ft3.
   Qre = fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerator
         exhaust gas flow rate before entering the emission
         control system, as determined by Method 2, dscm/min
         (English units:  dscf/min).
  %C02 = percent carbon dioxide by volume, dry basis, as determined
         by Method 3.
   %CO = percent carbon monoxide by volume,  dry basis, as
         determined by Method 3.
   %Q2 = percent oxygen by volume, dry basis, as determined
         by Method 3.
 2.088 = metric units material balance factor divided by 100,
         kg-min/hr-m3.
0.1303 = English units material balance factor divided by 100,
         lb-min/hr-ft3.
   Qra ~ air rate to fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst re-
         generator, as determined from fluid catalytic cracking
         unit control room instrumentation dscm/min (English
         units:  dscf/min).
                             -96-

-------
0.0994 = metric units, material  balance factor divided by 100,
         kg-min/hr-m0.
0.0062 = English units material balance factor by 100, lb-min/
         hr-ft3.

              (v)  Participate emissions shall be determined
                   by the following equation:

                   RE = (60xlO-6)qrvc3 (Metric Units)

                   RE = (8.57xlO-3)QrvC3 (English Units)

                   where:

                   RE = particulate emission rate, kg/hr
                        (English units:  Ib/hr).

              60x10~6 = metric units conversion factor, min-kg/
                        hr-mg.

            8.57x10"^ = English units conversion factor, min-lb/
                        hr-gr.

                  Qrv = volumetric flow rate of gases discharged
                        into the atmosphere from the fluid catalytic
                        cracking unit catalyst regenerator follow-
                        ing the emission control system, as
                        determined by Method 2, dscm/min (English
                        units:  dscf/min).

                   03 = particulate emission concentration dis-
                        charged into the atmosphere, as determined
                        by Method 5, mg/dscm  (English units:
                        gr/dscf).

             (vi)  For each run, emissions expressed in kg
                   (English units:  lb/1000 Ib) of coke burn-off
                   in the catalyst regenerator shall be determined
                   by the following equation:

                   Rs = lOOO^E (Metric or English Units)
                            Rc

                   where:

                   RS = particulate emission  rate, kg/100 kg
                        (English units:  lb/1000 Ib) of coke burn-
                        off in the fluid catalytic cracking unit
                        catalyst regenerator.
                             -97-

-------
     1000 = conversion factor,  kg  to  1000  kg  (English
            units:   Ib to 1000  Ib).

       RŁ = particulate emission rate,  kg/hr  (English
            units:   Ib/hr).

       Rr = coke burn-off rate, kg/hr (English  units:
        c   Ib/hr).

(vii)   In those instances in which auxiliary  liquid
       or solid fossil fuels are burned in an incinera-
       tor-waste heat boiler, the  rate  of  particulate
       matter emissions permitted  under division  (3)(b)
       of this subsection must  be  determined.   Auxiliary
       fuel heat input, expressed  in  millions of  cal/hr
       (English units:  Millions of BTU/hr) shall be
       calculated for each run  by  fuel  flow rate
       measurement and analysis of the  liquid or  solid
       auxiliary fossil fuels.  For each run, the rate
       of particulate emissions permitted  under division
       (3)(b)  of this subsection shall  be  calculated
       from the following equation:

       R  = i.o+%!ŁH    (Metric  Units)
                 Rc

       R  = l.n+0.10  H    (English Units)
                 Rc

       where:

       Rs = allowable particulate  emission rate,  kg/100
            kg (English units:  lb/1000 Ib) of  coke-
            burn-off  in the fluid  catalytic cracking
            unit catalyst regenerator.

      1.0 = emission  standard,  1.0 kg/1000 kg (English
            units:   1.0 lb/1000 Ib) of  coke burn-off
            in the  fluid catalytic cracking unit
            regenerator.

    0.18 = Metric  units  maximum allowable incremental
            rate of particulate emissions, g/million
            cal.

    0.10 = English  units maximum  allowable incremental
            rate of particulate emissions, Ib/million
            BTU.
                -98-

-------
           H = heat input  from solid  or  liquid  fossil
               fuel,  million  cal/hr  (English  units:
               million BTU/hr).

          R  = coke burn-off  rate, kg/hr (English  units:
           c   Ib/hr.

(b)   For the purpose  of determining  compliance  with
     division (4)  of this  subsection, the integrated
     sample technique of Method 10 shall  be  used.  The
     sample shall  be extracted at a  rate proportional
     to the gas velocity at a sampling point  near  the
     centroid of the  duct.  The sampling time shall not
     be less than  60 minutes.

(c)   For the purpose of determining  compliance  with
     division (5)(a)  of this  subsection,. Method 11 shall
     be used.  When refinery  fuel gas lines  are operating
     at pressures  substantially above atmospheric, the
     gases sampled must be introduced into the  sampling
     train at approximately atmospheric  pressure.  This
     may be accomplished with a flow control  valve.   If
     the line pressure is  high enough to operate the
     sampling train without a vacuum pump, the  pump may
     be eliminated from the sampling train.   The sample
     shall be drawn from a point near the centroid of
     the fuel gas  line. The  minimum sampling time shall
     be 10 minutes and the minimum  sampling volume 0.01
     dscm (0.35 dscf) for  each sample.  The arithmetic
     average of two samples shall constitute one run.
     Samples shall be taken at approximately 1-hour
     intervals.  For most  fuel gases, sample times exceed-
     ing 20 minutes may result in depletion of  the
     collecting solution,  although  fuel  gases containing
     low concentrations of hydrogen  sulfide may necessi-
     tate sampling for longer periods of time.

(d)   Method 6 shall be used for determining concentration
     of SOg in determining compliance with division  (5)(b)
     of this subsection except that H2S  concentration
     of the fuel gas may be determined instead.  Method 1
     shall be used for velocity traverses and Method  2
     for determining velocity and volumetric flow rate.
     The sampling site for determining S02 concentration
     by Method 6 shall be  the same  as for determining
     volumetric flow rate  by  Method 2.  The sampling
     point in the duct for determining S02 concentration
     by Method 6 shall be  at  the centroid of the cross     2
     section if the cross  sectional  area is less than 5 m
     (54 ft2) or at a point no closer to the walls than
                    -99-

-------
                                   1m (39 inches)  if the cross  sectional  area  is  5  m
                                   or more and the centroid is  more  than  one meter
                                   from the wall.   The sample shall  be  extracted  at
                                   a rate proportional to the gas  velocity  at  the
                                   sampling point.  The minimum sampling  time  shall
                                   be 10 minutes  and the minimum sampling volume  0.01
                                   dscm (0.35 dscf) for each sample.  The arithmetic
                                   average of two  samples shall  constitute  on  run.
                                   Samples shall  be taken at approximately  1-hour
                                   intervals.

(51.16)           12.408  Standards of Performance  for Storage Vessels for Petroleum
                         Liquids

                         (1)   Applicability and Designation of  Affected Facility

                              (a)   Except as provided in division  (l)(b)  of this
                                   subsection, the affected facility to which  this
                                   subsection applies is each storage vessel for
                                   petroleum liquids which has  a storage  capacity
                                   greater than 751,412  liters  (40,000  gallons).

                              (b)   This subsection does not apply  to storage vessels
                                   for petroleum  or condensate  stored,  processed, and/or
                                   treated at a drilling and production facility  prior
                                   to custody transfer.

                         (2)   Definitions

                              As used in this section, all terms not defined herein
                              shall  have the meaning given them in the  Act  and in sub-
                              section 12.102 of this regulation.

                              (a)   "Storage vessel" means any tank,  reservoir, or
                                   container used  for the storage  of petroleum
                                   liquids, but does not include:

                                   (i)  Pressure  vessels which  are designed to operate
                                        in excess  of 15 pounds  per square inch gauge
                                        without emissions to the atmosphere except
                                        under emergency conditions.
                                  (ii)  Subsurface caverns or porous rock reservoirs,
                                        or

                                 (iii)  Underground tanks  if the total  volume of
                                        petroleum liquids  added to and  taken from a
                                        tank annually does not exceed twice the volume
                                        of the tank.
                                                 -100-

-------
(b)   "Petroleum liquids"  means  petroleum,  condensate,
     and any finished or  intermediate  products  manu-
     factured in a petroleum refinery  but  does  not mean
     Number 2 through Number 6  fuel  oils as  specified
     in A.S.T.M. D39669,  gas turbine fuels oils Numbers
     2-GT through 4-GT as specified  in A.S.T.M. D2880-71,
     or diesel  fuel  oils  Numbers  2-D and 4-D as speci-
     fied in A.S.T.M. D975-68.

(c)   "Petroleum refinery" means any  facility engaged
     in producing gasoline,  kerosene,  distillate fuel
     oils, residual  fuel  oils,  lubricants, or other
     products through distillation of  petroleum or
     through distillation of petroleum or  through distilla-
     tion of petroleum or through redistillation, crack-
     ing, or reforming of unfinished petroleum derivatives.

(d)   "Petroleum" means the crude  oil removed from the
     earth and the oils derived from tar sands, shale,
     and coal.

(e)   "Hydrocarbon" means  any organic compound consisting
     predominantly of carbon and  hydrogen.

(f)   "Condensate" means hydrocarbon  liquid separated
     from natural gas which  condenses  due  to changes  in
     the temperature and/or  pressure and remains liquid
     at standard conditions.

(g.)   "Custody transfer" means the transfer of produced
     petroleum and/or condensate, after processing  and/or
     treating in the producing  operations, from storage
     tanks or automatic transfer  facilities  to pipelines
     or any other forms of transportation.

(h)   "Drilling and production facility" means all drilling
     and servicing equipment, wells, flow  lines, separators,
     equipment, gathering lines,  and auxiliary non-
     transportation-related  equipment  used in the pro-
     duction of petroleum but does not include natural
     gasoline plants.

(i)   "True vapor pressure" means  the equilibrium
     partial pressure exerted by  a petroleum liquid  as
     determined in accordance with methods described  in
     American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517,
     Evaporation Loss from Floating  Roof Tanks, 1962.
                   -101-

-------
     (j)  "Floating roof" means a storage vessel  cover con-
          sisting of a double deck, pontoon single deck,
          internal floating cover or covered floating roof,
          which rests upon and is supported by the petroleum
          liquid being contained, and is  equipped with a
          closure seal or seals to close  the space between
          the roof edge and tank wall.

     (k)  "Vapor recovery system" means a vapor gathering
          system capable of collecting all  hydrocarbon vapors
          and gases discharged from the storage vessel and
          a vapor disposal system capable of processing such
          hydrocarbon vapors and gases  so as to prevent their
          emission to the atmosphere.

     (1)  "Reid vapor pressure" is the absolute vapor pressure
          of volatile crude oil and volatile non-viscous
          petroleum liquids, except liquefied petroleum gases,
          as determined by ASTM-D-323-58  (reapproved 1968).

(3)  Standard for Hydrocarbons

     The owner or operator of any storage vessel  to which
     this subsection applies shall store  petroleum liquids
     as follows:

     (a)  If the true vapor pressure of the petroleum liquid,
          as stored, is equal to or greater than  78 mm Hg.
          (1.5 psia) but not greater than 570 mm Hg (11.1 psia),
          the storage vessel shall be equipped with a floating
          roof, a vapor recovery system,  or their equivalents.

     (b)  If the true vapor pressure of the petroleum liquid
          as stored is greater than 570 mm hg (11.1 psia),
          the storage vessel shall be equipped with a vapor
          recovery system or its equivalent.

(4)  Monitoring of Operations

     (a)  The owner or operator of any storage vessel to which
          this subsection applies shall for each  such storage
          vessel maintain a file of each  type of petroleum
          liquid stored, of the typical Reid vapor pressure
          of each type of petroleum liquid stored, and of the
          dates of storage.  Dates on which' the storage vessel
          is empty shall be shown.
                         -102-

-------
                             (b)  The owner or operator of any storage vessel  to
                                  which this subsection applies shall  for each such
                                  storage vessel  determine and record  the average
                                  monthly storage temperature and true vapor pressure
                                  of the petroleum liquid stored at such temperature
                                  if:

                                  (i)  The petroleum liquid has a true vapor pressure,
                                       as stored, greater than 26 mm Hg (0.5 psia)
                                       but less than 78 mm Hg (1.5 psia) and is
                                       stored in a storage vessel other than one  '
                                       equipped with a floating roof,  a vapor recovery
                                       system or their equivalents; or

                                 (ii)  The petroleum liquid has a true vapor pressure,
                                       as stored, greater than 470 mm Hg (9.1  psia)
                                       and is stored in a storage vessel other than
                                       one equipped with a vapor recovery system  or
                                       its equivalent.

                             (c)  The average monthly storage temperature is an
                                  arithmetic average calculated for each calendar
                                  month, or portion thereof if storage is for less
                                  than a month, from bulk liquid storage temperatures
                                  determined at least once every 7 days.

                             (d)  The true vapor pressure shall be determined by  the
                                  procedures in American Petroleum Institute (API)
                                  Bulletin 2517.  This procedure is dependent upon
                                  determination of the storage temperature and the
                                  Reid vapor pressure, which requires sampling of the
                                  petroleum liquids in the storage vessels.  Unless
                                  the Department requires in specific cases that  the
                                  stored petroleum liquid be sampled, the true vapor
                                  pressure may be determined by using the average
                                  monthly storage temperature and the typical Reid
                                  vapor pressure.  For those liquids for which
                                  certified specifications limiting the Reid vapor
                                  pressure exist, that Reid vapor pressure may be
                                  used.  For other liquids, supporting analytical  data
                                  must be made available on request to the Department
                                  when typical Reid vapor pressure is used.

(51.17)          12.409  Standards of Performance for Secondary Lead Smelters

                        (1)  Applicability and Designation of Affected Facility

                             The provisions of this subsection are applicable to  the
                             following affected facilities in secondary lead smelters:
                             Pot furnaces of more than 250 kg (550 Ib) charging capacity,
                                                -103-r

-------
     blast (cupola)  furnaces,  and reverberatory furnaces.

(.2)   Definitions

     As used in this subsection,  all  terms  not  defined herein
     shall have the  meaning given them in  the Act and  in  sub-
     section 12.102  of this regulation.

     (a)  "Reverberatory furnace" includes  the  following
          types of reverberatory  furnaces:   stationary,
          rotating,  rocking, and  tilting.

     (b)  "Secondary lead smelter" means any facility  producing
          lead from  a lead-bearing scrap material  by smelting
          to the metallic form.

     (c)  "Lead" means elemental  lead or alloys in which  the
          predominant component  is lead.

(3)   Standard for Particulate Matter

     (a)  On and after the date  on which the performance  test
          required to be conducted by subsection 12.107 is
          completed, no owner or  operator  subject to the
          provisions of this subsection shall discharge or
          cause the  discharge into the atmosphere from a  blast
          (cupola) or reverberatory furnace any gases  which:

          (i)  Contain particulate matter  in excess of 50 mg/dscm
               (0.022.gr/dscf).

         (ii)  Exhibit 20 percent opacity  or greater.

     (b)  On and after the date  on which the performance  test
          required to be conducted by subsection 12.107 is
          completed, no owner or  operator  subject to the  pro-
          visions of this regulation  shall  discharge or cause
          the discharge into the  atmosphere from any pot  furnace
          any gases  which exhibit 10  percent opacity or greater.

(4)   Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)  The reference methods  appended to this regulation,
          except as  provided for  in subsection  12.107(2)  shall
          be used to determine compliance  with  the standards
          prescribed in division  (3)  of this subsection as
          follows:

          (i)  Method 5 for the  concentration of particulate
               matter and the associated moisture content,
                         -104-

-------
                                  (ii)   Method  1  for  sample  and  velocity  traverses,

                                 (iii)   Method  2  for  velocity  and  volumetric  flow
                                        rate, and

                                  (iv)   Method  3  for  gas  analysis.

                              (b)   For  Method 5,  the  sampling  time for each run  shall
                                   be at least  60 minutes and  the  sampling rate  shall
                                   be at least  0.9 dscm/hr (0.53 dscf/min) except  that
                                   shorter sampling times, when  necessitated  by  process
                                   variables or other factors, may be approved by
                                   the  Department. Particulate  sampling  shall be  con-
                                   ducted during  representative  periods of furnace
                                   operation, including charging and tapping.

(51.17)           12..410  Standards of Performance for Secondary  Brass and Bronze Ingot
                         Production Plants

                         (1)    Applicability and  Designation of  Affected  Facility

                              The provisions of this  subsection  are applicable to  the
                              following affected  facilities  in secondary  brass or  bronze
                              ingot production  plants; Reverberatory and  electric  furnaces
                              of 1,000  kg (2,205  lb).  or greater  production capacity  and
                              blast (cupola) furnaces of 250 kg/hr (550 Ib/hr) or
                              greater production  capacity.

                         (2)   Definitions

                              As used in this subsection, all  terms not defined  herein
                              shall have the meaning  given them  in the Act and  in  sub-
                              section 12.102 of this  regulation.

                              (a)   "Brass or bronze"  means any metal alley, containing
                                   copper as  its  predominant constituent, and lesser
                                   amounts of zinc, tin,  lead, or  other metals.

                              (b)   "Reverberatory furnace" includes the following  types
                                   of reverberatory furnaces:   stationary, rotating,
                                   rocking, and tilting.

                         :.    (c)   "Electric  furnace" means  any  furnace which uses
                                   electricity  to produce over 50  percent of  the heat
                                   required in  the production  of refined  brass  or
                                   bronze.

                              (d)   "Blast furnace" means any furnace used to  recover
                                   metal from  slag.
                                                  -105-

-------
(3)  Standard for Participate Matter

     (a)  On and after the date on which  the performance  test
          required to be conducted by subsection  12.107 is
          completed,  no owner or operator subject to the
          provisions  of this subsection shall  discharge or
          cause the discharge into the atmosphere from a
          reverberatory furnace any gases which:

          (i)  Contain particulate matter in excess  of 50
               mg/dscm (0.022 gr/dscf).

         (ii)  Exhibit 20 percent opacity or greater.

     (b)  On and after the date on which  the performance  test
          required to be conducted by subsection  12.107 is
          completed,  no owner or operator subject to the
          provisions  of this subsection shall  discharge or
          cause the discharge into the atmosphere from any
          blast (cupola) or electric furnace any  gases which
          exhibit 10  percent opacity or greater.

(4)  Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)  The reference methods appended  to this  part, except
          as provided for in subsection 12.107(2), shall  be
          used to determine compliance with the standards
          prescribed  in division (3) of this subsection as
          follows:

          (i)  Method 5 for the concentration of  particulate
               matter and the associated  moisture content,

         (ii)  Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses,

        (iii)  Method 2 for velocity and  volumetric  flow
               rate,  and

         (iv)  Method 3 for gas analysis.

     (b)  For Method  5, the sampling time for each run shall
          be at least 120 minutes and the sampling rate shall
          be at least 0.9 dscm/hr (0.53 dscf/min) except  that
          shorter sampling times, when necessitated  by process
          variables or other factors, may be approved by  the
          Department.  Particulate matter sampling shall  be
          conducted during representative periods of charging
          and refining, but not during pouring of the heat.
                         -106-

-------
(51.4)            12.411   Standards of Performance for Iron  and  Steel  Plants

                         (1)   Applicability and Designation of  Affected  Facility

                              The affected facility to which the  provisions  of  this
                              subsection apply is each basic oxygen  process  furnace.

                         (2)   Definitions

                              As used in this subsection, all terms  not  defined herein
                             •shall have the meaning given  them in the Act and  in
                              subsection 12.102 of this regulation.

                              (a)  "Basic oxygen process furnace" (BOPF) means  any
                                   furnace producing steel  by charging scrap steel,
                                   hot metal, and flux materials  into a  vessel  and
                                   introducing a high volume of an oxygen-rich  gas.

                              (b)  "Steel production cycle" means the operations
                                   required to produce each batch of steel and  includes
                                   the following major functions: Scrap charging,
                                   preheating (when used),  hot  metal  charging,  primary
                                   oxygen blowing, additional oxygen blowing (when
                                   used), and tapping.

                         (.3)   Standard for Particulate Matter

                              (a)  On and after the date on which the performance  test
                                   required to be conducted by  subsection 12.107  is
                                   completed, no owner or operator subject to the
                                   provisions of this subsection shall discharge  or
                                   cause the discharge into the atmosphere from any
                                   affected facility any gases  which:

                                   (i)  Contain particulate matter in excess of 50
                                        mg/dscm (0.022 gr/dscf).

                                  (ii)  (Reserved)

                         (4)   (Reserved)

                         (5)   Test Methods and Procedures

                              (a)  The reference methods appended to this regulation,
                                   except as provided for in Section 12.107(2), shall
                                   be used to determine compliance with  the standards
                                   prescribed in division (3) of this subsection  as
                                   follows:
                                                 -107-

-------
                                   (i)   Method 5 for concentration  of particulate
                                        matter and associated moisture content,

                                  (ii)   Method 1 for sample and velocity  traverses,

                                 (iii)   Method 2 for volumetric flow  rate,  and

                                  (iv)   Method 3 for gas  analysis.

                              (b)   For  Method 5, the sampling for each run  shall
                                   continue for an integral  number  of cycles with  total
                                   duration of at least 60  minutes.   The  sampling  rate
                                   shall  be at least 0.9  dscm/hr (0.53 dscf/min)
                                   except that shorter sampling times, when necessitated
                                   by process variables or  other factors, may  be approved
                                   by the Department.  A  cycle shall  start  at  the
                                   beginning of either the  scrap preheat  or the oxygen  blow
                                   and  shall terminate immediately  prior  to tapping.

(51.9)            12.412  Standards of Performance for Sewage Treatment Plants

                         (1)   Applicability and Designation of Affected Facility

                              The  affected facility to which the provisions of this
                              subsection apply is each incinerator  which  burns the
                              sludge produced by municipal  sewage treatment facilities.

                         (2)   Definitions

                              As  used in this subsection, all  terms not defined herein
                              shall  have the meaning given  them in  the Act  and in  sub-
                              section 12.102 of this regulation.

                         (3)   Standard  for Particulate Matter

                              On  and after the date on which the performance test
                              required  to be conducted by subsection  12.107 is completed,
                              no  owner  or operator of any sewage sludge incinerator
                              subject to the provisions of  this subsection  shall dis-
                              charge into the atmosphere  of:

                              (a)   Particulate matter at  a  rate in  excess of 0.65
                                   g/kg dry sludge input  (1.30 Ib/ton dry sludge input).

                              (b)   Any  gases which exhibit  20 percent opacity  or
                                   greater.
                                                 -108-

-------
(4)   Monitoring of Operations

     The owner or operator of  any sludge  incinerator  subject
     to the provisions of this subsection shall:

     (a)  Install, calibrate,  maintain, and  operate a flow
          measuring device which  can  be used to determine
          either the mass or volume of sludge charged to the
          incinerator.  The flow  measuring device  shall have
          an accuracy of +5 percent over  its operating range.

     (b)  Provide access to the sludge charged so  that a well-
          mixed representative grab sample of the  sludge can
          be obtained.

(5)   Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)  The reference methods appended  to  this regulation,
          except as provided for  in subsection 12.107(2),
          shall be used to determine  compliance with  the
          standards prescribed in division (3) of  this sub-
          section as follows:

          (i)  Method 5 for concentration of particulate matter
               and associated  moisture content,

         (ii)  Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses,

        (iii)  Method 2 for volumetric flow  rate,  and

         (iv)  Method 3 for gas analysis.

     (b)  For Method 5, the sampling  time for each run shall  be
          at least 60 minutes  and the sampling rate  shall  be
          at least 0.015 dscm/min (0.53  dscf/min), except  that
          shorter sampling times, when necessitated  by process
          variables or other factors, may be approved by  the
          Department.

     (c)  Dry sludge charging  rate shall  be  determined as
          follows:

          (i)  Determine the mass (Sm) or volume  (Sv) of  sludge
               charged to the  incinerator during each run  using
               a flow measuring device meeting the requirements
               of division (4)(a)(i)  of  this subsection.   If
               total input during a run  is measured  by a  flow
               measuring device,  such readings shall  be used.
               Otherwise, record  the  flow measuring  device
               readings at 5-minute intervals during  a run.
                       -109-

-------
       Determine the quantity charged  during  each
       interval  by averaging the flow  rates at  the
       beginning and end of the interval  and  then
       multiplying the average for each  interval by
       the time  for each interval.   Then  add  the
       quantity  for each interval  to determine  the
       total  quantity charged during the  entire run,
       (Sm) or (Sv).

 (ii)   Collect samples of the sludge charged  to the
       incinerator in non-porous collecting jars at the
       beginning of each run and at approximately 1-hour
       intervals thereafter until  the  test ends, and
       determine for each sample the dry  sludge content
       (total  solids residue) in accordance with "224
       G.  Method for Solid and Semi sol id  Samples,"
       Standard  Methods for the Examination of  Water
       and Wastewater, Thirteenth  Edition, American
       Public Health Association,  Inc.,  New York, N.Y.,
       1971,  pp. 539-41, except that:

       ((a))   Evaporating dishes shall be ignited to
              at least 103°C rather than  the  550°C
              specified in step 3(a)(l).

       ((b))   Determination of volatile  residue, step
              3(b) may be deleted.

       ((c))   The quantity of dry sludge  per  unit sludge
              charged shall be determined in  terms of
              either Rdv (metric units:  mg dry  sludge/
              liter sludge charged or  English units:
              lb/ft3) or Rdm (metric units: mg  dry
              sludge/mg sludge charged or English
              units: Ib/lb).

(iii)   Determine the quantity of dry sludge per unit
       sludge charged in terms of either Rdv  or R
-------
    where:

    Sj       = average dry sludge charging rate during
              the  run,  kg/hr  (English units:  Ib/hr).

             = average quantity of dry sludge per unit
              volume of sludge charged to the incinera-
              tor, mg/1 (English units:  lb/ft3).

    Sv       = sludge charged  to the  incinerator during
              the  run,  m3 (English units:  gal).

    T        = duration  of run, min (English units: min).

    60xlO~3  = metric units  conversion factor, 1-kg-min/
              m3-mg-hr.

    8.021    - English units conversion factor, ft3"min/
              gal-hr.

          ((.b))   If the  mass of sludge charged is used:

                 Sd = (60) RdmSm (Metric or English Units)
     where:

     Sd      =  average  dry  sludge  charging  rate  during
               the  run, kg/hr  (English  units:   Ib/hr).

     Rdm     =  average  ratio of  quantity  of dry  sludge
               to quantity  of  sludge  charged to  the
               incinerator  mg/mg (English units:   Ib/lb).

     Sm      =  sludge charged  during  the  run,  kg
               (English units:   Ib).

     T       =  duration of  run,  min  (Metric or English
               units).

     60      =  conversion factor,  min/hr  (Metric or  Englis.h
               units).

(d)   Particulate emission rate shall  be'determined by:

     Caw = CSQS (Metric or  English Units)
                 -111-

-------
                                   where:

                                   Caw = participate  matter  mass  emissions, mg/hr
                                         (English  units:   Ib/hr) .

                                   Cs  = parti cul ate  matter  concentration, mg/m^
                                         (English  units;   Ib/dscf).

                                   Qs  = volumetric stack  gas  flow rate, dscm/hr
                                         (English  units:   dscf/hr).  Qs and Cs shall
                                         be determined  using Methods 2 and 5,
                                         respectively.

                              (e)   Compliance  with 12.412(3) shall be determined as
                                   follows:

                                   Cds = 00~3)  aw (Metric  Units)
                                               or

                                   Cds  = (2000) Cjw  (English  Units)

                                                Sd~

                                   where:

                                   C
-------
     (a)   "Wet-process  phosphoric  acid  plant" means  any
          facility manufacturing phosphoric  acid  by  reacting
          phosphate rock  and acid.

     (b)   "Total  fluorides"  means  elemental  fluorine and  all
          fluoride compounds as measured  by  reference methods
          specified in  subsection  12.417(5), or equivalent  or
          alternative methods.

     (c)   "Equivalent ?205 feed" means  the quantity  of
          phosphorus, expressed as phosphorus pentoxide,  fed
          to the  process.

(3)   Standard for Fluoride

     (a)   On and  after  the date on which  the performance  test
          required to be  conducted by subsection  12.107  is
          completed, no owner or operator subject to the
          provisions of this subsection shall cause  to be dis-
          charged into  the atmosphere from any  affected  facility
          and gases which contain  total fluorides in excess of
          10.0 g/metric ton of equivalent P20c  feed  (0.020
          Ib/ton).

(4)   Monitoring of Operations

     (a)   The owner or  operator of any wet-process phosphoric
          acid plant subject to the provisions  of this sub-
          section shall install, calibrate,  maintain, and
          operate a monitoring device which  can be used  to
          determine the mass flow  of phosphorus-bearing  feed
          material to the process.  The monitoring device shal-
          have an accuracy of ± 5  percent over  its operating
          range.

     (b)   The owner or  operator of any wet-process phosphoric
          acid plant shall maintain a daily  record of equiva-
          lent ?2®5 ^eec'  by first  determining the total  mass
          rate in metric  ton/hr of phosphorus-bearing feed
          using a monitoring device for measuring mass flow
          rate which meets the requirements  of  subdivision  (a)
          of this division and then by proceeding according to
          subsection 12.417(5)(d)(ii).

     (c)   The owner or  operator of any wet-process phosphoric
          acid subject  to the provisions  of  this  subsection
          shall install,  calibrate, maintain, and operate a
          monitoring device which  continuously  measures  and
          permanently records the  total pressure  drop across
                      -113-

-------
          the process scrubbing system.   The monitoring
          device shall  have an  accuracy  of +5 percent over
          its operating range.

(5)   Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)   Reference methods in  Appendix  A of this  regulation,
          except as provided in subsection 12.107(2), shall  be
          used to determine compliance with the  standard
          prescribed in subsection  12.417(3)  as  follows:

          (i)  Method ISA or 13B for the concentration of
               total  fluorides  and  the associated  moisture
               content,

         (ii)  Method 1 for sample  and velocity  traverses,

        (iii)  Method 2 for velocity and volumetric  flow rate,
               and

         (iv)  Method 3 for gas analysis.

     (b)   For Method 13A or 13B, the sampling time for each
          run shall be at least 60  minutes and the minimum
          sample volume shall be 0.85 dscm (30 dscf)  except
          that shorter sampling times or smaller volumes, when
          necessitated by process variables or other factors,
          may be approved by the Department.

     (c)   The air pollution control  system for the affected
          facility shall  be constructed  so that  volumetric
          flow rates and total  fluoride  emissions  can be
          accurately determined by  applicable test methods and
          procedures.

     (d)   Equivalent ?205 feed  shall  be  determined as follows;
          (i)   Determine  the  total  mass  rate  in  metric  ton/hr
               of phosphorus-bearing  feed  during each run  using
               a  flow monitoring device  meeting  the  requirements
               of subsection  12.417(4)(a).

         (ii)   Calculate  the  equivalent  P205  feed by multi-
               plying the percentage  PgOs  content, as measured
               by the spectrophotometric molybdovanadophosphate
               method (AOAC Method  9),  times  the total  mass
               rate of phosphorus-bearing  feed.   AOAC Method 9
               is published in the  Official Methods  of  Analysis
               of the Association of  Official  Analytical
               Chemists,  llth edition,  1970,  pp. 11-12.  Other
               methods may be approved by  the Department.
                      -114-

-------
                              (e)   For  each  run,  emissions expressed in g/metric ton
                                   of equivalent  ?2®5  ^eed shall be determined using
                                   the  following  equation:         (c Q )  10"^
                                   where:
                                         =  Emissions  of  total  fluorides  in  g/metric
                                           ton  of equivalent  ?205  feed.
                                   GŁ    = Concentration  of  total  fluorides  in mg/dscm
                                           as  determined  by  Method 13A or  13B.

                                   Q3    = Volumetric  flow rate  of the effluent  gas
                                           stream in dscm/hr as  determined by Method  2.

                                   10-3  = Conversion  factor for mg to g.

                                   Mp. 5 = Equivalent  P2®5 feed  in metric  ton/hr as
                                           determined  by  subsection 12.417(5)(d).

(51.21)           12.418  Standards of Performance for  the Phosphate Fertilizer  Industry:
                         Super- phosphoric Acid Plants

                         (1)  Applicability and Designation  of Affected  Facility

                              The affected facility to which the provisions  of  this sub-
                              section apply is each superphosphoric acid plant.   For
                              the purpose of this subsection, the  affected facility
                              includes any combination of:   evaporators, hotwells, acid
                              pumps, and cooling tanks.

                         (2)  Definitions

                              As used in this  subsection, all terms not  defined  herein
                              shall have the meaning given them  in the Act and  in sub-
                              section 12.102 of this  regulation.

                              (a)  "Superphosphoric acid  plant"  means any  facility
                                   which concentrates  wet-process  phosphoric acid to
                                   66 percent or greater  ?2^S content by weight for
                                   eventual consumption as a fertilizer.

                              (b)  "Total fluorides"  means elemental fluorine and all
                                   fluoride compounds  as  measured  by reference  methods
                                   specified in subsection 12.418(5), or equivalent or
                                   alternative methods.

                              (c)  "Equivalent P205 feed" means  the quantity of
                                   phosphorus, expressed  as  phosphorous  pentoxide, fed
                                   to the process.
                                                -115-

-------
(3)  Standard for Fluorides

     (a)  On and after the date on which the performance test
          required to be conducted by subsection 12.107 is
          completed, no owner or operator subject to the pro-
          visions of this subsection shall  cause to be  dis-
          charged into the atmosphere from any affected facility
          any gases which contain total  fluorides in excess  of
          5.0 g/metric ton of equivalent P?0s feed (0.010
          Ib/ton).

(4)  Monitoring of Operations

     (a)  The owner or operator of any superphosphoric  acid
          plant subject to the provisions of this subsection
          shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a
          flow monitoring device which can be used to determine
          the mass flow of phosphorus-bearing feed material  to
          the process.  The flow monitoring device shall have
          an accuracy of +5 percent over its operating  range.

     (b)  The owner or operator of any superphosphoric  acid
          plant shall maintain a daily record of equivalent
          ?205 feed by first determining the total mass rate in
          metric ton/hr of phosphorus-bearing feed using a flow
          monitoring device meeting the requirements of sub-
          division (a) of this division and then by proceeding
          according to subsection 12.418(5)(d)(ii).

     (c)  The owner or operator of any superphosphoric  acid
          plant subject to the provisions of this subsection
          shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a
          monitoring device which continuously measures and
          permanently records the total  pressure drop across the
          process scrubbing system.  The monitoring device shall
          have an accuracy of +5 percent over its operating
          range.

(5)  Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)  Reference methods in Appendix A of this regulation,
          except as provided in subsection 12.107(2), shall  be
          used to determine compliance with the standard pre-
          scribed in subsection 12.418(3) as follows:

          (i)  Method 13A or 13B for the concentration  of total
               fluorides and the associated moisture content,

         (ii)  Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses,
                      -116-

-------
   (.iii)   Method 2 for velocity and  volumetric  flow
          rate,  and

    (iv)   Method 3 for gas  analysis.

(b)   For  Method  ISA or 13B,  the sampling  time for  each
     run  shall be at least  60  minutes  and the minimum
     sample volume shall  be  at least 0.85 dscm  (30 dscf)
     except that shorter  sampling  times or smaller volumes,
     when necessitated by process  variables or  other
     factors may be approved by the  Department.

(c)   The  air pollution control system  for the affected
     facility shall be constructed so  that volumetric flow
     rates and total fluoride  emissions can be  accurately
     determined  by applicable  test methods and  procedures.

(d)   Equivalent  P205 feed shall be determined as  follows:

     (i)   Determine the total  mass rate in metric  ton/hr
          of phosphorus-bearing feed during each  run using
          a flow monitoring  device meeting the  requirements
          of subsection 12.418(4)(a).
    (ii)  Calculate the equivalent PgOs feed by multiplying
          the percentage P^Os content, as measured by the
          spectrophotometric molybdovanadophosphate method
          (AOAC Method 9),  times the total mass rate of
          phosphorus-bearing feed.  (AOAC  Method 9) is
          published in the  Official Methods of Analysis of
          the Association of Official  Analytical  Chemists,
          llth edition, 1970, pp. 11-12.  Other methods may
          be approved by the Department.

(e)  For each run, emissions expressed in g/metric ton of
     equivalent P2®5 feed,  shall be determined using the
     following equation:

     E _ (C2Q3) 10-3

           MP205

     where:

     E     = Emissions of total  fluorides in g/metric ton
             E of equivalent P205 feed.

     C3    = Concentration  of total fluorides in mg/dscm
             as determined  by Method 13A or 13B.

     CL    = Volumetric flow rate of the effluent gas
             stream in dscm/hr as determined by Method 2.
                  -117-

-------
                                         = Conversion factor for mg to  g.
                                         = Equivalent ?2^5  feed ]n  metric  ton/hr  as
                                           determined by subsection 12.418.

(51.21)           12.419  Standards of Performance for the Phosphate Fertilizer
                         Industry:  Diammonium Phosphate Plants

                         (1)   Applicability and Designation of Affected  Facility

                              The affected facility to which the provisions  of this  sub-
                              section apply is each granular diammonium  phosphate plant.
                              For the purpose of this subsection, the  affected facility
                              includes any combination of:   reactors,  granulators,
                              dryers, coolers, screens and  mills.

                         (2)   Definitions

                              As  used in this subsection, all  terms not  defined herein
                              shall  have the meaning given  them in  the Act and in sub-
                              section 12.102 of this regulation.

                              (a)  "Granular diammonium phosphate plant" means any plant
                                   manufacturing granular diammonium phosphate by re-
                                   acting phosphoric acid with ammonia.

                              (b)  "Total fluorides" means  elemental fluorine  and all
                                   fluoride compounds as measured by reference methods
                                   specified in subsection  12.419(5) or  equivalent or
                                   alternative methods.
                              (c)   "Equivalent P20s  feed"  means  the quantity  of
                                   phosphorus, expressed as  phosphorous  pentoxide,  fed
                                   to the process.

                         (3)   Standard for Fluorides

                              (a)   On and after the  date on  which  the  performance  test
                                   required to be conducted  by subsection  12.107 is
                                   completed,  no owner or operator subject to the  pro-
                                   visions of  this subsection shall  cause  to  be dis-
                                   charged into the  atmosphere from any  affected facility
                                   any gases which contain total fluorides  in excess  of
                                   30 g/metric ton of equivalent ?205  feed (0.060
                                   Ib/ton).
                                               -113-

-------
(4)   Monitoring of Operations

     (a)   The owner or operator of any granular  diammonium
          phosphate plant subject to the  provisions  of  this
          subsection shall  install, calibrate, maintain,  and
          operate a flow monitoring device  which can be used
       .   to determine the mass flow of phosphorus-bearing
          feed material to the process.  The  flow monitoring
          device shall have an accuracy of  +5 percent over  its
          operating range.

     (b)   The owner or operator of any granular  diammonium
          phosphate plant shall maintain  a  daily record of
          equivalent P2d5 feed by first determining  the total
          mass rate in metric  ton/hr of phosphorus-bearing  feed
          using a flow monitoring device  meeting the require-
          ments of subdivision (a) of this  division  and then  by
          proceeding according to subsection  12.419(5)(d)(ii).

     (c)   The owner or operator of any granular  diammonium
          phosphate plant subject to the  provisions  of  this sub-
          section shall install, calibrate, maintain, and
          operate a monitoring device which continuously
          measures and permanently records  the total pressure
          drop across the scrubbing system.  The monitoring
          device shall have an accuracy of  +5 percent over  its
          operating range.

(5)   Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)   Reference methods in Appendix A of  this regulation,
          except as provided for in subsection 12.107(2), shall
          be used to determine compliance with the  standard pre-
          scribed in subsection 12.419(3) as  follows:

          (i)  Method ISA or 13B for the  concentration  of total
               fluorides and the associated moisture content,

         (ii)  Method 1 for sample and velocity  traverses,

        (iii)  Method 2 for velocity and  volumetric flow
               rate, and

         (iv)  Method 3 for gas analysis.

     (b)   For Method 13A or 13B, the sampling time  for  each run
          shall be at least 60 minutes and  the minimum  sample
          volume shall be at least 0.85 dscm  (30 dscf)  except
          that shorter sampling times or  smaller volumes when
          necessitated by process variables or other factors,
          may be approved by the Department.
                      -119-

-------
(c)  The air pollution control  system for the affected
     facility shall  be constructed so that volumetric
     flow rates and  total  fluoride emissions  can be
     accurately determined by applicable test methods
     and procedures.

(d)  Equivalent P20s  feed  shall  be determined as follows:

     (i)  Determine  the total  mass rate in metric ton/hr
          of phosphorus-bearing  feed during each run
          using a flow monitoring device meeting the
          requirements of  subsection 12. 419(4) (a).

    (ii)  Calculate  the equivalent P205 feed  by multi-
          plying the  percentage  P20s content, as measured
          by the spectrophotometric molybdovanadophosphate
          method (AOAC Method 9, times  the total mass rate
          of phosphorus-bearing  feed.   AOAC Method  9  is
          published  in the Official Methods of Analysis of
          the Association  of Official Analytical Chemists,
          llth edition, 1970,  pp. 11-12.  Other methods
          may be approved  by the Department.

(e)  For each run, emissions expressed  in g/metric  ton of
     equivalent P205  feed  shall  be determined using the
     following equation:

     E = (C2Q3) 1Q"3
     where:

     E     = Emissions  of total  fluorides  in  g/metric  ton
             of equivalent
     C2    = Concentration of total  fluorides  in  mg/dscm
             as determined by Method ISA or 138.

     Q3    = Volumetric flow rate of the effluent gas
             stream in dscm/hr as determined by Method  2.

     10-3  = Conversion factor for mg to g.

     MP?os = Equivalent P205 feed in metric ton/hr as
             determined by subsection 12.419(5)(d).
                 -120-

-------
(51.21)           12.420  Standaros of Performance for  the  Phosphate  Fertilizer
                         Industry:  Triple Superphosphate  Plants

                         (1)   Applicability and Designation  of Affected  Facility

                              The affected facility to which the  provisions  of  this
                              subsection apply is each triple superphosphate plant.
                              For the purpose of this  subsection,  the  affected  facility
                              includes any combination of:   mixers,  curing belts  (dens),
                              reactors, granulators, dryers, cookers,  screens,  mills,
                              and facilities which store run-of-pile triple  super-
                              phosphate.

                         (2)   Definitions

                              As used in this subsection,  all terms  not  defined herein
                              shall  have the meaning given them in the Act and  in sub-
                              section 12.102 of this regulation.

                              (a)  "Triple superphosphate  plant"  means any facility
                                   manufacturing triple superphosphate by reacting
                                   phosphate rock with phosphoric acid.   A run-of-pile
                                   triple superphosphate plant includes  curing  and
                                   storing.

                              (b)  "Run-of-pile triple superphosphate" means any triple
                                   superphosphate that has not been  processed in a
                                   granulator and is composed of particles at least  25
                                   percent by weight of which (when  not  caked)  will  pass
                                   through a 16 mesh screen.

                              (c)  "Total fluorides" means elemental fluorine and all
                                   fluoride compounds  as measured by reference  methods
                                   specified in subsection 12.420(5),  or equivalent  or
                                   alternative methods.

                              (d)  "Equivalent ?2^ feed"  means the  quantity of
                                   phosphorus, expressed as  phosphorus pentoxide, fed
                                   to the process.

                         (3)   Standard for Fluorides

                              (a)  On and after the date on which the  performance test
                                   required to be conducted by subsection 12.107 is
                                   completed, no owner or  operator subject to the pro-
                                   visions of this subsection shall  cause to be dis-
                                   charged into the atmosphere from any  affected facility
                                   any gases which contain total  fluorides in excess of
                                   100 g/metric ton of equivalent P20s feed  (0.20
                                   Ib/ton).
                                                -121-

-------
(4)  Monitoring of Operations

     (a)   The owner or operator of any triple superphosphate
          plant subject to the provisions  of this  subsection
          shall install, calibrate, maintain, and  operate  a
          flow monitoring device which can be used to determine
          the mass flow of phosphorus-bearing feed material  to
          the process.  The flow monitoring device shall have
          an accuracy of +5 percent over its operating range.

     (b)   The owner or operator of any triple superphosphate
          plant shall maintain a daily record of equivalent
          ?20s feed by first determining the total  mass rate in
          metric ton/hr of phosphorus-bearing feed using a flow
          monitoring device meeting the requirements  of sub-
          division (a) of this division and then by proceeding
          according to subsection 12.420(5)(d)(ii).

     (c)   The owner or operator of any triple superphosphate
          plant subject to the provisions  of this  subsection
          shall install, calibrate, maintain, and  operate  a
          monitoring device which continuously measures and
          permanently records the total pressure drop across
          the process scrubbing system.  The monitoring device
          shall have an accuracy of +5 percent over its oper-
          ating range.

(5)  Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)   Reference methods in Appendix A of this  regulation,
          except as provided for in subsection 12.107(2),  shall
          be used to determine compliance  with the standard
          prescribed in subsection 12.420(3) as follows:

          (i)  Method ISA or 13B for the concentration of  total
               fluorides and the associated moisture  content,

         (ii)  Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses,

        (iii)  Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate,
               and

         (.iv)  Method 3 for gas analysis.

     (b)   For Method 13A or 13B, the sampling time for each
          run shall be at least 60 minutes and the minimum
          sample volume shall be at least 0.35 dscm (30 dscf)
          except that shorter sampling times or smaller volumes,
          when necessitated by process variables or other
          factors, may be approved by the  Department.
                       -122-

-------
(c)   The air pollution control  system for the affected
     facility shall  be constructed so that volumetric
     flow rates and  total  fluoride emissions can be
     accurately determined by applicable test methods
     and procedures.

(d)   Equivalent ?2^S feeo> shall be determined as follows:
     (i)  Determine the total  mass rate in metric ton/hr
          of phosphorus-bearing feed during each run
          using a flow minitoring device meeting the
          requirements of subsection 12.420(4)(a).
    (ii)  Calculate the equivalent ?2^5 ^ee<^ by multiply-
          ing the percentage P^OS content, as measured by
          the spectrophotometric molybdovadophosphate
          method (AOAC Method 9), times the total mass rate
          of phosphorus-bearing feed.  AOAC Method 9 is
          published in the Official Methods of Analysis
          of the Association of Official Analytical
          Chemists, llth edition, 1970, pp. 11-12.  Other
          methods may be approved by the Department.

(e)  For each run, emissions expressed in g/metric ton of
     equivalent P 0  feed shall be determined using the
     following equation:

     E = (C2Q-3) IP"3
     where :

     E     = Emissions of total fluorides in g/metric ton
             of equivalent PŁ05 feed.
     Cg    = Concentration of total fluorides in mg/dscm
             as determined by Method 13A or 13B.

     0.3    = Volumetric flow rate of the effluent gas
             stream in dscm/hr as determined by Method 2.

     10-3  = Conversion factor for mg to g.

     Mp_ _ = Equivalent PgOs feed in metric ton/hr as
       ^°3   determined by subsection 12.420(5)(d).
                  -123-

-------
(51.21)          12.421   Standards of Performance for the Phosphate Fertilizer
                        Industry:  Granular Triple Superphosphate  Storage  Facilities

                        (1)   Applicability and Designation  of Affected  Facility

                             The affected facility to which the  provisions of this
                             subsection apply is each granular triple superphosphate
                             storage facility.  For the  purpose  of this subsection,
                             the affected facility includes any  combination of:
                             storage or curing piles, conveyors, elevators, screens
                             and mills.

                        (2)   As  used in this subsection, all  terms not  defined herein
                             shall  have the meaning given them in  the Act  and in  sub-
                             section 12.102 of this regulation.

                             (a)  "Granular triple superphosphate  storage  facility"
                                  means any facility curing or storing  granular
                                  triple superphosphate.

                             (b)  "Total  fluorides" means elemental  fluorine and  all
                                  fluoride compounds as  measured by reference methods
                                  specified in subsection 12.421(5), or equivalent or
                                  alternative methods.

                             (c)  "Equivalent P205 stored"  means the quantity of
                                  phosphorus, expressed  as  phosphorus pentoxide,  being
                                  cured or stored in the affected  facility.

                             (d)  "Fresh granular triple superphosphate" means granular
                                  triple superphosphate  produced no more than 10  days
                                  prior to the date of the  performance  test.

                        (3)   Standard for Fluorides

                             (a)  On and after the date  on  which the performance  test
                                  required to be conducted  by subsection 12.107 is
                                 .completed, no owner or operator  subject  to the  pro-
                                  visions of this subsection shall cause to be dis-
                                  charged into the atmosphere from any  affected facility
                                  any gases which contain total  fluorides  in excess of
                                  0.25 q/hr/metric ton of equivalent ?2^  stored  (5.0
                                  x 10'^ Ib/hr/ton of equivalent P20s stored).

                        (4)   Monitoring of Operations

                             (a)  The owner or operator  of  any granular triple super-
                                  phosphate storage facility subject to the provisions
                                  of this subsection shall  maintain an  accurate account
                                  of triple superphosphate  in storage to permit the
                                  determination of the amount of equivalent ?205  stored.
                                               -124-

-------
     (b)   The owner of operator of any  granular  triple
          superphosphate storage facility  shall  maintain  a
          daily record of total  equivalent P2
-------
(d)   Except as provided under subdivision (e)  of this
     division, all  performance tests  on granular triple
     superphosphate storage facilities  shall  be conducted
     only when the  following quantities of product are
     being cured or stored in the facility.

     (.i)   Total  granular triple superphosphate - at least
          10 percent of the building  capacity.

    (.ii)   Fresh  granular triple superphosphate - at least
          20 percent of the amount of triple  superphosphate
          in the building.

(e)   If the provisions set forth in subdivision (d)(2) of
     this division  exceed production  capabilities for  fresh
     granular triple superphosphate,  the owner or operator
     shall  have  at  least five days maximum production  of
     fresh granular triple superphosphate in  the building
     during a performance test.

(f)   Equivalent  ?2®5 stored shall be  determined as follows:
     (i)  Determine the total  mass stored during each run
          using an accountability system meeting the re-
          quirements of subsection 12.421(4)(a).

    (ii)  Calculate the equivalent P205  stored by multiply-
          ing the percentage P 0  content, as  measured by
          the spectrophotometric molybdovanadophosphate
          method (AOAC Method 9), times  the total mass
          stored. AOAC Method 9 is published in the Official
          Methods of Analysis of the Association of Official
          Analytical Chemists, llth edition, 1970, pp.
          11-12.  Other methods may be approved by the
          Department.

(g)   For each run, emissions expressed in g/hr/metric ton
     of equivalent PgOs stored shall be  determined using
     the following equation:
                  -3
E = (C2Q3) 10

      MP2°5

where:

E     = Emissions of total fluorides in g/hr/metric
        of equivalent P90c stored.
                       Ł D

C2    = Concentration of total fluorides in mg/dscm
        as determined by Method ISA or 13B.
                 -126-

-------
                                  Qg    = Volumetric flow rate of the effluent  gas
                                          stream in dscm/hr as determined by Method  2.

                                  10"   = Conversion factor for mg to g.

                                  M     = Equivalent ?2^ feed in metric  tons as
                                   P2o5   measured by subsection 12.421(5)(d).

                12.422 - 12.423 (Reserved)

(51.4)          12.424  Standards of Performance for Steel  Plants:  Electric Arc
                        Furnaces

                        (1)  Applicability and Designation of Affected Facility

                             The provisions of this subsection are applicable to  the
                             following affected facilities in steel  plants:   electric
                             arc furnaces and dust-handl-ing equipment.

                        (2)  Definitions

                             As used in this subsection, all terms not defined  herein
                             shall have the meaning given them in the Act and in  sub-
                             section 12.102 of this regulation.

                             (a)  "Electric arc furnace" (EAF) means any  furnace  that
                                  produces molten steel  and heats the charge materials
                                  with electric arcs from carbon electrodes.  Furnaces
                                  from which the molten steel is cast into the  shape
                                  of finished products,  such as in a foundry, are not
                                  affected facilities included within the scope of this
                                  definition.  Furnaces which, as the primary source
                                  of iron, continuously feed pre-reduced  ore pellets are
                                  not affected facilities within the scope of this
                                  definition.

                             (b)  "Dust-handling equipment" means any equipment used to
                                  handle particulate matter collected by  the control
                                  device and located at or near the control  device for
                                  an EAF subject to this subsection.

                             (c)  "Control device" means the air pollution control
                                  equipment used to remove particulate matter generated
                                  by an EAF(s) from the effluent gas stream.

                             (d)  "Capture system" means the equipment (including ducts,
                                  hoods, fans, dampers, etc.) used to capture or
                                  transport particulate matter generated  by an  EAF to
                                  the air pollution control device.
                                               -127-

-------
     (e)  "Charge" means the addition of iron  and steel  scrap
          or other materials into the top of an electric arc
          furnace.

     (f)  "Charging period" means the time period commencing
          at the moment an EAF starts to open  and ending
          either three minutes after the EAF roof is  returned
          to its closed position or six minutes which commence-
          ment of opening of the roof,  whichever is longer.

     (g)  "Tap" means the pouring of molten steel  from an
          EAF.

     (h)  "Tapping period" means the time period commencing
          at the moment an EAF begins to tilt  to pour and
          ending either three minutes after an EAF returns to
          an upright position or six minutes after commencing
          to tilt, whichever is longer.

     (i)  "Meltdown and refining" means that phase of the steel
          production cycle when charge  material  is melted and
          undesirable elements are removed from the metal.

     (j)  "Meltdown and refining period" means the time period
          commencing at the termination of the initial  charging
          period and ending at the initiation  of the  tapping
          period, excluding any intermediate charging periods.

     (k)  "Shop opacity" means the arithmetic  average of 24  or
          more opacity observations of  emissions from the shop
          taken in accordance with Method 9 of Appendix A to
          this regulation for the applicable time periods.

     (1)  "Heat time" means the period  commencing when scrap is
          charged to an empty EAF and terminating when the EAF
          tap is completed.

     (m)  "Shop" means the building which houses one  or more
          EAF's.

     (n)  "Direct shell evacuation system" means any  system
          that maintains a negative pressure within the EAF
          above the slag or metal and ducts these emissions  to
          the control device.

(3)   Standard for Particulate Matter

     (a)  On and after the date on which the performance test
          required to be conducted by subsection 12.107 is
          completed, no owner or operator subject to  the pro-
          visions of this subsection shall cause to be
                      -128-

-------
     discharged  into  the  atmosphere  from an electric
     arc furnace any  gases  which:

     (.i)  Exit  from a control  device and contain
          participate matter  in  excess  of  12 mg/dscm
          (0.0052 gr/dscf).

    (ii)  Exit  from a control  device and exhibit  three
          percent opacity or  greater.

   (iii)  Exit  from a shop  and,  due  solely to  operation
          of any EAF(s),  exhibit greater than  zero  percent
          shop  opacity except:

          ((a))   Shop opacity greater than zero percent,
                 but  less than 20 percent, may occur  during
                 charging periods.

          ((b))   Shop opacity greater than zero percent,
                 but  less than 40 percent, may occur  during
                 tapping  periods.

          ((c))   Opacity  standards under subdivision  (a)
                 (iii) of this division shall  apply only
                 during periods  when flow  rates and
                 pressures  are being established  under
                 12.424(5)(c) and (f).

          ((.d))   Where the  capture system  is operated such
                 that the roof of the shop is  closed
                 during the charge and the tap, and emis-
                 sions to the atmosphere are prevented
                 until the  roof  is opened  after completion
                 of the charge or tap, the shop opacity
                 standards  under subdivision  (a)(iii) of
                 the  division shall  apply  when the  roof
                 is opened  and shall continue  to  apply
                 for  the  length  of time defined by  the
                 charging and/or tapping periods.

(b)  On and after the date  on which the performance test
     required to be conducted by subsection  12.107  is
     completed,  no owner  or operator subject to the pro-
     visions of this  subsection  shall cause  to be dis-
     charged into the atmosphere from dust-handling equip-
     ment any gases which exhibit 10 percent opacity  or
     greater.
                  -129-

-------
(4)  Emission Monitoring

     (a)  A continuous monitoring system for the measurement
          of the opacity of emissions discharged into the
          atmosphere from the control device(.s)  shall  be
          installed, calibrated,  maintained, and operated by
          the owner or operator subject to the provisions of
          this subsection.

     (b)  For the purpose of reports under subsection 12.106(3),
          periods of excess emissions that shall  be reported
          are defined as all  six-minute periods  during which
          the average opacity is  three percent or greater.

(5)  Monitoring of Operations

     (a)  The owner or operator subject to the provisions of
          this subsection shall maintain records daily of the
          following information:

          (,i)  Time and duration  of each charge;

         (ii)  Time and duration  of each tap;

        (iii)  All  flow rate data obtained under subdivision (b)
               of this division,  or equivalent obtained under
               subdivision  (d) of this division; and

         (iv)  All  pressure data  obtained under  subdivision (e)
               of this division.

     (b)  Except as provided under subdivision (d)  of this
          division, the owner or operator subject to the pro-
          visions of this subsection shall install, calibrate,
          and maintain a monitoring device that  continuously
          records the volumetric  flow rate through  each
          separately ducted hood.  The monitoring device(s) may
          be installed in any appropriate location  in the
          exhaust duct such that  reproducible flow rate monitor-
          ing will  result.   The flow rate monitoring device(s)
          shall have an accuracy  of_+10 percent  over its normal
          operating range and shall be calibrated according to
          the manufacturer's instructions.  The  Department
          may require the owner or operator to demonstrate the
          accuracy of the monitoring device(s) relative to
          Methods 1 and 2 of Appendix A of this  regulation.
                       -130-

-------
(c)   When the owner or operator of an EAF is  required
     to demonstrate compliance with the standard under
     12.424(_3)(a)(.iii) and at any oth.er time  the Department
     may require,  the volumetric flow rate through each
     separately ducted hood shall be determined during all
     periods in which the hood is operated for the purpose
     of capturing  emission from the EAF using the monitor-
     ing device under subdivision (b) of this division.
     The owner or  operator may petition the Department
     for re-establishment of these flow rates whenever the
     owner or operator can demonstrate to the Department's
     satisfaction  that the EAF operating conditions upon
     which the flow rates were previously established  are
     no longer applicable.  The flow rates determined
     during the most recent demonstration of compliance
     shall be maintained (or may be exceeded) at the
     appropriate level for each applicable period.  Opera-
     tion at lower flow rates may be considered by the
     Department to be unacceptable operation and maintenance
     of the affected facility.

(d)   The owner or operator may petition and the Department
     to approve any alternative method that will provide
     a continuous  record of operation of each emission
     capture system.

(e)   Where emissions during any phase of the heat time are
     controlled by use of a direct shell evacuation system,
     the owner or operator shall install, calibrate, and
     maintain a monitoring device that continuously records
     the pressure in the free space inside the EAF.  The
     pressure shall be recorded as 15-minute integrated
     averages.  The monitoring device may be installed in
     any appropriate location in the EAF such that re-
     producible results will be obtained.  The pressure
     monitoring device shall have an accuracy of ±5 mm of
     water gauge over its normal operating range and shall
     be calibrated according to the manufacturer's
     instructions.

(f)   When the owner or operator of an EAF is required to
     demonstrate compliance with the standard under 12.424
     (3)(a)(iii) and at any other time the Department may
     require, the pressure in the free space inside the
     furnace shall be determined during the meltdown and
     refining period(s) using the monitoring device under
     subdivision (e) of this division.  The owner or opera-
     tor may petition the Department for re-establishment
     of the 15-minute integrated average pressure whenever
     the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Depart-
     ment's satisfaction that the EAF operating conditions
                   -131-

-------
          upon which the pressures were previously established
          are no longer applicable.  The pressure determined
          during the most recent demonstration  of compliance
          shall be maintained at all  times  the  EAF is  operat-
          ing in a meltdown and refining period.   Operation
          at higher pressures may be  considered by the
          Department to be unacceptable operation and
          maintenance of the affected facility.

     (g)   Where the capture system is designed  and operated
          such that all emissions are captured  and ducted  to
          a control device, the owner or operator shall  not  be
          subject to the requirements of this division.

(6)   Test Methods and Procedures

     (a)   Reference methods in Appendix A of this regulation,
          except as provided under subsection 12.107(2), shall
          be used to determine compliance with  the standards
          prescribed under subsection 12.424(3)  as follows:

          (i)  Method 5 for concentration of particulate matter
               and associated moisture content;

         (ii)  Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;

        (iii)  Method 2 for velocity  and volumetric flow rate;
               and

         (iv)  Method 3 for gas analysis.

     (b)   For Method 5, the sampling  time for each run shall be
          at least four hours.  When  a single EAF is sampled,
          the sampling time for each  run shall  also include
          an integral number of heats.  Shorter sampling times,
          when necessitated by process variables  or other
          factors, may be approved by the Department.   The
          minimum sample volume shall be 4.5 dscm (160 dscf).

     (c)   For the purpose of this subsection, the owner or
          operator shall conduct the  demonstration of  compliance
          with subsection 12.424(3)(a)(iii) and furnish the
          Department a written report of the results of the
          test.

     (d)   During any performance test required  under subsection
          12.107 of this regulation,  no gaseous dilutents  may be
          added to the effluent gas stream  after the fabric  in
                       -132-

-------
     any pressurized fabric  filter collector,  unless
     the amount of dilution  is  separately  determined  and
     considered in the determination  of emissions.

(e)   When more than one control  device  serves  the  EAF(s)
     being tested, the concentration  of particulate matter
     shall be determined using  the following equation:

                       N
                       X     (C3Qs)n
                       n = 1
                 C3 =  	
                  6    N
                       I.     (QJn
                       n = 1    s

     where:

     03       = Concentration of particulate matter mg/dscm
                (gr/dscf) as  determined by Method  5.

     N        = Total number of control devices  tested.

     Q        = Volumetric flow rate  of the effluent  gas
                stream in dscm/hr (dscf/hr) as determined
                by Method 2.

     (C-Q )n or (Q )n = Value of the  applicable  parameter
                        for  each control device  tested.

 (f)   Any control  device subject to the provisions of
      this subsection shall  be  designed and constructed
      to allow measurement of emissions using  applicable
      test methods and procedures.

 (g)   Where emissions from any  EAF(s) combined with emissions
      from facilities not subject to  the provisions of this
      subsection but controlled by a  common capture system
      and control  device, the owner or operator  may use
      any of the following procedures during a performance
      test:

      (i)  Base compliance on control of combined  emissions.

     (ii)  Utilize a method  acceptable to  the  Department
           which compensates for the  emissions from the
           facilities not subject to  the provisions of this
           subsection.

    (iii)  Any combination of the criteria of  subdivisions
           (g) and (g)(ii) of this division.
                   -133-

-------
(h)   Where emissions from any EAF(s)  are  combined with
     emissions from facilities not subject to the
     provisions of this  subsection,  the owner or operator
     may use any of the  following  procedures  for demon-
     strating compliance with subsection  12.424(3)(a)
     (111):

     (i)  Base compliance on  control  of the combined
          emissions.

    (ii)  Shutdown operation  of facilities not subject
          to the provisions of this  subsection.

   (iii)  Any combination of  the criteria of  subdivisions
          (h) (i) and (h) (ii) of  this  division.
                  -134-

-------
R23-25-12
                  APPENDIX A - REFERENCE METHODS
The reference methods specified within R23-25-12 are identical to those
specified in Appendix A, as amended, of Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations,
Part 60 (40 CFR 60).  The methods, adopted by reference, are as follows:

     Method 1   - Sample and Velocity Traverses for Stationary Sources

     Method 2   - Determination of Stack Gas Velocity and Volumetric Flow
                  Rate (Type S Pi tot Tube)

     Method 3   - Gas Analysis for Carbon Dioxide, Excess Air, and Dry
                  Molecular Weight

     Method 4   - Determination of Moisture in Stack Gases

     Method 5   - Determination of Particulate Emissions from Stationary
                  Sources

     Method 6   - Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Emissions from Stationary
                  Sources

     Method 7   - Determination of Nitrogen Oxide Emissions from Stationary
                  Sources

     Method 8   - Determination of Sulfuric Acid Mist and Sulfur Dioxide
                  Emissions from Stationary Sources

     Method 9   - Visual Determination of the Opacity of Emissions from
                  Stationary Sources

     Method 10  - Determination of Carbon Monoxide Emission from Stationary
                  Sources

     Method 11  - Determination of Hydrogen Sulfide.Emissions from Stationary
                  Sources

     Method 12  - Reserved

     Method 13A - Determination of Total Fluoride Emissions from Stationary
                  Sources - SPADNS  Zirconium Lake Method

     Method 13B - Determination of Total Fluoride Emissions from Stationary
                  Sources - Specific Ion Electrode Method
                                      -135-

-------
              APPENDIX B - PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
The performance specifications specified within R23-25-12 are identical  to
those specified in Appendix B, as amended, of Title 40 Code of Federal
Regulations, Part 60 (40 CFR 60).  The specifications, adopted by reference,
are as follows:
Performance Specification 1  -
                              Performance specifications and specification
                              test procedures for transmissometer systems
                              for continuous measurement of the opacity of
                              stack emission.
Performance Specification 2 - Performance specifications and specification
                              test procedures for monitors of SOg and NO
                              from stationary sources.

Performance Specification 3 - Performance specifications and specification
                              test procedures for monitors of COp and 02
                              from stationary sources.
                                     -136-

-------
          R23-25-13  EMISSION STANDARDS  FOR HAZARDOUS  AIR  POLLUTANTS

(2.0)      13.100  GENERAL PROVISIONS

(2.0)              13.101   Applicability

                          The provisions of this  regulation  apply  to  the  owner or
                          operator of any stationary source  for which a standard is
                          prescribed  under this  regulation.

(1.0)              13.102   Definitions

                          As  used in  this regulation,  all  terms not defined  herein shall
                          have the meaning given  them  in the Act or in subsection 1.040.
                          Terms defined, both  in  this  subsection and  in subsection 1.040,
                          shall have  the meaning  given them  in this subsection:

                          (1)  "Alternative method" means  any method  of sampling and
                               analyzing for an  air pollutant which is not a  reference
                               method or an equivalent method but  which has  been
                               demonstrated to the Department's satisfaction  to produce,
                               in specific cases,  results  adequate for determination
                               of compliance.

                          (2)  "Commenced" means  that  an owner or  operator has under-
                               taken  a continuous  program  of construction or  modifica-
                               tion or that an owner or operator has  entered  into a
                               contractual obligation  to undertake and complete, within
                               a reasonable time,  a continuous program of construction
                               or modification.

                          (3)  "Compliance schedule" means the date or dates  by which
                               a source  or category of sources is  required to comply
                               with the  standards  of this  regulation  and  with any steps
                               toward such compliance  which  are set forth under sub-
                               section 13.109.

                          (4)  "Construction"  means fabrication, erection, or installation
                               of a stationary source.

                          (5)  "Effective date"  is the date  of promulgation  in the
                               North  Dakota Air  Pollution  Control  Regulations of an
                               applicable standard or  other  limitation under  this
                               regulation.

                          (6)  "Equivalent method" means any method of sampling and
                               analyzing for an  air pollutant which has been  demonstrated
                               to the Department's satisfaction to have a consistent
                               and quantitatively  known relationship  to the  reference
                               method, under specified conditions.
                                                -137-

-------
                        (7)  "Existing souce" means any stationary source which is
                             not a new source.

                        (8)  "Modification" means any physical change in, or change
                             in the method of operation of, a stationary source which
                             increases the amount of any hazardous air pollutant
                             emitted by such source or which results in the emission
                             of any hazardous air pollutant not previously emitted,
                             except that:

                             (a)  Routine maintenance, repair, and replacement shall
                                  not be considered physical changes, and

                             (b)  The following shall not be considered a change in
                                  the method of operation:

                                  (i)  An increase in the production rate, if such
                                       increase does not exceed the operating design
                                       capacity of the stationary source;

                                 (ii)  An increase in hours of operation.

                        (9)  "New source" means any stationary source, the construction
                             or modification of which is commenced after the effective
                             date of this regulation.

                       (10)  "Owner or operator" means any person who owns, leases,
                             operates, controls, or supervises a stationary source.

                       (11)  "Reference method" means any method of sampling and
                             analyzing for an air pollutant, as described in Appendix
                             B to this regulation.

                       (12)  "Startup" means the setting in operation of a stationary
                             source for any purpose.

                       (13)  "Standard" means an emission standard for a hazardous
                             air pollutant promulgated under this regulation.

                       (14)  "Stationary source" means any building, structure,
                             facility, or installation which emits or may emit any
                             air pollutant which has been designated as hazardous
                             by the Department.
(2.0)             13.103  Abbreviations
                        The abbreviations used in this part have the following
                        meanings:
                         0
                         C     - Degrees Centigrade  (Celsius)
                         fm    - Cubic feet f
                         ft'    - Square feet
                                               -138-

-------
                         ft3    -  Cubic feet.
                         °F     -  Degrees  Fahrenheit
                         in     -  Inch
                         1       -  Liter          -
                         ml     -  Milliliter (10"1*  liter)
                         m       -  Molar
                         m3     -  Cubic meter    g
                         nm     -  Nanometer (10  meter)
                         oz     -  Ounce
                         v/v    -  Volume per volume
                         ycr    -  Square yard
                         w.g.    -  Water gage
                         in Hg  -  Inches of mercury
                         in H20 -  Inches of water
                         g       -  Gram         _,
                         mg     -  Milligram (10" gram)
                         N       -  Normal
                         °R     -  Degree Rankine
                         min    -  Minute
                         sec.    -  Second
                         avg.    -  Average
                         I.D.    -  Inside diameter
                         O.D.    -  Outside diameter.
                         ug     -  Microgram (10~6 gram)
                         %       -  Percent
                         Hg     -  Mercury
                         Be     -  Beryllium

(2.0)             13.104  Prohibited Activities
                         (1)   After the effective date of any standard prescribed under
                              this regulation,  no owner or operator shall  construct or
                              modify any stationary source subject to such standard
                              without first obtaining a permit to construct from the
                              Department, except under an exemption granted by the
                              President under Section 112(c)(2) of the Federal  Clean
                              Air Act.

                         (2)   After the effective date of any standard prescribed
                              under this regulation, no owner or operator  shall
                              operate any new source in violation of such  standard
                              except under an exemption granted by the President
                              under Section 112(c)(2) of the Federal Clean Air Act.

                         (3)   Ninety days after the effective date of any  standard
                              prescribed under this regulation, no owner or operator
                              shall operate any existing stationary source in violation
                              of such standard, except under a permit to operate with
                              an attached compliance schedule granted by the Department
                              pursuant to subsection 13.108(2) or under an exemption
                              granted by the President under Section 112(c)(2) of the
                              Federal Clean Air Act.
                                               -139-

-------
                         (4)   No owner or operator subject  to the  provisions  of
                              this regulation shall  fail  to report,  revise  reports,
                              or report source test results as required  under this
                              regulation.

(2.0)            13.105  Determination of Construction  or Modification

                         Upon written application  by an owner or operator,  the
                         Department shall make a determination of  whether actions
                         taken or intended to be taken  by such owner or  operator
                         constitute construction or modification or  the  commencement
                         thereof within the meaning of  this section.  The Department
                         will, within 30 days of receipt of sufficient information
                         to evaluate an application, notify the owner or operator of
                         its  determination.   Nothing in this subsection, nor  any action
                         taken pursuant to this subsection, shall  prevent the Department
                         from making such a determination upon its own initiative,
                         nor prevent the Department from making any  subsequent re-
                         determination or taking any other  action  allowed by  law.

(3.0)            13.106  Application for Permit to Construct

                         (1)   The owner or operator of  any  new source to which a
                              standard prescribed  under this regulation  is  applicable
                              shall, prior to the  date  on which construction  or
                              modification is planned to commence, apply for  and
                              receive a permit to  construct as provided  in  Section
                              14.200 of these regulations.

(3.0)            13.107  Notification of Startup

                         (1)   Any owner or operator of  a source which has an  initial
                              startup date after the effective date  of a standard
                              prescribed under this regulation shall  furnish  the
                              Department written notification as follows:

                              (a)  A notification  of the anticipated date of  initial
                                   startup of the  source not more  than 60 days nor
                                   less than 30 days prior  to such date.

                              (b)  A notification  of the actual date of  initial
                                   startup of the  source within 15 days  after such
                                   date.

(3.0)            13.108  Source Reporting and Application for Permit to  Operate
(13.0)
                         (1)   The owner or operator of  any  existing  source, or any
                              new source to which  a standard prescribed  under this
                              regulation is applicable  which had an  initial startup
                                               -140-

-------
     date  which  preceded  the  effective  date of a standard
     prescribed  under  this  regulation,  shall, within 90
     days  after  the  effective date,  provide the following
     information in  writing to the Department:

     (a)   Name and address  of the owner or operator.

     (b)   The location of the source.

     (c)   The type of  hazardous pollutants emitted  by  the
          stationary source.

     (d)   A brief description of the nature,  size,  design
          and method of operation of the stationary source
          including  the operating design capacity of such
          source and identify each point of emission for
          each hazardous  pollutant.

     (e)   The average  weight  per month  of the hazardous
          materials  being processed  by  the source,  over the
          last 12 months  preceding the  date of the  report.

     (f)   A description of  the existing control equipment
          for each emission point, including:

          (i) Primary control device(s) for  each hazardous
              pollutant.

         (ii) Secondary  control device(s) for each hazardous
              pollutant.

        (iii) Estimated  control efficiency  (percent)  for each
              control device.

     (g)   A statement  by  the  owner or operator of the  source
          as to  whether he  can comply with the standards
          prescribed in this  regulation within 90 days of
          the effective date.

(2)  The  owner or operator  of an existing source unable to
     operate in  compliance  with any  standard  prescribed under
     this  regulation may  request the Department to  grant a
     permit to operate with an attached compliance  schedule
     requiring compliance with the standard within  2 years of
     the  effective date of  such standard. Any request shall
     be in writing and shall  include the following  information:

     (a)   A description of  the controls to be installed to
          comply with  the standard.
                      -141-

-------
                              (b)  A compliance schedule,  listing the date  each  step
                                   toward compliance will  be reached.  Such list
                                   shall  include as a minimum the following dates:

                                   (i)   Date by which contracts  for emission control
                                        systems or process modifications  will  be
                                        awarded, or date by which orders  will  be
                                        issued for the purchase  of component parts
                                        to accomplish emission control  or process
                                        modification;

                                  (ii)   Date of initiation of on-site construction
                                        or installation of emission control equipment
                                        or process change;

                                 (iii)   Date by which on-site construction  or installa-
                                        tion of emission control  equipment  or process
                                        modification is to be completed;  and

                                  (iv)   Date by which final compliance  is to be
                                        achieved.

                              (c)  A description of interim emission control  steps
                                   which will  be taken during the compliance schedule
                                   period.

                         (3)   Changes in the information provided under division (1)
                              of this subsection shall be provided to the Department
                              within 30 days after such change,  except  that if changes
                              will  result in modification of the source,  the provisions
                              of 13.106 are applicable.

                         (4)   The format for reporting under this subsection is  included
                              as Appendix A to this regulation.   Advice on  reporting
                              the status of compliance may be obtained  from the
                              Department.

(3.0)             13.109  Permit and Compliance Schedule
(6.0)
                         (1)   Based on  the information provided  in any  request under
                              13.108, or other information, the  Department  may grant
                              a permit  to operate with an attached compliance schedule
                              not exceeding 2 years from the effective  date of such
                              standard.

                         (2)   Such permit will be in writing and will,  as a minimum:

                              (a)  Identify the stationary source covered.

                              (b)  Specify the date upon which the standard is to  be
                                   met.  The permit may be revoked or suspended  if the
                                                -142-

-------
                                    standard  is  not  met  by  the  date  specified or  if
                                    the  conditions specified  under division  (2)(c) of
                                    this subsection  are  not met.

                               (c)   Specify dates by which  steps  toward  compliance are
                                    to be taken; and impose such  additional  conditions
                                    as the Department determines  to  be necessary  to
                                    assure installation  of  the  necessary controls within
                                    the  compliance schedule period,  and  to assure pro-
                                    tection of the health of  persons during  such  period.

                          (3)   Prior to  denying any  request for a permit pursuant to
                               this  subsection,  the  Department  will  notify the  owner
                               or operator making such request  of the Department's
                               intention to  issue such denial,  together  with:

                               (a)   Notice of the information and findings on which such
                                    intended  denial  is based, and

                               (b)   Notice of opportunity for such owner or  operator  to
                                    present,  within  such time limit  as the Department
                                    specifies, additional information or arguments to
                                    the  Department prior to final action on  such  request.

                          (4)   A final determination to  deny  any  request for a  permit
                               under this subsection will be  in writing  and  will  set
                               forth the specific grounds on  which such  denial  is based.
                               Such  final determination  will  be made within  60  days
                               after presentation of additional information  or  argu-
                               ments, or 60  days after the  final  date specified for such
                               presentation,  if no presentation is made.

                          (5)   The granting  of a permit under this subsection  shall not
                               abrogate  the  Department's authority under Sections 1.050,
                               14.209 and 14.306 of  these regulations.
(9.0)              13.110  Emission Tests and Monitoring
                          (1)  Emission tests and monitoring shall  be conducted and
                               reported as set forth in this regulation and Appendix
                               B to this regulation.

                          (2)  The owner or operator of a new source subject to this
                               regulation, and otherwise at the request of the Depart-
                               ment, the owner or operator of an existing source subject
                               to this regulation, shall provide or cause to be pro-
                               vided, emission testing facilities as follows:

                               (a)  Sampling ports adequate for test methods applicable
                                    to such source.
                                                 -143-

-------
                               (b)  Safe sampling platform(s).

                               (c)  Safe access to sampling platform(s).

                               (d)  Utilities for sampling and  testing equipment.

(2.0)             13.111   Waiver of Emission Tests
(9.0)
                          (1)  Emission tests may be waived upon written  application  to
                               the Department if, in its judgment,  the source is  meeting
                               the standard, or if the source is operating under  a per-
                               mit granted under subsection 13.109  or has requested
                               such permit.

                          (2)  If application for waiver of the emission  test is  made,
                               such application shall  accompany the information required
                               by subsection 13.108.  The appropriate form is contained
                               in Appendix A to this regulatio/i.

                          (3)  Approval of any waiver granted pursuant to this subsection
                               shall  not abrogate the Department's  authority under the
                               Act or in any way prohibit the Department  from later
                               canceling such waiver.   Such cancellation  will be  made
                               only after notice is given to the owner or operator of
                               the source.

(9.0)             13.112   Source Test and Analytical Methods

                          (1)  Methods 101,  102, and 104 in Appendix B to this regulation
                               shall  be used for all source tests required under  this
                               regulation, unless an equivalent method or an alternative
                               method has been approved by the  Department.

                          (2)  Method 103 in Appendix B to this regulation is hereby
                               approved by the Department as an alternative method for
                               sources subject to 13.303(1) and 13.403(2).

                          (3)  The Department may, after notice to  the owner or operator,
                               withdraw approval of an alternative  method granted under
                               divisions (1), (2) or (4) of this subsection.  Where the
                               test results  using an alternative method do not adequately
                               indicate whether a source is in  compliance with a  standard,
                               the Department may require the use of the  reference
                               method or its equivalent.                            "

                          (4)  Method 105 in Appendix B to this regulation is hereby
                               approved by the Department as an alternative method
                               for sources subject to 13.503(2).
                                                -144-

-------
(14.0)            13.113  Availability of Information
                          (1)   Emission  data  provided  to,  or otherwise  obtained by,
                               the Department in  accordance  with  the  provisions of
                               this regulation shall be  available to  the  public.

                          (2)   Any records, reports, or  information,  other than emission
                               data, provided to, or otherwise  obtained by,  the Depart-
                               ment in accordance with the provisions of  this  regulation
                               shall be  available to the public,  except that upon a
                               showing satisfactory to the Department by  any person
                               that such records, reports, or information, or  particular
                               part thereof  (other than  emission  data), if made public,
                               would divulge  methods or  processes entitled to  protection
                               as  trade  secrets of such  person, the Department will
                               consider  such  records,  reports,  or information, or
                               particular part thereof,  confidential  in accordance with
                               the purposes of Section 1905  of  Title  18 of the United
                               States Code, except that  such records, reports, or infor-
                               mation, or particular part  thereof, may  be disclosed  to
                               other officers, employees,  or authorized representatives
                               of  the State and Federal  Government concerned with
                               carrying  out the provisions of the Act or  when  relevant
                               in  any proceeding  under the Act.
(2.0)              13.114  Circumvention
                          No owner or operator subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  regula-
                          tion shall  build,  erect,  install,  or use  any  article, machine,
                          equipment,  process,  or method, the use  of which conceals  an
                          emission which would otherwise constitute a violation of  an
                          applicable  standard.  Such  concealment  includes, but is not
                          limited to, the use  of gaseous dilutants  to achieve compliance
                          with a visible emissions  standard, and  the piecemeal carrying
                          out of an operation  to avoid  coverage by  a standard that
                          applies only to operations  larger  than  a  specified size.
(50.7)     13.200  EMISSION STANDARD FOR ASBESTOS

(2.0)              13.201   Applicability
                          The provisions of this  section  are applicable  to  those  sources
                          specified in 13.203.
(1.0)              13.202  Definitions
                          As  used in  this  section,  all  terms  not  defined  in  this  sub-
                          section shall  have the meaning  given  them in  the Act  or in
                          subsection  13.102.
                                                 -145-

-------
 (1)  ."Asbestos" means actinolite,  amosite,  anthophyllite,
      chrysotile, crocidolite, tremolite.

 (2)  "Asbestos material" means asbestos or  any material
      containing asbestos.

 (3)  "Particulate asbestos material"  means  finely divided
      particles of asbestos material.

 (4)  "Asbestos tailings" means any solid waste product of
      asbestos mining or milling operations  which contains
      asbestos.

 (5)  "Outside air" means the air outside buildings and
      structures.

 (6)  "Visible emissions" means any emissions  which are
      visually detectable without the  aid of instruments
      and which contain particulate asbestos material.

 (7)  "Asbestos mill" means any facility engaged in the
      conversion of asbestos ore into  commercial asbestos.
      Outside storage of asbestos materials  is not considered
      a part of such facility.

 (8)  "Commercial asbestos" means any  variety of asbestos
      which is produced by extracting  asbestos from asbestos
      ore.

 (9)  "Manufacturing" means the combining of commercial
      asbestos, or in the case of woven fraction products,
      the combining of textiles containing commercial  asbestos,
      with any other material(s), including  commercial  asbestos,
      and the processing of this combination into a product
      as specified in 13.203.

(10)  "Demolition" means the wrecking  or taking out of any
      load-supporting structural member and  any related
      removing or stripping of friable asbestos materials.

(11)  "Friable asbestos material" means any  material that
      contains more than 1  percent  asbestos  by weight and
      that can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder,
      when dry, by hand pressure.

(12)  "Control device asbestos waste"  means  any asbestos-
      containing waste material that is collected in a pollu-
      tion control device.
                        -146-

-------
(13)   "Renovation"  means  the removing  or  stripping  of  friable
      asbestos  material  used to  insulate  or  fireproof  any
      pipe,  duct,  boiler, tank,  reactor,  turbine, furnace,  or
      structural member.   Operations  in which  load-supporting
      structural members  are wrecked  or taken  out are  excluded.

(14)   "Planned  renovation" means a renovation  operation, or a
      number of such operations, in which the  amount of
      friable asbestos  material  that  will  be removed or
      stripped  within a given period  of time can be predicted.
      Operations that are individually non-scheduled are
      included, provided  a number of  such operations can be
      predicted to occur during  a given period of time based
      on operating experience.

(15)   "Emergency renovation" means a  renovation operation  that
      results from a sudden, unexpected event, and  is  not  a
      planned renovation.  Operations  necessitated  by  non-
      routine failures  of equipment are included.

(16)   "Adequately  wetted" means  sufficiently mixed  or  coated
      with water or an  aqueous solution to prevent  dust emissions.

(17)   "Removing" means  taking out friable asbestos  materials
      used to insulate  or fireproof any pipe,  duct, boiler,
      tank,  reactor, turbine, furnace, or structural member
      from any  building,  structure, facility,  or  installation.

(18)   "Stripping"  means taking off friable asbestos materials
      used for  insulation or fireproofing from any  pipe, duct,
      boiler, tank, reactor, turbine, furnace, or structural
      member.

(19)   "Fabricating" means any processing  of  a manufactured
      product containing commercial asbestos,  with  the excep-
      tion of processing at temporary sites  for the construction
      or restoration of buildings, structures, facilities  or
      installations.

(20)   "Inactive waste disposal site"  means any disposal site
      or portion thereof where additional asbestos-containing
      waste  material will not be deposited and where the
      surface is not disturbed by vehicular  traffic.

(21)   "Active waste disposal site" means  any disposal  site
      other  than an inactive site.

(22)   "Roadways" means  surfaces  on which  motor vehicles travel
      including, but not limited to,  highways, roads,  streets,
      parking areas, and driveway.
                        -147-

-------
                         (23)   "Asbestos-containing waste material"  means  any waste
                               which contains  commercial  asbestos  and is  generated
                               by a source subject to the provisions of this  section,
                               including asbestos  mill  tailings, control  device
                               asbestos  waste, friable asbestos waste material,  and
                               bags or containers  that previously  contained commercial
                               asbestos.
(50.7)             13.203  Emission Standard
                          (1)   Asbestos  mills:   There shall  be no visible emissions
                               to the outside air from any asbestos  mill  except  as
                               provided  in division (6) of this subsection.

                          (2)   Roadways:   The surfacing of roadways  with  asbestos
                               tailings  or with asbestos-containing  waste that is
                               generated by any source subject to divisions  (.3),  (4),
                               (5)  or (8)  of this subsection is prohibited,  except
                               for temporary roadways on an  area of  asbestos ore
                               deposits.   The deposition of asbestos tailings or
                               asbestos-containing waste on  roadways covered with
                               snow or ice is considered "surfacing."

                          (3)   Manufacturing:  There shall  be no visible  emissions to
                               the outside air, except as provided in division (6) of
                               this subsection, from any of the following operations
                               if they use commercial asbestos or from any building or
                               structure in which such operations are conducted.
                                           *
                               (a)   The  manufacture of cloth, cord,  wicks, tubing,
                                    tape,  twine,, rope, thread, yarn, roving, lap,
                                    or other textile materials.

                               (b)   The  manufacture of cement products.

                               (c)   The  manufacture of fireproofing  and  insulating
                                    materials.

                               (d)   The  manufacture of fraction products.

                               (e)   The  manufacture of paper, millboard,  and felt.

                               (f).  The  manufacture of floor tile.

                               (g)   The  manufacture of paints, coatings,  caulks,
                                    adhesives,  sealants.

                               (h)   The  manufacture of plastics and  rubber materials.

                               (i)   The  manufacture of chlorine.
                                                 -148-

-------
     (j)   The  manufacture  of  shotgun  shells.

     (k)   The  manufacture  of  asphalt  concrete,

(4)   Demolition and renovation:   The  requirements of this
     division  shall apply  to  any  owner  or  operator  of  a
     demolition or renovation operation who  intends to
     demolish  any institutional,  commercial,  or  industrial
     building  (including apartment  buildings  having more
     than four dwelling units), structure, facility,
     installation, or portion thereof which  contains any
     pipe, duct, boiler, tank, reactor, turbine,  furnace,
     or structural member  that is insulated  or fireproofed
     with friable asbestos material,  except  as provided in
     division  (4)(a) of this  subsection; or  who  intends to
     renovate  any institutional,  commercial,  or  industrial
     building, structure,  facility, installation, or portion
     thereof where more than  80 meters  (ca.  260  feet)  of
     pipe insulated or fireproofed  with friable  asbestos
     material  are stripped or removed,  or  more than 15 square
     meters (ca. 160 square feet) of friable asbestos  material
     used to insulate or fireproof any  duct,  boiler, tank,
     reactor,  turbine, furnace, or structural member are
     stripped  or removed.

     (a)   (i)   The owner or operator of a  demolition operation
               is exempted from the requirements  of this
               division provided, (1) the  amount  of friable
               asbestos material  in the building  or portion
               thereof to  be  demolished is less  than 80 meters
               (ca. 260 feet) used to insulate pipes,  and  less
               than 15 square meters  (ca.  160 square feet)
               used to insulate or fireproof any  duct, boiler,
               tank, reactor, turbine,  furnace,  or  structural
               member, and (2) the notification  requirements
               of division (4)(a)(ii) are  met.

         (ii)   Written notification shall  be postmarked or
               delivered  to the Department at least 20 days
               prior to commencement of demolition  and shall
               include the information  required  by  division
               (4)(b) of this subsection,  with the  exception
               of the information required by divisions  (4)
               (b)(iii),  (vl), (vii), (viii), and (ix), and
               shall state the measured or estimated amount
               of friable  asbestos material  used for insulation
               and fireproofing which is  present.   Techniques
               of estimation  shall  be explained.

     (b)  Written notice of intention to  demolish or renovate
          shall be provided to the Department by the owner or
                       -149-

-------
     operator of the demolition or renovation  operation.
     Such notice shall  be postmarked or delivered to  the
     Department at least 10 days prior to  commencement
     of demolition, or  as early as possible  prior to
     commencement of emergency demolition  subject to
     division (4)(f) of this subsection, and as  early
     as possible prior  to commencement of  renovation.
     Such notice shall  include the following information;

     (i)  Name of owner or operator.

    (ii)  Address of owner or operator.

   (iii)  Description of the building, structure, facil~
          ity, or installation to be demolished  or
          renovated, including the size, age,  and prior
          use of the structure, and the approximate
          amount of friable asbestos material  used for
          insulation and fireproofing.

    (iv)  Address or location of the building, structure,
          facility, or  installation.

     (v)  Scheduled starting and completion  dates of
          demolition or renovation.

    (vi)  Nature of planned demolition or  renovation
          and method(s) to be employed.

   (vii)  Procedures to be employed to meet  the  require-
          ments of this division and division  (10) of
          this subsection.

  (viii)  The name and  address or location of  the waste
          disposal site where the friable  asbestos waste
          will be deposited.

    (ix)  Name, title,  and authority of the  State or
          local government representative  who  has ordered
          a demolition  which is subject to division  (4)
          (f) of this subsection.

(c)   (i)  For purposes  of determining, whether a planned
          renovating operation constitutes a renovation
          within the meaning of this division, the
          amount of friable asbestos material  to be
          removed or stripped shall  be:

        ((a))  For planned renovating operations involving
               individually non-scheduled  operations, the
               additive amount of friable  asbestos material
                 -150-

-------
               that can be predicted will  be removed or
               stripped at a source over the maximum
               period of time for which a prediction
               can be made.   The period shall  be not
               less than 30 days and not longer than
               one year.

        ((b))  For each planned renovating operation
               not covered by division (4)(c)(.i)((a)),
               the total amount of friable asbestos
               material that can be predicted will  be
               removed or stripped at a source.

   (ii)   For purposes  of determining  whether an emer-
         gency  renovating operation.constitutes a
         renovation within the  meaning  of  this  division,
         the amount of friable  asbestos  material  to be
         removed  or stripped shall  be the  total  amount  of
         friable  asbestos material  that  will be removed
         or stripped as a result of  the  sudden, unexpected
         event  that necessitated the  renovation.
(d)   The  following procedures shall  be  used to  prevent
     emissions  of particulate asbestos  material  to  out-
     side air:

     (i)   Friable asbestos materials, used to  insulate
          or fireproof any pipe, duct,  boiler,  tank,
          reactor, turbine,  furnace,  or structural
          member, shall be removed from any building,
          structure, facility or installation  subject
          to this division.   Such removal  shall occur
          before  wrecking or dismantling of any portion
          of such building,  structure,  facility, or in-
          stallation that would break up the friable
          asbestos materials and before wrecking or
          dismantling of any other portion of  such  build-
          ing,  structure, facility,  or installation that
          would preclude access to such materials for
          subsequent removal.  Removal  of friable asbestos
          materials used for insulation or fireproofing
          of any  pipe, duct, or structural member which
          are encased in concrete or other similar
          structural material is not required  prior to
          demolition, but such material  shall  be ade-
          quately wetted whenever exposed during demoli-
          tion.

    (ii)   Friable asbestos materials used to insulate or
          fireproof pipes, ducts, boilers, tanks, reactors,
          turbines, furnaces, or structural members shall
          be adequately wetted during stripping, except
          as provided in division (4)(d)(iv),  (4)(d)(vi),
          or (4)(d)(vii) of this subsection.
                   -151-

-------
(iii)   Pipes,  ducts,  boilers,  tanks,  reactors,  tur-
       bines,  furnaces,  or structural  members  that
       are insulated  or  fireproofed with  friable  asbes-
       tos materials  may be taken  out of  any building,
       structure,  facility, or installation subject  to
       this  division  as  units  or in sections provided
       the friable asbestos  materials  exposed during
       cutting or disjointing  are  adequately wetted
       during the cutting or disjointing  operation.
       Such  units shall  not be dropped or thrown to
       the ground, but shall be carefully lowered to
       ground level.

 (iv)   The stripping  of  friable asbestos  materials
       used to insulate  or  fireproof  any  pipe,  duct,
       boiler, tank,  reactor,  turbine, furnace, or
       structural member that  has  been removed  as a
       unit or in sections  as  provided in division
       (4)(d)(iii) of this  section shall  be performed
       in  accordance  with  division (4)Cd)(ii) of this
       subsection.  Rather  than comply with the wetting
       requirement, a local  exhaust ventilation and
       collection system may be used  to prevent emis-
       sions to  the outside air.   Such local exhaust
       ventilation systems  shall be designed and
       operated  to capture  the asbestos particulate
       matter produced by  the  stripping of friable
       asbestos  material.   There shall be no visible
       emissions to the  outside air from  such local
       exhaust ventilation  and collection systems
       except as provided  in division  (6) of this
       subsection.
  (v)   All friable asbestos materials  that have been
       removed or stripped  shall be adequately  wetted
       to  ensure that such  materials  remain wet during
       all remaining  stages of demolition or renova-
       tion and  related  handling operations.  Such
       materials shall not  be  dropped or  thrown to
       the ground or  a lower floor.   Such materials
       that have been removed  or stripped more  than
       50  feet above  ground level, except those mater-
       ials removed as units or in sections, shall be
       transported to the ground via  dust-tight chutes
       or  containers.
 (vi)   Except as specified  below,  the  wetting require-
       ments of  this  division  are  suspended when the
       temperature at the  point of wetting is below
       0°C (32°F).  When friable asbestos materials
       are not wetted due to freezing  temperatures,
       such  materials on pipes, ducts, boilers, tanks,
       reactors, turbines,  furnaces,  or structural
       members shall, to the maximum  extent possible,
       be  removed as  units  or  in sections prior to


            -152-

-------
          wrecking.   In  no  case  shall  the  requirements
          of division  (4)(d)(iv)  or  C4)(d)(v)  be  sus-
          pended due  to  freezing  temperatures.

   (vii)   For renovation operations,  local  exhaust  venti-
          lation and  collection  systems  may be used,
          instead of  wetting  as  specified  in division
          (4)(d)(ii),  to prevent  emissions  of  particulate
          asbestos material to outside air when damage
          to equipment resulting  from the  wetting would
          be unavoidable.   Upon  request  and supply  of
          adequate information,  the  Department will
          determine whether damage to equipment result-
          ing from wetting  to comply  with  the  provisions
          of this division  would  be  unavoidable.  Such
          local  exhaust  ventilation  systems shall be
          designed and operated  to capture the asbestos
          particulate matter  produced by the stripping
          and removal  of friable  asbestos  material.
          There  shall  be no visible  emissions  to  the
          outside air from  such  local  exhaust  ventilation
          and collection systems, except as provided
          in division (6) of  this subsection.

(e)  Sources subject  to  this  division are  exempt  from the
     requirements of  subsections  13.104(1), 13.106, and
     13.107.

(f)  The  demolition of a building, structure,  facility,
     or installation, pursuant to an  order of  an  authorized
     representative of a State or local  governmental agency,
     issued because that building is  structurally unsound
     and  in danger of imminent collapse  is exempt from  all
     but  the following requirements  of division (4) of
     this subsection:

     (i)   The notification  requirements  specified by
          division (4)(b) of  this subsection;

    (ii)   The requirements  on stripping  of friable  asbestos
          materials from previously  removed units or
          sections as specified  in division (4)(d)(iv)
          of this subsection;

   (iii)   The wetting, as specified  by division (4)(d)(v)
          of this subsection, of friable asbestos mater-
          ials that have been removed or stripped;

    (iv)   The portion of the  structure being demolished
          that contains  friable  asbestos materials  shall  be
          adequately  wetted during the wrecking operation.
                 -153-

-------
(5)  Spraying:   There shall  be no visible emissions to the
     outside air from the spray-on application of materials
     containing more than 1  percent asbestos,  on a dry weight
     basis, used to insulate or fireproof equipment and
     machinery, except as provided in division (6) of this
     subsection.  Spray-on materials used to insulate or
     fireproof buildings, structures, pipes, and conduits
     shall  contain less than 1 percent asbestos on a dry
     weight basis.

     (a)  Sources subject to this division are exempt from
          the requirements of 13.104(1),  13.106 and 13.107.

     (b)  Any owner or operator who intends to spray asbestos
          materials which contain more than 1  percent asbestos
          on a  dry weight basis to insulate or fireproof equip-
          ment  and machinery shall  report such intention to
          the Department at least 20 days prior to the com-
          mencement of the spraying operation.  Such report
          shall include the following information:

          (i)  Name of owner or operator.

         (ii)  Address of owner or operator.

        (iii)  Location of spraying operation.

         (iv)  Procedures to be followed  to meet the require-
               ments of this division.

(6)  Rather than meet the no-visible-emission  requirements
     as specified by divisions (1), (3),  (4),  (5), (8), (10)
     and (11) of this subsection, an owner or operator may
     elect  to use the methods specified by subsection 13,204
     to clean emissions containing particulate asbestos
     material before such emissions escape to, or are vented
     to, the outside air.

(7)  Where  the  presence of uncombined water is the sole
     reason for failure to meet the no-visible-emission
     requirement of divisions (1), (3), (4), (5), (8), (10)
     or (11) of this subsection, such failure  shall not be
     a violation of such emission requirements.

(8)  Fabricating:  There shall be no visible emissions to  the
     outside air, except as  provided in division (6) of this
     subsection, from any of the following operations if they
     use commercial asbestos or from any  building or structure
     in which such operations are conducted.
                      -154-

-------
      (a)   The  fabrication  of cement  building  products.

      (b)   The  fabrication  of friction  products, except those
           operations  that  primarily  install asbestos  friction
           materials on  motor vehicles.

      (c)   The  fabrication  of cement  or silicate board for
           ventilation hoods; ovens;  electrical panels; labora-
           tory furniture;  bulkheads, partitions and ceilings
           for  marine  construction; and flow control devices
           for  the molten metal  industry.

 (9)   Insulating:   Molded insulating  materials which are  friable
      and  wet-applied  insulating materials which are friable
      after drying, installed after the effective  date of these
      regulations, shall contain no commercial asbestos.  The
      provisions of this division do  not apply to  insulating
      materials which  are spray  applied; such  materials are
      regulated under  subsection 13.203(5).

(10)   Waste disposal for manufacturing, fabricating, demolition,
      renovation and spraying operations:  The owner or operator
      of any source covered under the provisions of divisions
      (3), (4), (5), or  (8) of this subsection shall meet the
      following standards:

      (a)   There shall be no visible  emissions to  the  outside
           air, except as provided in division (10)(c) of this
           subsection, during the collection;  processing,
           including incineration; packaging;  transporting;
           or deposition of any  asbestos-containing waste
           material which is generated  by such source.

      (b)   All  asbestos-containing waste material  shall be
           deposited at  waste disposal  sites which are operated
           in accordance with the provisions of subsection  13.206.

      (c)   Rather than meet the  requirement of division  (10)(a)
           of this subsection, an owner or operator may elect
           to use either of the  disposal methods specified  under
           (10)(c)(i)  and  (ii) of this  subsection, or  an  alter-
           native disposal  method which has received prior
           approval by the  Department:

           (i)   Treatment of asbestos-containing waste material
                wi th water:

              ((a)) Control .device asbestos waste shall  be
                    thoroughly  mixed with water into  a slurry
                    and other asbestos-containing waste  material
                        -155-

-------
               shall  be adequately wetted.   There shall
               be no  visible emissions  to the outside
               air from the collection, mixing and wetting
               operation except as provided in division
               (6) of this subsection.

        ((b))   After  wetting, all  asbestos-containing
               waste  material shall  be  sealed into leak-
               tight  containers while wet,  and such con-
               tainers shall be deposited at waste disposal
               sites  which are operated in  accordance with
               the provisions of subsection 13.206.

        ((c))   The containers specified under division
               (I0)(c)(1)((b)) of this  subsection shall
               be labeled with a warning label that states:

                            CAUTION

                       Contains Asbestos
                Avoid Opening or Breaking Container
                  Breathing Asbestos is Hazardous
                        to Your Health

               Alternatively, warning labels specified
               by Occupational Safety and Health Standards
               of the Department of Labor,  Occupational
               Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
               under  29 CFR 1910.93a-(g)(2)(ii) may be
               used.

    (ii)   Processing  of asbestos-containing waste material
          into non-friable forms:

        ((a))   All asbestos-containing  waste material shall
               be formed into non-friable pellets or other
               shapes and deposited at  waste disposal
               sites  which are operated in  accordance with
               the provisions of subsection 13.206.

        ((b))   There  shall be no visible emissions to the
               outside air from the collection and pro-
               cessing of asbestos-containing waste material
               except as specified in division (6) of this
               subsection.

(d)   For  the purposes of this division  (10), the term all
     asbestos-containing waste material as  applied to
     demolition and renovation operations covered by
                  -156-

-------
           division  (4)  of this  subsection  includes  only
           friable asbestos waste  and  control  device asbestos
           waste.

(11)   Waste disposal  for asbestos  mills:  The  owner  or  operator
      of any source  covered under  the  provisions  of  division
      (1) of this  subsection shall  meet the following standard:

      (a)  There shall  be no visible emissions to the outside
           air,  except  as provided in  division (ll)(c)  of this
           subsection,  during the  collection,  processing,
           packaging, transporting or  deposition  of  any asbestos-
           containing waste material which  is  generated by such
           source.

      (b)  All  asbestos-containing waste  material  shall be
           deposited at waste disposal  sites which are  operated
           in accordance with the  provisions of subsection
           13.206.

      (c)  Rather than  meet the  requirement of division (ll)(a)
           of this subsection, an  owner or  operator  may elect
           to meet the  following requirements  in  division (11)
           (c)(i)  and (ii), or use an  alternative disposal
           method which has received prior  approval  by  the
           Department:

           (i)   There shall be no  visible emissions  to  the out-
                side air from the  transfer  of  control device
                asbestos waste to  the  tailings conveyor,  except
                as provided in division (6) of this  subsection.
                Such waste shall be subsequently  processed
                either  as specified in division (H)(c)(ii) of
                this subsection  or as  specified in division
                (10)(c) of this  subsection.

          (ii)   All  asbestos-containing waste  material  shall be
                adequately mixed,  with a wetting  agent  recom-
                mended  by the manufacturer  of  the agent to
                effectively wet  dust and tailings, prior  to
                deposition at a  waste  disposal site. Such agent
                shall be used as recommended for  the particular
                dust by the manufacturer of the agent.   There,
                shall be no discharge  of visible  emissions to
                the  outside air  from the wetting  operation except
                as specified in  division (5) of this subsection.
                Wetting may be suspended when  the ambient temper-
                ature at the waste disposal site  is  less  than
                -9.5°C  (ca. 15°F). The ambient air  temperature
                shall be determined by an appropriate measure-
                        -157-

-------
                merit method with an  accuracy of 41°C(+2°F)  and
                recorded at least at hourly intervals  during
                the period that the  operation of the wetting
                system is suspended.   Records of such  temperature
                measurements shall be retained at the  source
                for a minimum of two years  and made available
                for inspection by the Department.

(12)   The owner of any inactive waste disposal  site, which  was
      operated by sources covered under subsection 13.203(1),
      (3), or (8) and where asbestos-containing waste  material
      produced by such sources was deposited, shall meet the
      following standards:

      (a)  There shall be no visible emissions to the  outside
           air from an inactive waste disposal  site subject to
           this division, except as  provided in division (12)
           (e) of this subsection.

      (b)  Warning signs shall be displayed at all entrances,
           and along the property line of the site or  along
           the perimeter of the sections of the site where
           asbestos-containing waste material was deposited,
           at intervals of 100 m (ca.  330 ft.)  or less,  except
           as specified in division  (12)(d) of this subsection.
           Signs shall be posted in  such a  manner and  location
           that a person may easily  read the legend.   The warn-
           ing signs required by this division shall conform to
           the requirements of 20" x 14" upright format  signs
           specified in 29 CFR 1910.145-(d)(4)  and this  divi-
           sion.  The signs shall display the following  legend
           in the lower panel, with  letter  sizes and styles of
           a visibility at least equal to those specified in
           this division.

                                LEGEND

                     ASBESTOS WASTE  DISPOSAL SITE

                          Do Not Create Dust

                    Breathing Asbestos is Hazardous
                            to Your  Health

                               Notation

                    1" Sans Serif, Gothic or Block

                   3/4" Sans Serif,  Gothic  or Block

                            14 Point Gothic
                       -158-

-------
     Spacing between  lines  shall  be  at  least  equal  to
     the height of the upper of the  two lines.

(c)   The perimeter of the site shall  be fenced  in a
     manner, adequate to deter access by the  general
     public, except as specified in  division  (12)(d)
     of this subsection.

(d)   Warning signs and fencing are not  required where
     the requirements of divisions (12)(e)(i) or (ii)
     of this subsection are met, or  where a natural
     barrier adequately deters access by the  general
     public.  Upon request  and supply of appropriate
     information, the Department will determine whether
     a fence or a natural barrier adequately  deters
     access to the general  public.

(e)   Rather than meet the requirement of division  (12)(a)
     of this subsection, an owner may elect to  meet the
     requirements of  this subsection or may use all
     alternative control method for  emissions from  inactive
     waste disposal sites which has  received  prior  approval
     by the Department.

     (i)  The asbestos-containing waste material shall  be
          covered with at least 15 centimeters  (ca. 6
          inches) of  compacted non-asbestos-containing
          material, and a cover of vegetation shall be
          grown and maintained on theajea adequate to
          prevent exposure  of the asbestos-containing
          waste material; or

    (ii)  The asbestos-containing waste material shall  be
          covered with at least 60 centimeters  (ca. 2
          feet) of compacted non-asbestos-containing
          material and maintained to prevent  exposure  of
          the asbestos-containing waste; or

   (iii)  For inactive waste disposal sites for asbestos
          tailings, a resinous or petroleum-based dust
          suppression agent which effectively binds dust
          and controls wind erosion  shall be  applied.
          Such agent  shall  be used as recommended for
          the particular asbestos tailings by the dust
          suppression agent manufacturer. Other equally
          effective dust suppression agents may be  used
          upon prior  approval by the Department.  For
          purposes of this  division, waste crankcase  oil
          is not considered a dust suppression  agent.
                  -159-

-------
(8.0)             13.204  Air-Cleaning
                          If air-cleaning is elected, as permitted by 13.203(6)  and
                          13.203(4)(d)(iv), the requirements of this subsection  must
                          be met.

                          (1)  Fabric filter collection devices must be used,  except
                               as  noted in divisions (2) and (3) of this subsection.
                               Such devices must be operated at a pressure drop  of
                               no  more than 4 inches water gage, as measured across
                               the filter fabric.   The airflow permeability, as  deter-
                               mined by ASTM Method D737-69, must not exceed 30
                               ft3/min/ft2 for woven fabrics or 35 ft3/min/ft2 for
                               felted fabrics, except that 40 ft^/min/ft^ for  woven
                               and 45 ft3/min/ft2  for felted fabrics is allowed  for  .
                               filtering air from asbestos ore dryers.   Each square
                               yard of felted fabric must weigh at least 14 ounces and
                               be  at least one-sixteenth inch thick throughout.   Synthetic
                               fabrics must not contain fill yarn other than that which
                               is  spun.

                          (2)  If  the use of fabric filters creates a fire or  explosion
                               hazard, the Department may authorize the use of wet
                               collectors designed to operate with a unit contacting
                               energy of at least  40 inches water gage pressure.

                          (3)  The Department may  authorize the use of filtering equip-
                               ment other than that described in divisions (1) and (.2)
                               of  this subsection  if the owner or operator demonstrates
                               to  the satisfaction of the Department that the  filtering
                               of  particulate asbestos material is equivalent  to that
                               of  the described equipment.

                          (4)  All air-cleaning equipment authorized by this subsection
                               must be properly installed, used, operated, and main-
                               tained.  Bypass devices may be used only during upset
                               or  emergency conditions and then only for so long as it
                               takes to shut down  the operation generating the particulate
                               asbestos material.
(13.0)             13.205  Reporting
                          The owner or operator of any existing source to which this
                          section is applicable shall, within 90 days  after the effective
                          date,  provide the following information to the Department.

                          (1)  A description of the emission control equipment used for
                               each process;

                          (2)  If the fabric filter device is used to control  emissions, the
                               pressure drop across the fabric filter in inches water gage.
                                                 -160-

-------
                               (a)   If  the  fabric  filter device utilizes a woven fabric
                                    the airflow  permeability  in ft3/min/ft2; and, if
                                    the fabric is  synthetic,  indicate whether the fill
                                    yarn is spun or  not spun,

                               (b)   If  the  fabric  filter device utilizes a felted
                                    fabric, the  density in  oz/yd2,  the minimum  thickness
                                    in  inches, and the airflow permeability  in  ft^/min/ft^.

                          (3)   For  sources  subject to subsections 13.203(10) and
                               13.203(11):

                               (a)   A brief description of  each process that generates
                                    asbestos-containing waste material.

                               (b)   The average  weight of asbestos-containing waste
                                    material  disposed of, measured  in kg/day.

                               (c)   The emission control methods used in all stages
                                    of  waste disposal.

                               (d)   The type of  disposal site or incineration site used
                                    for ultimate disposal,  the name of the site operator,
                                    and the name and location of the disposal site.

                          (4)   For  sources  subject to subsection 13.203(12):

                               (a)   A brief description of  the site.

                               (b)   The method or  methods used to comply with the
                                    standard, or alternative  procedures to be used.

                          (5)   Such information  shall accompany the information required
                               by subsection 13.108. The information described in this
                               subsection shall  be reported using the format of Appendix
                               A of this regulation.
(51.9)             13.206  Waste Disposal  Sites
                          In order to be an acceptable site for disposal  of asbestos-
                          containing waste material  under subsection 13.203(10)  and (11),
                          an active waste disposal  site shall  meet the requirements of
                          this subsection.

                          (1)  There shall be no visible emissions to the outside air
                               from any active waste disposal  site where  asbestos-
                               containing waste material has been deposited, except as
                               provided in division (5) of this subsection.
                                                -161-

-------
(2)  Warning signs shall  be displayed at all  entrances,  and
     along the property line of the site or along the perimeter
     of the sections of the site where asbestos-containing
     waste material is deposited, at intervals of 100 m
     (ca. 330 ft) or less except as specified in division (4)
     of this subsection.   Signs shall be posted in such  a
     manner and location  that a person may easily read the
     legend.  The warning signs required by this division
     shall conform to the requirements of 20" x 14" upright
     format signs specified in 29CFR 1910.145(d)(4) and  this
     division.   The signs shall display the following legend
     in the lower panel,  with letter sizes and styles of a
     visibility at least  equal to those specified in this
     division.

                            LEGEND

                 ASBESTOS WASTE DISPOSAL SITE

                      Do  Not Create Dust

                      Breathing Asbestos
                  is Hazardous to Your Health

                           Notation

                1" Sans Serif, Gothic or Block

               3/4" Sans  Serif, Gothic or Block

                       14 Point Gothic

     Spacing between lines shall be at least  equal  to the
     height of the upper  of the two lines.

(3)  The perimeter of the disposal site shall be fenced  in order
     to adequately deter  access to the general public except  as
     specified in division (4) of this subsection.

(4)  Warning signs and fencing are not required where the
     requirements of division (5)(a) of this  subsection  are
     met, or where a natural barrier adequately deters access
     to the general public.  Upon request and supply of  appro-
     priate information,  the Department will  determine whether
     a fence or a natural barrier adequately  deters access
     to the general public.

(5)  Rather than meet the requirements of division (1) of this
     subsection, an owner or operator may elect to meet  the
     requirements of division (5)(a) or (5)(b) of this sub-
                       -162-

-------
                              section,  or may use  an  alternative  control method  for
                              emissions from active waste  disposal  sites which has
                              received  prior approval  by the  Department.

                              (a)   At the end of each operating day,  or at  least once
                                   every 24-hour period while the site  is in  continuous
                                   operation, the  asbestos-containing waste material
                                   which was deposited at  the site during the operating
                                   day  or previous 24-hour period shall be  covered with
                                   at least 15 centimeters (ca. 6 inches) of  compacted
                                   non-asbestos-containing material.

                              (b)   At the end of each operating day,  or at  least once
                                   every 24-hour period while the disposal  site  is in
                                   continuous operation, the  asbestos-containing waste
                                   material which  was deposited at the  site during the
                                   operating day or previous  24-hour  period shall be
                                   covered with a  resinous or petroleum-based dust
                                   suppression agent  which effectively  binds  dust and
                                   controls wind erosion.   Such agent shall be used as
                                   recommended for the particular dust  by the dust
                                   suppression agent  manufacturer.  Other equally
                                   effective dust  suppression agents  may be used upon
                                   prior approval  by  the Department,  For purposes of
                                   this division,  waste crankcase oil is not  considered
                                   a dust suppression agent.
(50.7)   13.300  EMISSION STANDARD FOR BERYLLIUM

(2.0)            13.301   Applicability
                         The provisions of this section are applicable to the following
                         stationary sources:

                         (1)  Extraction plants, ceramic plants, foundries, incinerators,
                              and propel 1 ant plants which process beryllium ore,
                              beryllium, beryllium oxide, beryllium alloys, or beryllium-?
                              containing waste.

                         (2)  Machine shops which process beryllium, beryllium oxides,
                              or any alloy when such alloy contains more than 5 percent
                              beryllium by weight.
(1.0)            13.302  Definitions
                         As used in this section, all terms not defined in this sub-
                         section shall have the meaning given to them in the Act or
                         in subsection 13.102.
                                               -163-

-------
                          (1)  "Beryllium" means the element beryllium.   Where weights
                               or concentrations are specified, such weights or con-
                               centrations apply to beryllium only,  excluding the
                               weight or concentration of any associated elements.

                          (2)  "Extraction plant" means a facility chemically processing
                               beryllium ore to beryllium metal, alloy,  or oxide, or
                               performing any of the intermediate steps  in these pro-
                               cesses.

                          (3)  "Beryllium ore" means any naturally occurring material
                               mined or gathered for its beryllium content.

                          (4)  "Machine shop" means a facility performing cutting,  grind-
                               ing, turning, honing, milling, deburring, lapping,
                               electrochemical machining, etching, or other similar
                               operations.

                          (5)  "Ceramic plant" means a manufacturing plant producing
                               ceramic items.

                          (6)  "Foundry" means a facility engaged in the melting or
                               casting of beryllium metal or alloy.

                          (7)  "Beryllium-containing waste"  means material contaminated
                               with beryllium and/or beryllium compounds used or generated
                               during any process or operation performed by a source
                               subject to this section.

                          (8)  "Incinerator" means any furnace used in the process  of
                               burning waste for the primary purpose of  reducing the
                               volume of the waste by removing combustible matter.

                          (9)  "Propellant" means a fuel and oxidizer physically or
                               chemically combined which undergoes combustion to provide
                               rocket propulsion.

                         (10)  "Beryllium alloy" means any metal to which beryllium has
                               been added in order to increase its beryllium content and
                               which contains more than 0.1  percent beryllium by weight.

                         (11)  "Propel!ant plant" means any  facility engaged in the
                               mixing,  casting, or machining of propel!ant.

(50.7)             13.303  Emission Standard

                          (1)  Emissions to the atmosphere from stationary sources
                                                -164-

-------
     subject to the provisions  of this  section  shall  not
     exceed 10 grams of beryllium over  a  24-Jiour period,
     except as provided in division  (2) of this subsection,

(2)   Rather than meet the requirement of  division (1)  of
     this subsection, an owner  or operator may  request
     approval  from the Department to meet an ambient  con-
     centration limit on beryllium in the vicinity of the
     stationary source of 0.01  ug/m3, averaged  over a 30-day
     period.

     (a)  Approval of such requests  may be granted by the
          Department provided that:

          (i)   At least 3 years of data is available  which in
               the judgment of the Department demonstrates
               that the future  ambient  concentrations of  beryl-
               lium in the vicinity  of  the stationary source
               will not exceed  0.01  ug/m3, averaged over  a
               30-day period.  Such  3-year period shall be the
               3 years ending 30 days before the effective
               date of this standard.

         (ii)   The owner or operator requests such approval
               in writing within 30  days  after  the effective
               date of this standard.

        (iii)   The owner or operator submits a  report to  the
               Department within 45  days  after  the effective
               date of this standard which report includes
               the following information:

             ((a))  Description of sampling method including
                    the method and frequency of calibration.

             ((b))  Method of sample analysis.

             ((c))  Averaging technique for determining 30-
                    day average concentrations.

             ((d))  Number, identity, and location (address,
                    coordinates, or distance and heading  from
                    plant) of sampling  sites.

             ((e))  Ground elevations and height above ground
                    of sampling inlets.

             ((f))  Plant and sampling  area plots showing
                    emission points  and sampling sites.   Topor
                    graphic features significantly affecting
                    dispersion  including  plant  building heights
                    and locations shall be included.
                       -165-

-------
                                      ((g))  Information necessary for estimating
                                             dispersion including stack height, inside
                                             diameter, exit gas temperature,  exit
                                             velocity or flow rate, and beryllium
                                             concentration,

                                      ((.h))  A description of data and procedures
                                             (methods or models) used to design the
                                             air sampling network (i,e., number and
                                             location of sampling sites).

                                      ((i))  Air sampling data indicating beryllium con-
                                             centrations in the vicinity of the sta-
                                             tionary source for the 3-year period speci-
                                             fied in division (2)(a) of this  subsection,
                                             This data shall  be presented chronologi-
                                             cally and include the beryllium  concentra-
                                             tion and location of each individual
                                             sample taken by the network and  the
                                             corresponding 30-day average beryllium
                                             concentrations.

                              (b)   Within 60 days after receiving such report,  the
                                   Department will notify the owner or operator in
                                   writing whether approval is granted or denied.
                                   Prior to denying approval  to comply with the pro-
                                   visions of division (2) of this subsection,  the
                                   Department will consult with representatives of the
                                   stationary source for which the demonstration report
                                   was submitted.

                         (3)  The  burning of beryllium and/or beryl lium-j-contaim'ng
                              waste, except propel1 ants, is prohibited except in incinr
                              erators, emissions from which must comply with  the standard.
(9.0)             13.304  Stack Sampling
                         (1)  Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under
                              13.111, each owner or operator required to comply with
                              13.303(1) shall test emissions from his source,

                              (a)  Within 90 days of the effective date in the case of
                                   an existing source or a new source which has an
                                   initial startup date preceding the effective date;  or

                              (b)  Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source
                                   which did not have an initial  startup date preceding
                                   the effective date.

                         (2)  The Department shall be notified at least 30 days prior
                              to an emission test so that it may observe the test,
                                                -166-

-------
                         (3)   Samples  shall  be taken  over such a  period  or periods
                              as  are necessary to accurately determine the maximum
                              emissions which will  occur in  any 24-hour  period.
                              Where emissions depend  upon the relative frequency  of
                              operation of different  types of processes, operating
                              hours, operating capacities, or other factors,  the
                              calculation of maximum  24-hour-period emissions will
                              be  based on that combination of factors which is
                              likely to occur during  the subject  period  and which
                              result in the maximum emissions.  No changes in the
                              operation shall be made,  which would potentially
                              increase emissions above  that  determined by the most
                              recent source test, until  a new emission level  has
                              been estimated by calculation  and the results reported
                              to  the Department.

                         (4)   All samples shall be analyzed  and beryllium emissions
                              shall be determined within 30  days  after the source
                              test. All determinations shall be  reported to the
                              Department by a registered letter dispatched before
                              the close of the next business day  following such
                              determination.

                         (5)   Records  of emission test  results and other data needed
                              to  determine total emissions shall  be retained at the
                              source and made available, for inspection  by the Depart-*
                              ment, for a minimum of  2  years.
(9.0)            13.305  Air Sampling
                         (1)  Stationary sources subject to 13.303(2) shall locate air
                              sampling sites in accordance with a plan approved by the
                              Department.  Such sites shall be located in such a manner
                              as is calculated to detect maximum concentrations of
                              beryllium in the ambient air.

                         (2)  All monitoring sites shall be operated continuously
                              except for a reasonable time allowance for instrument
                              maintenance and calibration, for changing filters, or
                              for replacement of equipment needing major repair.

                         (3)  Filters shall be analyzed and concentrations calculated
                              within 30 days after filters are collected.  Records of
                              concentrations at all sampling sites and other data
                              needed to determine such concentrations shall be retained
                              at the source and made available, for inspection by the
                              Department, for a minimum of 2 years.

                         (4)  Concentrations measured at all sampling sites shall be
                              reported to the Department every 30 days by a registered
                              letter.
                                                -167-

-------
                         (5)  The Department may at any time require changes in,  or
                              expansion of, the sampling network.

(50.7)   13.400  EMISSION STANDARD FOR BERYLLIUM ROCKET MOTOR FIRING

(2.0)            13.401   Applicability

                         The provisions of this section are applicable to rocket  motor
                         test sites.

(1.0)            13.402   Definitions

                         As used in this section, all  terms not defined in this sub-
                         section shall have the meaning given to them in the Act  or
                         in subsection 13.102.

                         (1)  "Rocket motor test site" means any building, structure,
                              facility, or installation where the  static test firing
                              of a beryllium rocket motor and/or the disposal  of
                              beryllium propel 1 ant is  conducted.

                         (2)  "Beryllium propellant" means any propellent incorporating
                              beryllium.

(50.7)           13.403   Emission Standard

                         (1)  Emissions to the atmosphere from rocket-motor test  sites
                              shall not cause time-weighted atmospheric concentrations
                              of beryllium to exceed 75 microgram minutes per cubic
                              meter of air within the  limits of 10 to 60 minutes,
                              accumulated during any 2 consecutive weeks, in any  area
                              in which an effect adverse to public health could occur.

                         (2)  If combustion products from the firing of beryllium
                              propellent are collected in a closed tank, emissions
                              from such tank shall not exceed 2 grams per hour and a
                              maximum of 10 grams per  day.

(9.0)            13.404   Emission Testing - Rocket Firing or Propellent Disposal

                         (1)  Ambient air concentrations shall be measured during and
                              after firing of a rocket motor or propellant disposal
                              and in  such a manner that the effect of these emissions
                              can be  compared with the standard.   Such sampling
                              techniques shall  be approved by the Department.

                         (2)  All samples shall be analyzed and results shall  be  calcu-
                              lated within 30 days after samples are taken and before
                              any subsequent rocket motor firing or propel!ant disposal
                              at the  given site.  All  results shall be reported to the
                                               -168-

-------
                              Department by a registered letter dispatched before the
                              close of the next business day following determination
                              of such results.

                         (3)  Records of air sampling test results and other data
                              needed to determine integrated intermittent concentra-
                              tions shall  be retained at the source and made available
                              for inspection by the Department, for a minimum of 2
                              years.

                         (4)  The Department shall  be notified at least 30 days prior
                              to an air sampling test, so that he may at his option
                              observe the test.
(9.0)            13.405  Stack Sampling
                         (1)  Sources subject to 13.403(2) shall  be continuously
                              sampled, during release of combustion products from the
                              tank, in such a manner that compliance with the standards
                              can be determined.  The provisions  of 13.112 shall apply,

                         (2)  All samples shall  be analyzed, and  beryllium emissions
                              shall be determined within 30 days  after samples are
                              taken and before any subsequent rocket motor firing or
                              propel!ant disposal at the given site.  All determine-
                              tions shall be reported to the Department by a registered
                              letter dispatched before the close  of the next business
                              day following such determinations.

                         (3)  Records of emission test results and other data needed
                              to determine total emissions shall  be retained at the
                              source and made available, for inspection by the Depart-
                              ment, for a minimum of 2 years.

                         (4)  The Department shall be notified at least 30 days prior
                              to an emission test, so that he may at his option observe
                              the test.

(50.7)   13.500  EMISSION STANDARD FOR MERCURY

(2.0)            13.501  Applicability

                         The provisions of this section are applicable to those
                         stationary sources which process mercury ore to recover
                         mercury, use mercury chlor-alkali cells  to produce chlorine
                         gas and alkali metal hydroxide, and incinerate or dry waste-
                         water treatment plant sludge.

(1.0)            13.502  Definitions

                         As used in this section, all terms not defined in this sub-
                                               -169-

-------
 section shall  have the jneaning given to them in the Act or
 in subsection  13,102.

 (1)  "Mercury" means the element mercury,  excluding any asso-
      ciated elements,  and includes mercury in particulates,
      vapors, aerosols, and compounds.

 (2)  "Mercury  ore" means a mineral mined specifically for
      its mercury content.

 (3)  "Mercury  ore processing facility"  means a facility pro-
      cessing mercury ore to obtain mercury.

 (4)  "Condenser stack  gases" mean the gaseous effluent evolved
      from the  stack of processes utilizing heat to  extract
      mercury metal from mercury ore.

 (5)  "Mercury  chlor-alkali cell" means  a device which is
      basically composed of an electrolyzer section  and a
      denuder (decomposer) section and utilizes mercury to
      produce chlorine  gas, hydrogen gas, and alkali metal
      hydroxide.

 (6)  "Mercury  chlor-alkali electrolyzer" means an electro-
      lytic device which is part of a mercury chlor-alkali
      cell  and  utilizes a flowing mercury cathode to produce
      chlorine  gas and  alkali metal amalgam.

 (7)  "Denuder" means a horizontal or vertical container which
      is part of a mercury chlor-alkali  cell  and in  which water
      and alkali  metal  amalgam are converted to alkali metal
      hydroxide,  mercury, and hydrogen gas  in a short-circuited,
      electrolytic reaction.

 (8)  "Hydrogen gas stream" means a hydrogen stream  formed in
      the chlor-alkali  cell denuder.

 (9)  "End box" means a containers) located on one  or both
      ends of a mercury chlor-alkali electrolyzer which serves
      as a connection between the electrolyzer and denuder for
      rich and  stripped amalgam.

(10)  "End box  ventilation system" means a ventilation system
      which collects mercury emissions from the end-boxes,
      the mercury sump  pumps, and their  water collection systems.

(11)  "Cell room" means a structure(s) housing one or more
      mercury electrolytic chlor-alkali  cells.

(12)  "Sludge"  means sludge produced by  a treatment  plant that
      processes municipal or industrial  waste waters.
                       -170-

-------
                        (13)   "Sludge dryer"  means a device used to reduce the moisture
                              content of sludge by heating to temperatures above 65°C
                              (ca.  150°F) directly with combustion gases.
(50.7)            13.503  Emission Standard
                         (1)   Emission to the atmosphere from mercury ore processing
                              facilities and mercury cell  chlor-alkali plants shall
                              not exceed 2,300 grams of mercury per 24-hour period.

                         (2)   Emissions to the atmosphere  from sludge incineration
                              plants, sludge drying plants, or a combination of these
                              that process wastewater treatment plant sludges shall
                              not exceed 3,200 grams of mercury per 24-hour period.
(9.0)             13.504  Stack Sampling

                         (1)  Mercury ore processing facility.
                              (a)  Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained
                                   under 13.111, each owner or operator processing
                                   mercury ore shall test emissions from his source.

                                   (i)  Within 90 days of the effective date in the
                                        case of an existing source or a new source
                                        which has an initial startup date preceding
                                        the effective date; or

                                  (ii)  Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new
                                        source which did not have an initial startup
                                        date preceding the effective date.

                              (b)  The Department shall be notified at least 30 days
                                   prior to an emission test, so that he may at his
                                   option observe the test.

                              (c)  Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods
                                   as are necessary to accurately determine the maximum
                                   emissions which will occur in a 24-hour period.  No
                                   changes in the operation shall be made, which would
                                   potentially increase emissions above that determined
                                   by the most recent source test, until the new emission
                                   level has been estimated by calculation and the
                                   results reported to the Department.

                              (d)  All samples shall be analyzed, and mercury emissions
                                   shall be determined within 30 days after the source
                                   test.  Each determination will be reported to the
                                   Department by a registered letter dispatched before
                                   the close of the next business day following such
                                   determination.
                                                -171-

-------
     (e)   Records of emission test results and other data
          needed to determine total  emissions shall  be rer
          tained at the source and made available, for
          inspection by the Department, for a .minimum of
          2 years.

(2)  Mercury chlor-alkali  plant-hydrogen and end-box ventilation
     gas  streams.

     (a)   Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under
          13.111, each owner or operator employing mercury
          chlor-alkali cell(s) shall  test emissions from his
          source.

          (i)  Within 90 days of the effective date in the case
               of an existing source or a new source which has
               an initial  startup date preceding the effective
               date; or

        (ii)   Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new
               source which did not have an initial  startup
               date preceding the effective date.

     (b)   The Department shall be notified at least 30 days
          prior to an emission test, so that he may at his
          option observe the test.

     (c)   Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods
          as are necessary to accurately determine the maximum
          emissions which will occur in a 24-hour period.  No
          changes in the operation shall be made,  which would
          potentially increase emissions above that determined
          by the most recent source test, until the new emission
          has been estimated by calculation and the results
          reported to the Department.

     (d)   All samples shall be analyzed and mercury emissions
          shall be determined within 30 days after the source
          test.  All the determinations will be reported to
          the Department by a registered letter dispatched
          before the close of the next business day following
          such determination.

     (e)   Records of emission test results and other data
          needed to determine total  emissions shall  be retained
          at the source and made available, fo>" inspection by
          the Department,  for a minimum of 2 years.

(3)  Mercury chlor-alkali  plants - cell room ventilation
     system.
                      -172-

-------
     (a)   Stationary  sources  using mercury chlor-alkali cells
          may  test  cell  room  emissions in accordance with
          division  (3)(b) of  this subsection or demonstrate
          compliance  with division (3)(d) of this subsection
          and  assume  ventilation emissions of 1,300 gms/day
          of mercury.

     (b)   Unless  a  waiver of  emission testing is obtained
          under 13.111,  each  owner or operator shall pass
          all  cell  room  air in  forced gas streams through
          stacks  suitable for testing.

          (i)  Within 90 days of the effective date in  the
              case of an existing source or a new source
              which  has an initial startup date preceding
              the  effective  date; or

         (ii)  Within 90 days of startup  in the case of a new
              source which did not have an initial startup
              date preceding the effective date.

     (c)   The  Department shall  be notified at least 30  days
          prior to  an emission  test, so that he may at  his
          option  observe the  test.

     (d)   An owner  or operator  may carry out approved design,
          maintenance, and  housekeeping practices,.  A list of
          approved  design, maintenance, and housekeeping
          practices may  be obtained from the Department.

(4)   Sludge incineration and  drying plants.

     (a)   Unless  a  waiver of  emission testing is obtained
          under subsection  13.111, each owner or operator
          of a source subject to the standard in subsection
          13.503(2) shall test  emissions  from that source.
          Such tests  shall  be conducted  in accordance with
          the  procedures set  forth either  in division  (4) of
          this subsection or  in subsection 13.505.

     (b)   Method  101  in  Appendix B to this part  shall  be  used
          to test emissions  as  follows:

          (i)  The  test  shall be performed within 90  days of
              the  effective  date of these regulations  in the
              case of an existing source  or a new source
              which  has an  initial  startup date preceding
              the  effective  date.
                      -173-

-------
                                  (ii)  The test shall be performed within 90 days of
                                        startup in the case of a new source which did
                                        not have an initial startup date preceding
                                        the effective date.

                              (c)  The Department shall  be notified at least 30 days
                                   prior to an emission  test, so that it may at its
                                   option observe the test,

                              (d)  Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods
                                   as are necessary to determine accurately the maximum
                                   emissions which will  occur in a 24-rhour period.  No
                                   changes shall be made in the operation which would
                                   potentially increase  emissions above the level deter^
                                   mined by the most recent stack test, until the new
                                   emissions level has been estimated by calculation
                                   and the results reported to the Department.

                              (e)  All samples shall be  analyzed, and mercury emissions
                                   shall be determined within 30 days after the stack
                                   test.  Each determination shall be reported to the
                                   Department by a registered letter dispatched before
                                   the close of the next business day following such
                                   determination.

                              (f)  Records of emission test results and other data
                                   needed to determine total emissions shall be retained
                                   at the source and shall be made available, for in-
                                   spection by the Department, for a minimum of 2 years.
(9.0)             13.505  Sludge Sampling
                         (1)   As an alternative means for demonstrating compliance with
                              subsection 13.503(2), an owner or operator may use Method
                              105 of Appendix B and the procedures specified in this
                              subsection.

                              (a)  A sludge test shall be conducted within 90 days of
                                   the effective date of these regulations in the case
                                   of an existing source or a new source which has an
                                   initial  startup date preceding the effective date; or

                              (b)  A sludge test shall be conducted within 90 days of   "
                                   startup  in the case of a new source which did not
                                   have an  initial startup date preceding the effective
                                   date.

                         (2)   The Department shall be notified at least 30 days prior
                              to a sludge sampling test, so that it may at its option
                              observe the test.
                                                -174-

-------
(3)   Sludge shall  be sampled according to division  (,3)(a)
     of this subsection,  sludge charging rate for the plant
     shall  be determined  according to division C3Rb) of
     this subsection, and the sludge analysis shall  be per*
     formed according to  division (3)(c) of this subsection.

     (a)  The sludge shall  be sampled after de-watering and
          before incineration or drying, at a location that
          provides a representative sample of the sludge
          that is  charged to the incinerator or dryer.
          Eight consecutive grab samples shall be obtained
          at intervals of between 45 and 60 minutes  and
          thoroughly mixed into one sample.  Each of the
          eight grab samples shall have a volume of  at least
          200 ml but not  more than 400 ml.  A total  of three
          composite samples shall be obtained within an
          operating period of 24 hours.  When the 24-*hour
          operating period is not continuous, the total
          sampling period shall not exceed 72 hours  after
          the first grab  sample is obtained.  Samples shall
          not be exposed  to any condition that may result in
          mercury  contamination or loss,

     (b)  The maximum 24-hour period sludge incineration or
          drying rate shall be determined by use of  a flow
          rate measurement device that can measure the mass
          rate of sludge  charged to the incinerator  or dryer
          with an  accuracy of +5 percent over its operating
          range.  Other methods of measuring sludge  mass
          charging rates  may be used if they have received
          prior approval  by the Department,

     (c)  The handling, preparation, and analysis of sludge
          samples  shall be accomplished according to Method
          105 in Appendix B of this part.

(4)   The mercury emissions shall be determined by use of the
     following equation:
          EHg = 1 x 10"3 cQ
     where:
          EM  = Mercury emissions, g/day,

          c = Mercury concentration of sludge on a dry
              solids basis, ug/g (ppm).

          Q = Sludge charging rate, kg/day.
                       -175-

-------
                         (5)  No changes in the operation of a plant shall  be made
                              after a sludge test has been conducted which  would
                              potentially increase emissions above the level  deter-
                              mined by the most recent sludge test, until the new
                              emission level has been estimated by calculation and
                              the results reported to the Department.

                         (6)  All sludge samples shall be analyzed for mercury content
                              within 30 days after the sludge sample is collected,
                              Each determination shall be reported to the Department
                              by a registered letter dispatched before the  close of
                              the next business day following such determination,

                         (7)  Records of sludge sampling, charging rate determination
                              and other data needed to determine mercury content of
                              wastewater treatment plant sludges shall  be retained
                              at the source and made available, for inspection by
                              the Department, for a minimum of 2 years,
(9.0)             13.506  Emission Monitoring
                         (1)  Wastewater treatment plant sludge incineration and drying
                              plants.   All  such sources for which mercury emissions
                              exceed 1600 g/day, demonstrated either by stack sampling
                              according to subsection 13.504 or sludge sampling  accord-
                              ing to subsection 13.505, shall  monitor mercury emissions
                              at intervals of at least once per year by use  of Method
                              105 of Appendix B, or the procedures specified in  sub~
                              section 13.505(3) and (4).  The results of monitoring
                              shall  be reported and retained according to subsection
                              13.504(4)(e) and (f), or subsection 13.505(6)  and  (7).
                                               -176-

-------
                 R23-25-13
                 APPENDIX
The appendix references, as specified within R-23-25-13,
are identical to those specified in Appendix A and
Appendix B, as amended, of Title 40 Code of Federal
Regulations, Part 61 (40 CFR 61).  Adopted, by reference,
are the following:

Appendix A - Compliance Status Information

Appendix B - Test Methods

     Method 101 - Reference Method for Determination of
                  Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions
                  from Stationary Sources (air streams)

     Method 102 - Reference Method for Determination of
                  Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions
                  from Stationary Sources (hydrogen streams)

     Method 103 - Beryllium Screening Method

     Method 104 - Reference Method for Determination of
                  Beryllium Emissions from Stationary Sources

     Method 105 - Method for Determination of Mercury in
                  Wastewater Treatment Plant Sewage Sludges
                      -177-

-------
R23-25-14  DESIGNATED AIR CONTAMINANT SOURCES, PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT,
           PERMIT TO OPERATE
14.100  DESIGNATED AIR CONTAMINANT SOURCES
        14.110  Designated Source Categories
                Pursuant to Subsection 1.  of Section 23-25-04.1  of the North
                Dakota Century Code, stationary sources within the following
                source categories are designated as air contaminant  sources
                capable of causing or contributing to air pollution, either
                directly or indirectly.
                (1)  The following chemical  process facilities:
                     (a)  Adi pic acid.
                     (b)  Ammonia.
                     (c) .Ammonium nitrate.
                     (d)  Carbon black.
                     (e)  Charcoal.
                     (f)  Chlorine.
                     (g)  Chlor-alkali manufacturing.
                     (h)  Detergent and soap.
                     (i)  Explosives (TNT and nitrocellulose).
                     (j)  Hydrochloric acid.
                     (k)  Hydrofluoric acid.
                     (1)  Nitric acid.
                     (m)  Paint and varnish manufacturing.
                     (n)  Phosphoric acid.
                     (o)  Pfithalic anhydride.
                     (p)  Plastics manufacturing.
                     (q)  Printing ink manufacturing.
                     (r)  Sodium carbonate.
                                       -178-

-------
     (s)   Sulfur production and recovery.
     (t)   Sulfuric acid.
     (u)   Synthetic fibers.
     (v)   Synthetic rubber.
     (w)   Terephthalic acid.
(2)   The  following food and agricultural  facilities:
     (a)   Agricultural drying and dehydrating operations.
     (b)   Ammonium nitrate.
     (c)   Cheese whey drying and processing.
     (d)   Coffee roasting.
     (e)   Cotton ginning.
     (f)   Feed,  grain and  seed handling and processing.
     (g)   Fermentation processes.
     (h)   Fertilizers.
     (i)   Fish meal processing.
     (j)   Meat smoke houses.
     (k)   Orchard heaters.
     (1)   Potato processing.
     (m)   Rendering plants.
     (n)   Starch manufacturing.
     (o)   Sugarbeet processing.
(3)   The  following metallurgical facilities:
     (a)   Primary metals facilities:
          (i)   Aluminum ore reduction.
         (ii)   Copper smelters.
        (iii)   Ferroalloy  production.


                       -179-

-------
         (iv)   Iron and steel  mills.
          (v)   Lead smelters.
         (vi)   Metallurgical  coke manufacturing.
        (vii)  • Zinc.
     (b)  Secondary metals facilities:
          (i)   Aluminum operations.
         (ii)   Brass and bronze smelting.
        (iii)   Ferroalloys.
         (iv)   Ferrous foundries.
          (v)   Gray iron foundries.
         (vi)   Lead smelting.
        (vii)   Magnesium smelting.
       (viii)   Non-ferrous foundries.
         (ix)   Steel foundries.
          (x)   Zinc processes.
(4)   The following mineral products  facilities:
     (a)  Asphalt roofing.
     (b)  Asphaltic concrete plants.
     (c)  Bricks and related clay refractories.
     (d)  Calcium carbide.
     (e)  Ceramic and clay processes.
     (f)  Clay and fly ash sintering.
     (g)  Coal cleaning.
     (h)  Coal drying.
     (i)  Coal mining.
     (j)  Coal handling and processing.

                       -180-

-------
     (k)   Concrete batching.
     (1)   Fiberglass  manufacturing.
     (m)   Frit manufacturing.
     (n)   Glass manufacturing.
     (o)   Gypsum manufacturing.
     (p)   Leonard!te  mining,  drying  and processing.
     (q)   Lime manufacturing.
     (r)   Mineral  wool  manufacturing.
     (s)   Paperboard  manufacturing.
     (t)   Perlite manufacturing.
     (u)   Phosphate rock preparation.
     (v)   Portland cement manufacturing, bulk handling
          and storage.
     (w)   Rock, stone,  gravel,  and sand quarrying and
          processing.
     (x)   Uranium mining, milling and  enrichment,
(5)   The  following energy and fuel facilities:
     (a)   Coal gasification.
     (b)   Coal liquefication.
     (c)   Crude oil and natural  gas  production.
     (d)   Fossil fuel steam electric plants.
     (e)   Fuel conversion plants.
     (f)   Natural  gas processing.
     (g)   Petroleum refining and petrochemical  operations.
     (h)   Petroleum storage (storage tanks and bulk  terminals),
(6)   The  following wood processing facilities:
     (a)   Wood pulping.
                      -181-

-------
     (b)  Pulpboard manufacturing.
     (c)  Plywood veneer and layout operations.
(7)  The following gaseous,  liquid, and solid waste  disposal
     facilities:
     (a)  Afterburners.
     (b)  Automobile body incinerators.
     (c)  Conical burners.
     (d)  Flares.
     (e)  Gaseous and liquid organic compounds incinerators.
     (f)  Industrial waste incinerators.
     (g)  Open burning.
     (h)  Open pit incinerators.
     (i)  Pathological  waste incinerators.
     (j)  Refuse  incinerators.
     (k)  Scrape  metal  salvage  incinerators.
     (1)  Sewage  sludge incinerators.
     (m)  Wood waste incinerators.
(8)  The following miscellaneous  facilities:
     (a)  Dry cleaning  and laundry  operations,
     (b)  Fuel burning  equipment.
     (c)  Internal combustion engines.
     (d)  Surface coating operations.
     (e)  Wastewater treatment  plants (including lagoons).
     (f)  Water cooling towers  and  water cooling ponds.
(9)  Any category of sources to which a Federal  standard of
     performance  applies.
                      -182-

-------
                       (10)   Any source  which  emits  a  contaminant  subject  to a
                             national  emission standard  for  hazardous  air  pollutants.

                       (11)   Any source  which  is  subject to  review under Federal
                             significant deterioration of air quality  regulations.

                       (12)   Any source  which  is  determined  by the Department to  have
                             an emission which effects State Ambient Air Quality
                             Standards.
(3.0)    14,200  PERMIT TO .CONSTRUCT

(3.0)            14.201   Permit to Construct Required
                        No construction,  installation,  or establishment  of  a  new
                        stationary source within  a source category  designated in
                        subsection 14.110 of Section  14.100 of this regulation shall
                        be commenced unless  the owner or operator thereof shall file
                        an application for,  and receive, a permit to construct fri
                        accordance with this regulation.  This requirement  shall
                        also apply to any source  for  which a federal  standard of
                        performance has been promulgated prior to such filing of an
                        application for a Permit  to Construct.  A list of sources  for
                        which a federal standard  has  been promulgated, and  the standards
                        which apply to such  sources,  shall be available  at  the Depart-
                        ment's offices.
(3.0)            14.202  Application for Permit to Construct
                        (1)  Application for a permit to construct a  new installation
                             or source shall be made by the owner or  operator thereof
                             on forms furnished by the Department.

                        (2)  A separate application is required for each new installa-
                             tion or source subject to this regulation.

                        (3)  Each application shall be signed by the  applicant,  which
                             signature shall constitute an agreement  that the appli-
                             cant will assume responsibility for the  construction,  or
                             operation of the new installation or source in accordance
                             with these regulations and will notify the  Department, in
                             writing, of the start-up of operation of such source.
(3.0)           14.203  Alterations to Source
                        (1)  The addition to or enlargement of or replacement of or
                             major alteration in any stationary source,  already
                             existing, which is undertaken pursuant to an approved
                             compliance schedule for the reduction of emissions
                             therefrom, shall be exempt from the requirements of
                             this section.
                                               -183-

-------
                        (2)   Any physical  change  in,  or  change  in  the method of
                             operation of,  a  stationary  source  already  existing
                             which increases  or may  increase  the emission  rate of
                             any pollutant  for which  an  ambient air  quality standard
                             has been promulgated under  these regulations  or which
                             results  in the emission  of  any such pollutant not pre-
                             viously  emitted  shall be considered to  be  construction,
                             installation,  or establishment of  a new source, except
                             that:

                             (a)  Routine maintenance, repair,  and replacement shall
                                  not be considered  a physical  change,  and

                             (b)  The following shall  not  be  considered a  change in
                                  the method  of operation:

                                  (i)  An  increase in the  production rate, if such
                                       increase does  not exceed the  operating design
                                       capacity of the source;

                                 (ii)  An  increase in the  hours of operation.

(3.0)            14.204  Submission of Plans - Deficiencies in Application

                        As  part of an application for a  permit  to  construct, the
                        Department may require the submission of plans, specifica-
                        tions,  siting information, emission information, descriptions
                        and  drawings  showing  the  design  of the  installation or source,
                        the  manner in which it will  be operated and  controlled, the
                        emissions expected  from it,  and  the effects  on  ambient air
                        quality.  Any additional  information, plans, specifications,
                        evidence or documentation that the Department may  require
                        shall  be furnished  upon request.   Within twenty (20) days
                        of  the  receipt of  the application, the  Department  shall advise
                        the  owner or  operator of  the  proposed source of any deficiency,
                        the  date of receipt of the application  shall be the date upon
                        which all requested information  is received.

(3.0)            14.205  Review  of Application - Standard for  Granting Permits
                        to  Construct

                        The  Department shall  review  any  plans,  specifications, and
                        other information  submitted  in application for  a permit to
                        construct and from  such review shall, within thirty  (30)
                        days of the receipt of the completed  application,  make the
                        following preliminary determinations:

                        (1)   Whether  the proposed project  will  be  in accord with these
                             regulations,  including  whether the operation  of any new
                             stationary source at the proposed  location will result in
                             any applicable ambient  air  quality standards  being exceeded.
                                              -184-

-------
                        (2)   Whether the proposed project  will  provide  all  known
                             available and reasonable methods  of emission control.
                             Whenever a standard of performance is  applicable  to  the
                             source, compliance with this  criterion will require
                             provision of emission control  which will,  at least,
                             satisfy such standards.

(3.0)            14.206  Public Participation -  Final Action on Application

                        The  Department shall:

                        (1)   Within thirty (30) days of the receipt of  the  completed
                             application, make  available in at least one location in
                             the county or counties in which the proposed project is
                             to be located, a copy of its  preliminary determinations
                             and copies of or a summary of the information  considered
                             in making such preliminary determinations.

                        (2)   Publish notice to  the public  by prominent  advertisement,
                             within thirty (30) days of the receipt of  the  completed
                             application, in the region affected, of the opportunity
                             for written comment on the preliminary determinations.
                             Such public notice shall include  the proposed  location
                             of the source.

                        (3)   Within thirty (30) days of the receipt of  the  completed
                             application, deliver a copy of the notice  to the  appli-
                             cant and to officials and agencies having  cognizance over
                             the locations where the source will be situated as
                             follows:  State and local air pollution control agencies,
                             the chief executive of the city and county; any compre-
                             hensive regional  land use planning agency; the Regional
                             Administrator of the United States Environmental  Protection
                             Agency; and any State, Federal Land Manager or Indian
                             Governing Body whose lands will be significantly  affected
                             by the source's emissions.

                        (4)   Allow thirty (30)  days for public comment.

                        (5)   Consider all public comments  properly  received, in making
                             the final decision on the application.

                        (6)   Allow the applicant to submit written  responses to public
                             comments received  by the Department, within ten (10) days
                             of the receipt of  such comments.

                        (7)   Take final action  on the application within thirty (30)
                             days of the close  of the public comment period.
                                              -185-

-------
(3.0)           14.207  Denial  of Permit to Construct
                        If, after review of all  information  received,  including  public
                        comment with respect to  any proposed project,  the  Department
                        makes the determination  of any one of divisions  (1)  or  (.2)
                        of subsection 14.205 of  this section in  the  negative, it shall
                        deny the permit and notify the applicant,  in writing, of the
                        denial  to issue a permit to construct.   If a permit  to construct
                        is denied, the construction, installation, or  establishment of
                        the new stationary source shall  be unlawful.   No permit  to
                        construct or modify shall  be granted if  such construction, or
                        modification, or installation, will  result in  a violation of
                        these regulations or in  a violation  of the Ambient Air Quality
                        Standards.
(3.0)            14.208  Issuance of Permit  to Construct
                        If,  after review of all  information  received,  including public
                        comment with respect to  any  proposed project,  the  Department
                        makes the determination  of divisions (1)  and  (2) of  subsection
                        14.205 of this  section  in  the  affirmative,  the Department shall
                        issue a permit  to construct.   Such permit may  provide  for
                        conditions of operation  as provided  in  subsection  14.209.
(3.0)           14.209  Permit to Construct -  Conditions
                        The Department may impose any reasonable  conditions  upon  a
                        permit to construct,  including conditions concerning;

                        (1)  Sampling, testing,  and monitoring  of the  facilities  or
                             the ambient air  or  both;

                        (2)  Trial  operation  and performance  testing;

                        (3)  Prevention and abatement of nuisance conditions  caused
                             by operation of  the facility;

                        (4)  Record keeping and  reporting;  and

                        (5)  Compliance with  applicable rules and regulations  in
                             accordance with  a compliance schedule.

                        The violation of any  conditions so  imposed may result in
                        revocation or suspension of the permit  or other appropriate
                        enforcement action.
(3.0)            14.210  Scope
                        (1)   The issuance of a  permit to construct  for any  source
                             shall  not affect the responsibility  of an owner or
                                               -186-

-------
                             operator to comply with applicable  portions  of a
                             control  strategy affecting that source.

                        (2)  A permit to construct shall  become  invalid  if construc-
                             tion or expansion is not commenced  within 18 months
                             after receipt of such permit or if  construction is
                             discontinued for a period of 18 months  or more.   The
                             Department may extend such time periods  upon a satis-"
                             factory showing that an extension is  justified,
(3.0)    14.300  PERMIT TO OPERATE

(3.0)            14.301  Permit to Operate Required
                        (1)  No person shall  operate or cause the routine operation
                             of a new installation or source designated in subsection
                             14.110 of section 14.100 of this regulation without
                             applying for and obtaining, in accordance with this
                             regulation, a permit to operate.  Application for a
                             permit to operate a new installation or source shall  be
                             made at least thirty (30) days prior to start-up of
                             routine operation.

                        (2)  No person shall  operate or cause the operation of an
                             installation or source in violation of any permit to
                             operate, any condition imposed upon a permit to operate
                             or in violation of these regulations.
(3.0)           14.302  Application for Permit to Operate
                        (1)  Application for a permit to operate shall  be made by the
                             owner or operator thereof on forms furnished by the
                             Department.

                        (2)  Each application for a permit to operate shall  be accom-
                             panied by such performance tests results,  information,
                             and records as may be required by the Department to deter-
                             mine whether the requirements of these regulations will
                             be met.  Such information may also be required  by the
                             Department at any time when the source is  being operated
                             to determine compliance with these regulations.

                        (3)  Each application shall be signed by the applicant, which
                             signature shall constitute an agreement that the appli-
                             cant will assume responsibility for the operation of the
                             installation or source in accordance with  these regulations.
                                               -187-

-------
(3.0)           14.303  Standards for Granting Permits to Operate

                        No permit to operate shall  be granted unless the applicant
                        shows to the satisfaction of the Department that the source
                        is in compliance with these regulations.

(3.0)           14.304  Performance Testing
(9.0)
                        Before a permit to operate is granted, the applicant, if
                        required by the Department, shall conduct performance tests
                        in accordance with methods  and procedures required by these
                        regulations or methods and procedures approved by the Depart-
                        ment.  Such tests shall  be made at the expense of the applicant.
                        The Department may monitor such tests and may also conduct
                        performance tests.

(3.0)           14.305  Action on Applications

                        (1)  The Department shall  act within thirty (30) days after
                             receipt of an application for a permit to operate a new
                             installation or source, and within thirty (30) days after
                             receipt of an application to operate an existing installa-
                             tion or source, and shall notify the applicant, in writing,
                             of the approval, conditional approval, or denial of the
                             application.

                        (2)  The Department shall  set forth in any notice of denial
                             the reasons for denial.  A denial shall be without pre-
                             judice to the applicant's right to a hearing before the
                             Department or for filing a further application after
                             revisions are made to meet objections specified as
                             reasons for the denial.

(3.0)           14.306  Permit to Operate - Conditions

                        The Department may impose any reasonable conditions upon a
                        permit to operate, including conditions concerning:

                        (1)  Sampling, testing and monitoring of the facilities or
                             ambient air or both;

                        (2)  Trial operation and performance testing;

                        (3)  Prevention and abatement of nuisance conditions caused
                             by operation of the facility;

                        (4)  Record keeping and reporting; and

                        (5)  Compliance with applicable rules and regulations in
                             accordance with a compliance schedule.
                                               -188-

-------
(3.0)           14.307  Suspension or Revocation of Permit to Operate

                        (1)  The Department may suspend or revoke a  permit to
                             operate for violation of these regulations  and any
                             permit conditions.

                        (2)  Suspension or revocation of a permit to operate shall
                             become final  ten days after service of  notice on the
                             holder of the permit.

                        (3)  A permit to operate which has been revoked  pursuant to
                             these regulations shall  be surrendered  forthwith to
                             the Department.

                        (4)  No person shall operate or cause the operation of an
                             installation or source if the Department denies or
                             revokes a permit to operate.

(3.0)           14.308  Transfer of Permit to Operate

                        The holder of a permit to operate may not transfer it
                        without the prior approval of the Department.

(3.0)           14.309  Renewal of Permit to Operate

                        (1)  Every permit to operate issued by the Department after
                             the effective date of this regulation shall become void
                             upon the third anniversary of their issuance.  Applica-
                             tions for renewal of such permits shall be-submitted
                             sixty (60) days prior to such anniversary date.  The
                             Department shall approve or disapprove  such application
                             within sixty (60) days.

                        (2)  The Department may amend permits issued prior to the
                             effective date of this regulation so as to  provide for
                             voidance upon the third anniversary of  their issuance
                             of such permit.

(3.0)   14.400  COMMON PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO BOTH PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT AND
                PERMIT TO OPERATE

(2.0)           14.401  Exemptions

                        A permit to construct and a permit to operate shall not be
                        required for the following stationary sources:

                        (1)  Maintenance, structural  changes or minor repair of
                             process equipment, fuel-burning equipment,  control
                             equipment, or incinerators which do not change capacity
                             of such process equipment, fuel-burning equipment, con-
                                              -189-

-------
     trol  equipment, or incinerators and which do not
     involve any change in the quality,  nature,  or quantity,
     of emissions therefrom.

(2)  Fuel-burning equipment,  other than  smoke-house generators,
     which have a heat input  of not more than 10 million  BTUs
     per hour and burn only gaseous fuel  containing not more
     than  0.5 grains f^S per  100 standard cubic  feet (5.7
     g/100 stdnv>); or have a  heat input  of not more than
     10 million BTUs per hour and burn distillate oil  as  a
     fuel; or have a heat input of not more than 1  million
     BTUs  per hour and burn residual  oil  as a fuel; or have
     a heat input of not more than 350,000 BTUs  per hour  and
     burn  solid fuel.

(3)  Internal combustion engines with less than  500 brake
     horsepower.

(4)  Bench scale laboratory equipment used exclusively for
     chemical or physical analysis or experimentation.

(5)  Portable brazing, soldering, or welding equipment,

(6)  The following equipment:

     (a)  Comfort air conditioners or comfort ventilating
          systems which are not designed and not intended to
          be used to remove emissions generated  by or released
          from specific units or equipment.

     (b)  Water cooling towers and water cooling ponds unless
          used for evaporative cooling of process water,  or
          for evaporative cooling of water from  barometric
          jets or barometric  condensers  or used  in conjunction
          with an installation requiring a permit.

     (c)  Equipment used exclusively for steam cleaning.

     (d)  Grain,  metal, plastic or mineral extrusion presses.

     (e)  Porcelain enameling furnaces or porcelain enameling
          drying ovens.

     (f)  Unheated solvent dispensing containers or unheated
          solvent rinsing containers of  60 gallons capacity
          or less.

     (g)  Equipment used for  hydraulic or hydrostatic testing.
                       -190-

-------
(7)   The following equipment or any  exhaust  system or collector
     serving exclusively such equipment:

     (a)  Blast cleaning equipment using  a suspension of
          abrasive in water.

     (b)  Bakery ovens where the products are  edible and
          intended for human consumption.

     (c)  Kilns for firing ceramic ware,  heated  exclusively
          by gaseous fuels, singly or in  combinations and
          electricity.

     (d)  Confection cookers where the products  are edible
          and intended for human consumption.

     (e)  Drop hammers or hydraulic  presses  for  forging or
          metal working.

     (f)  Die casting machines.

     (g)  Photographic process equipment  through which an
          image is reproduced upon material  through the use
          of sensitized radiant energy.

     (h)  Equipment for drilling, carving, cutting, routing,
          turning, sawing, planning, spindle sanding or disc
          sanding of,wood or wood products,  which is located
          within a facility that does not vent to the outside
          air.

     (i)  Equipment for surface preparation  of metals by use
          of aqueous solutions, except for acid  solutions.

     (j)  Equipment for washing or drying products fabricated
          from metal or glass; provided,  that  no volatile
          organic materials are used in the  process and that
          no oil or solid fuel is burned.

     (k)  Laundry dryers, extractors or tumblers for fabrics
          cleaned with only water solutions  of bleach or
          detergents.

     (1)  Containers, reservoirs, or tanks used  exclusively
          for electrolytic plating with,  or  electrolytic polish-
          ing of, or electrolytic stripping  of the following
          metals:  brass, bronze, cadmium, copper, iron,  lead,
          nickel, tin, zinc, precious metals.
                       -191-

-------
 (8)  Natural  draft hoods or natural  draft  ventilators.

 (9)  Containers, reservoirs or tanks used  exclusively  for:

      (a)  Dipping operations for coating objects  with  oils,
           waxes, or greases, where no organic  solvents  are
           used.

      (b)  Dipping operations for applying  coatings  of  natural
           or synthetic resins which  contain  no organic  solvents.

      (c)  Storage of butane, propane or liquefied petroleum
           or natural  gas.

      (d)  Storage of lubricating oils.

      (e)  Storage of Nos.  1, 2,  4, 5 and 6 fuel oil, non-
           military jet engine fuel,  and crude  petroleum or
           condensate which is stored, processed,  and/or treated
           at a drilling and production facility prior  to
           custody transfer and does  not contain dissolved
           hydrogen sulfide.

      (f)  Storage of volatile organic compounds in  any  station-
           ary tank, reservoir, or other container of 40,000
           gallons or less.

(10)  Gaseous  fuel-fired or electrically-heated furnaces for
      heat treating glass or metals,  the use  of which does not
      involve  molten materials.

(11)  Crucible furnaces, pot furnaces or induction furnaces,
      with a capacity of 1,000 pounds or less each,  unless other-
      wise noted, in which  no sweating or distilling is  con-
      ducted,  nor any fluxing conducted utilizing  chloride,
      fluoride, or ammonium compounds, and  from which only the
      following metals are  held in a  molten state:

      (a)  Aluminum or any  alloy  containing over 50  percent
           aluminum, provided that no gaseous chlorine  compounds,
           chlorine, aluminum chloride or aluminum fluoride
           are used.

      (b)  Magnesium or any alloy containing  over  50 percent
           magnesium.

      (c)  Lead or any alloy containing over  50 percent  lead, in
           a furnace with a capacity  of 550 pounds or less.

      (d)  Tin or any alloy containing over 50  percent  tin.
                        -192-

-------
                             (e)   Zinc or any alloy containing  over 50 percent  zinc.

                             (f)   Copper.

                             (g)   Precious metals.

                       (12)  Open burning activities within the scope of section  4,200
                             of regulation 23-25-04 of these regulations.

                       (13)  Flares used to indicate some danger to the public.

                       (14)  Other sources of minor significance as determined  by
                             the  Department.
(9.0)            14.402  Performance and Emission Testing
                        (1)   Emission tests or performance tests  or both shall  be
                             conducted by the owner or operator of a facility and data
                             reduced in accordance with the applicable procedure,
                             limitations, standards and test methods established by
                             these regulations.   Such tests shall  be conducted under
                             the owner's or operator's permit to  construct or operate
                             and such permit is  subject to the faithful  completion of
                             the test in accordance with these regulations.

                        (2)   All dates and periods of trial operation for the purpose
                             of performance or emission testing pursuant to a permit
                             to construct, and all dates of performance or emission
                             testing pursuant to a permit to operate, must be approved
                             in advance by the Department.  Trial operation shall
                             cease if the Department determines,  on the basis of the
                             test results, that  continued operation will result in the
                             violation of these  regulations.  Upon completion of any
                             test conducted under a permit to construct, the Department
                             may order the cessation of the operation of the tested
                             equipment or facility until such time as a permit to
                             operate has been issued by the Department.

                        (3)   Upon review of the  performance data  resulting from any
                             test, the Department may require the installation of such
                             additional control  equipment as will  bring the facility
                             into compliance with these regulations.

                        (4)   Nothing in these regulations shall be construed to prevent
                             the Department from conducting any test upon its own
                             initiative, or from requiring the owner or operator to
                             conduct any test at such time as the Department may
                             determine.
                                               -193-

-------
(6.0)           14.403  Responsibility to Comply
                        (1)  Possession of a permit to construct or a permit to
                             operate shall not relieve any person of the responsi-
                             bility to comply with these regulations,

                        (2)  The exemption of any stationary source from the require-
                             ments of a permit to construct or a permit to operate by
                             reason of inclusion in subsection 14,401 shall  not relieve
                             the owner or operator of such source of the responsibility
                             to comply with any other applicable portions of these
                             regulations.

(3.0)           14.404  Portable Sources

                        Sources which are designed to be portable and which  are
                        operated at temporary jobsites across the State shall  not be
                        considered a new source by virtue of location changes.   One
                        application for a permit to operate any portable source shall
                        be filed in accordance with Regulation 23-25-14 and  subsequent
                        applications are not required for each temporary jobsite.   The
                        permit to operate issued by the Department shall be  conditioned
                        by such specific requirements as the Department deems  appro-
                        priate to carry out the provisions of section 1.050  and 1.140
                        of R23-25-01.

(3.0)           14.405  Registration of Exempted Stationary Sources

                        The Department may require that the owner or operator of any
                        stationary source exempted under subsection 14,401 shall
                        register the source with the Department within such  time
                        limits and on such forms as the Department may prescribe.

(3.0)           14.406  Extensions of Time

                        The Department may extend any of the time periods specified
                        in subsections 14.204, 14.205, 14.206 and 14.305 as  agreed by
                        the applicant and the Department.

(3.0)           14.407  Amendment of Permits

                        The Department may, when the public interest requires,  modify
                        any condition of a permit to operate"or permit to construct.
                        Modification shall be made only upon the Department's  own
                        motion and the procedure shall, at a minimum, conform to any
                        requirements of federal law.  In the event such law  is  inappli-
                        cable, modification procedure shall consist of the following:

                        (1)  Reasonable notice to the permittee of the proposed
                             modification;
                                               -194-

-------
(2)  Reasonable notice to the public, in the area to be
     affected, of opportunity for comment on the proposed
     modification;

(3)  A minimum of twenty (20) day period for public
     comment; and

(4)  Consideration by the Department of all  comments received,
     in its order for modification.

The Department may require the submission of such maps, plans,
specifications, emission information and compliance schedules
as it deems necessary prior to the issuance  of an order for
modification.  It is the intention of the Department that this
subsection shall apply only in those instances allowed by
federal rules and regulations and only in those instances
in which the granting of a variance pursuant to section 1.060
and enforcement of existing permit conditions are manifestly
inappropriate.
                       -195-

-------
        R23-25-15  PREVENTION OF SIGNIFICANT DETERIORATION OF AIR QUALITY

(2.0)    15.100  GENERAL PROVISIONS

(1.0)            15.101   Definitions

                        (1)   The term "best available control  technology,"  as  applied
                             to any affected facility subject to Regulation 23-25-12
                             means any emission control  device or technique which  is
                             capable of limiting emissions to the levels promulgated
                             in Regulation 23-25-12.   Where no standard of  performance
                             has been promulgated for a  source or portion thereof
                             under such regulation,  best available control  technology
                             shall be determined on  a case-by-case basis considering
                             the following:

                             (a)  The process,  fuels, and raw material available and
                                  to be employed in  the  facility involved,

                             (b)  The engineering aspects of the application of
                                  various  types of control  techniques which have
                                  been adequately demonstrated,

                             (c)  Process  and fuel changes,

                             (d)  The respective costs of the application of all such
                                  control  techniques, process changes, alternative
                                  fuels, etc.

                             (e)  Any applicable State and local emission limitations,
                                  and

                             (f)  Locational and siting  considerations.

                        (2)   "Facility" means an identifiable piece of process equip-
                             ment.  A stationary source  is composed of one  or  more
                             pol1utant-emi tti ng faci1i ti es.

                        (3)   The phrases "modification"  or "modified source" mean  any
                             physical change in, or  change in the method of operation
                             of, a stationary source which increases the emission  rate
                             of any pollutant for which  an ambient air quality standard
                             has been promulgated under  these regulations or which
                             results in the emission of  any such pollutant  not pre-
                             viously emitted,  except that:

                             (a)  Routine  maintenance, repair, and replacement shall
                                  not be considered  a physical change, and
                                               -196-

-------
                             (b)   The  following  shall  not  be considered a change in
                                  the  method  of  operation:

                                  (i)   An  increase  in  the  production  rate,  if such
                                       increase  does not exceed  the operating design
                                       capacity  of  the source;

                                 (ii)   An  increase  in  the  hours  of operation.

                        (4)   The  term  "stationary source"  means  any building, structure,
                             facility, or  installation which emits or may emit an air
                             pollutant for which an ambient air  quality standard is
                             in effect.

(17.0)           15.102  Significant Deterioration of Air Quality

                        (1)   Area designation and deterioration  increment:

                             (a)   The  provisions of this regulation do not  apply in
                                  those counties or other  functionally equivalent
                                  areas that  pervasively exceeded any ambient air
                                  quality  standard  during  1974 for sulfur dioxide or
                                  particulate matter and then only with respect to
                                  such pollutants.

                             (b)   For  purposes of this regulation, areas designated as
                                  Class I  or  II  shall  be limited to the following
                                  increases in pollutant concentration occurring since
                                  January  1,  1975:

                                              Area  Designations
                                                           Class  I           Class  II
                                  Pollutant	(ug/m3)	(ug/m3)

                             Particulate matter:
                               Annual  geometric mean           5                10
                               24-hour maximum                10                30
                             Sulfur dioxide:
                               Annual  arithmetic  mean          2                15
                               24-hr maximum                   5               100
                               3-hour maximum                 25               700
                                  Any conflict between an applicable increment and an
                                  applicable ambient air quality standard shall  be
                                  resolved in favor of the more stringent limitation
                                  and the source shall be limited to such more stringent
                                  limitation.
                                              -197-

-------
     (c)   For purposes of this  regulation,  areas  designated
          as Class III shall  be limited  to  concentrations  of
          particulate matter  and sulfur  dioxide no  greater
          than the ambient air  quality standards.

     (d)   The air quality impact of sources granted a  permit
          to construct or modify prior to January 1, 1975
          (pursuant to the approved new  source review  pro-
          cedures in the plan)  but  not yet  operating prior to
          January 1, 1975, shall not be  counted against  the
          air quality increments specified  in subdivision  (b)
          of this division.

     (e)   All areas of the State are hereby designated Class II.

(2)   Review of new sources.

     (a)   The requirements of this  regulation shall  apply  to
          any new or modified stationary source of  the type
          identified below which has not been issued a permit
          to construct or modify prior to June 1, 1975.  Review
          of those sources identified below shall be conducted
          in conjunction with the issuance  of permits  to con-
          struct pursuant to  section 14.200 of these regula-
          tions.  A source which is modified, but does not
          increase the amount of sulfur  oxides or particulate
          matter emitted, or  is modified to utilize an alter-
          native fuel, or higher sulfur  content fuel,  shall
          not be subject to this regulation,

          (i)  Fossil-Fuel Steam Electric Plants  of more than
               1000 million BTU per hour heat input.

         (ii)  Coal Cleaning  Plants.

        (iii)  Kraft Pulp Mills.

         (iv)  Portland Cement  Plants.

          (v)  Primary Zinc Smelters.

         (vi)  Iron and Steel Mills.

        (vii)  Primary Aluminum Ore Reduction Plants.

       (viii)  Primary Copper Smelters.

         (ix)  Municipal Incinerators capable of  charging  more
               than 250 tons  of refuse per  24^hour  day.

          (x)  Sulfuric Acid  Plants.
                      -198-

-------
    (xi)   Petroleum  Refineries.

   (xii)   Lime  Plants.

  (xiii)   Phosphate  Rock  Processing Plants.

   (xiv)   By-Product Coke Oven  Batteries.

    (xv)   Sulfur Recovery Plants.

   (xvi)   Carbon Black  Plants  (furnace process).

  (xvii)   Primary Lead  Smelters.

 (xviii)   Fuel  Conversion Plants.

   (xix)   Ferroalloy production facilities,

    (xx)   Coal  Mines.

   (xxi)   Electric Arc  Furnaces.

(b)  No owner or operator of a  source subject  to  this
     regulation shall be  issued a  permit  to  construct  or
     modify a source subject to this regulation unless
     the  Department  determines  that, on the  basis  of
     information submitted pursuant to subdivision (c)
     of this division:

     (i)   The effect on air quality concentration  of the
          source or  modified source and the  direct and
          indirect emissions growth associated with or
          induced by such source or both, in conjunction
          with the effects of  growth and  reduction in
          emissions  after January  1, 1975, of  other
          sources in the  area  affected by the  proposed
          source, will  not violate the air quality incre-
          ments applicable in  any  other areas. The
          analysis of emissions growth and reduction
          after January 1, 1975, or other sources  in the
          areas affected  by the proposed  source shall
          include all new and  modified sources issued
          permits to construct pursuant to this subdivi-
          sion; reduction in emissions from  existing
          sources which contributed to air quality during
          all or part of  1974;  general commercial, resi-
          dential, industrial,  and other  sources  of
          emissions  growth not exempted by subsection
          15.102(2)(d)  which has occurred since January 1,
          1975; and  the direct and indirect  emissions
                  -199-

-------
          growth associated with or induced  by the
          proposed source or both.

    (ii)   The new or modified source will  meet an
          emission limit, to be specified  by the
          Department as a condition of the permit which
          represents that level  of  emission  reduction
          which would be achieved by the application of
          best available control technology  for particulate
          matter and sulfur dioxide.   If the Department
          determines that technological or economic limi-
          tations on the application of measurement
          methodology to a particular class  of sources
          would make the imposition of an  emission standard
          infeasible, it may instead prescribe a design  or
          equipment standard requiring the application
          of best available control technology.  Such
          standard shall to the greatest degree possible
          set forth the emission reductions  achievable
          by implementation of such design or equipment,
          and shall provide for compliance by means which
          achieve equivalent results,

   (iii)   With respect to modified  sources,  the require-
          ments of subdivision (b)(ii) of  this division
          shall be applicable only  to the  facility or
          facilities from which emissions  are increased.

(c)   In making the determinations required by division
   .  (2)(b)  of this subsection, the Department shall, as
     a minimum, require the owner or operator of the source
     subject to this division to submit:   site information;
     plans,  description, specifications, and drawings
     showing the design of the source; information neces-
     sary to determine the impact that the construction
     or modification will have on sulfur dioxide and
     particulate matter air quality levels;  information
     on the  nature and extent of direct and  indirect
     emissions growth that will  be  associated with or
     induced by the source or both; and any  other  infor-
     mation  necessary to determine  that best available
     control technology will be applied.   Upon request
     of the  Department, the owner or operator of the
     source  shall also provide information on the  nature
     and  extent of general commercial, residential,
     industrial, and other growth which has  occurred
     in the  area affected by the source's  emissions
     (such area to be specified by  the Department) since
     January 1, 1975.  The information required herein
     shall be submitted in conjunction with  subsection
     14.204  of these regulations.
                 -200-

-------
     (d)   Where an owner or operator has  applied  for  per-
          mission to construct or modify  pursuant to  this
          division and the proposed source  would  be located
          in an area which has been proposed  for  redesigna-
          tion to a more stringent class  (or  the  State,  Indian
          Governing Body, or Federal  Land Manager has announced
          such consideration), approval will  not  be granted
          until the Department has acted  on the proposed
          redesignation.

(3)   Reelassification of Areas

     (a)   Reclassification by Petition

          (i)  Filing of Petition

               After twenty percent of the  qualified  electors
               in any county, as determined by the vote  cast
               for the office of Governor at  the  last preceding
               gubernatorial election, shall  petition the
               Department to reclassify any area  within  such
               county to Class I, Class II  or Class  III, the
               Department shall hold a hearing and take  such
               other action as specified  in (5) of this  sub-
               section.  The Department shall reclassify the
               area proposed in the petition  for  reclassifica-
               tion only if such reelassification is  substan-
               tially supported by the hearing record.

       .  (ii)  Contents of Petition

               The petition for petitioning the Department to
               reclassify any area to either  Class I, Class  II
               or Class III as specified  in subsection 15.102
               (l)(b) and (c) shall contain a legal  description
               of the area in which the petition  is  to affect;
               an explanation of the meaning  and  purpose of
               the petition and reclassification; a  statement
               to the effect that those persons signing  the
               petition desire the described  area to  be  reclassi-
               fied to either Class I, Class  II or Class III
               and such statement shall specify which class;
               a list of those persons or person  circulating
               such petition, which persons shall be  designated
               "Committee of Petitioners";  an affidavit  to be
               attached to each petition  and  sworn to under oath
               before a notary public by  the  person  circulating
               each petition attesting to the fact that  he
               circulated such petition and that  each of the
               signatures to such petition  is the genuine  signa-
                      -201-

-------
               ture of the person whose name it purports  to
               be,  and that each such person is a  qualified
               elector in the county in which the  petition was
               circulated; all  petitions'  signatures  shall be
               numbered and dated by month,  day and year, and
               the  name shall be written with residence,
               address and post office address including  the
               county of residence followed  by State  of North
               Dakota.

     (b)   Reclassification upon Department's own Motion

          At such time as the Department may determine, it may
          hold a public hearing and take such other action as
          specified in (4) of this subsection in order to
          reclassify any area of this state  to Class  I, Class
          II or Class III.  The Department shall reclassify
          the area  proposed for reclassification only if  such
          reclassification is substantially  supported by  the
          hearing record.

(4)   Procedures for Reclassification

     The  Department may reclassify any area  of this state to
     either Class I, Class II or Class III pursuant to sub-
     divisions (3)(a) and (b) of this subsection,  provided that:

     (a)   At least  one public hearing is held in or near  the
          area affected and this public hearing is held in
          accordance with the procedures established  in divi-
          sion (5)  of this subsection, and

     (b)   Other states which may be affected by the proposed
          redesignation are notified at least 30 days prior
          to the public hearing, and

     (c)   A discussion of the reasons for  the proposed redesig-
          nation is available for public inspection at least
          30 days prior to the  hearing and the notice announc-
          ing the hearing contains appropriate notification of
          the availability of such discussion, and

     (d)   The proposed redesignation is based on the  record of
          the state's hearing,  which must  reflect  the basis for
          the proposed redesignation, including consideration
          of (i) growth anticipated in the area, Cii) the
          social, environmental  and economic effects  of such
          redesignation and upon other areas and states,  and
          (iii) any impacts of  such proposed redesignation
          upon regional  or national  interest.   Anticipated
                      -202-

-------
          growth shall  include  growth  resulting  both  directly
          and indirectly from proposed development,

     (e)   The Department may reclassify any  federally-owned
          lands within  the state to  Class  I,  Class  II,  or
          Class III,  provided that:   (i) The  redesignation
          is consistent with adjacent  state  and  privately-
          owned land, and (ii)  Such  redesignation  is  proposed
          after consultation with the  Federal  Land  Manager,

(5)   Reclassification Hearings

     (a)   Any hearing required  by division (4) of  this  sub-
          section shall be held only after reasonable notice,
          which shall be considered  to include,  at  least 30
          days prior  to the date of  such hearing(s):

          (i)  Notice given to  the public  by  prominent  adver-
               tisement in the  region  affected announcing  the
               date(s), time(s) and  place(s)  of  such  hearing(s);

         (ii)  Availability of  each  proposed  plan  or  revision
               for public inspection in at least one  location
               in each  region to which it  will apply, and  the
               availability of  each  compliance schedule for
               public inspection in  at least  one location  in
               the region in which the affected  source  is
               located;

        (iii)  Notification to  the Administrator of the
               U.S.E.P.A. (through the appropriate regional
               office);

         (iv)  Notification to  each  local  air pollution control
               agency in each region to which the  plan, schedule,
               or revision will apply; and

          (v)  In the case of an interstate region, notification
               to any other states included,  in  whole or  in
               part,  in the region.

     (b)   The Department shall  prepare and retain  for inspection,
          a record of each hearing.   The record  shall contain,
          as a minimum, a list  of witnesses together with  the
          text of each  presentation.

     (c)   Any hearing held pursuant  to the. provisions of  this
          division shall be held only  for  the purpose of  con-
          sidering such reclassification as has  been  noticed
                       -203-

-------
          under the provisions of division (4), and considera-
          tion of reclassification to other classes not so
          noticed shall  not be allowed.

     (d)  Any hearing held pursuant to these provisions may
          be continued for such purposes and for such periods
          of time as the Department may determine.

(6)   Environmental  Impact Assessment

     Prior to the granting or denial of the petition for
     reclassification, the Department may require any committee
     of petitioners, as  designated pursuant to division (3)
     (a)(ii) of this subsection, to submit a detailed report
     on those matters specified in division (4)(d)  of this
     subsection.
                       -204-

-------
                          R23-25-12
               APPENDIX A - REFERENCE METHODS
The reference methods specified within R23-25-12 are identical  to
those specified in Appendix A, as amended, of Title 40 Code of
Federal Regulations, Part 60 (40 CFR 60).  The methods, adopted
by reference, are as follows:
        Method 1   - Sample and Velocity Traverses for
                     Stationary Sources
        Method 2   - Determination of Stack Gas Velocity and
                     Volumetric Flow Rate (Type S Pi tot Tube)
        Method 3   - Gas Analysis for Carbon Dioxide, Excess
                     Air, and Dry Molecular Weight
        Method 4   - Determination of Moisture in Stack Gases
        Method 5   - Determination of Particulate Emissions
                     from Stationary Sources
        Method 6   - Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Emissions
                     from Stationary Sources
        Method 7   - Determination of Nitrogen Oxide Emissions
                     from Stationary Sources
        Method 8   - Determination of Sulfuric Acid Mist and
                     Sulfur Dioxide Emissions from Stationary Sources
        Method 9   - Visual Determination of the Opacity of
                     Emissions from Stationary Sources
        Method 10  - Determination of Carbon Monoxide Emissions
                     from Stationary Sources
        Method 11  - Determination of Hydrogen Sulfide Emissions
                     from Stationary Sources
        Method 12  - Reserved
        Method 13A - Determination of Total Fluoride Emissions from
                     Stationary Sources-SPADNS Zirconium Lake Method
        Method 13B - Determination of Total Fluoride Emissions from
                     Stationary Sources-Specific Ion Electrode Method
                             -205-

-------
           APPENDIX B - PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
The performance specifications specified within R23-25-12 are
identical   to those specified in Appendix B, as amended, of
Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 60 (40 CFR 60).   The
specifications,adopted by reference, are as follows:

Performance Specification 1 - Performance specifications and
specification test procedures for transmissometer systems for
continuous measurement of the opacity of stack emission.

Performance Specification 2 - Performance specifications and
specification test procedures for monitors of SOg and NOX from
stationary sources.

Performance Specification 3 - Performance specifications and
specification test procedures for monitors of C02 and 02 from
stationary sources.
                           -206-

-------
FEDERALLY PROMULGATED



    REGULATIONS

-------
(10.0)     52.1824  Review of New or Modified  Indirect  Sources

            (b)  Regulation for Review of New or Modified Indirect Sources

                 (1)  All terms used in this paragraph but not specifically defined
                      below shall have the meaning given them in 52.01 of this chapter.

                      (i)     The term "indirect source" means a facility, building,
                              structure, or installation which attracts or may attract
                              mobile source activity that results in emissions of a
                              pollutant for which there is a national standard.  Such
                              indirect sources include, but are not limited to:

                              (a)  Highways and roads.

                              (b)  Parking facilities.

                              (c)  Retail, commercial and industrial facilities.

                              (d)  Recreation, amusement, sports and entertainment
                                   facilities.

                              (e)  Airports.

                              (f)  Office and Government buildings.

                              (g)  Apartment and condominium buildings.

                              (h)  Education facilities.

                      (ii)    The  term "Administrator" means the Administrator of the
                              Environmental Protection Agency or his designated agent.

                      (111)   The  term "associated parking area" means a  parking facil-
                              ity  or facilities owned and/or operated in  conjunction
                              with an indirect source.

                      (iv)    The  term "aircraft operation" means an aircraft take-off
                              or landing.

                      (v)     The  phrase  "to commence construction" means to engage in
                              a continuous program of qn-site construction including
                              site clearance, grading, dredging, or land  filling specif-
                              ically designed for an  indirect source  in preparation for
                              the  fabrication, erection, or installation  of the build-
                              ing  components of the indirect source.  For the purpose
                              of this paragraph, interruptions  resulting  from acts of
                              God,  strikes, litigation, or other matters  beyond the
                              control of  the owner shall be disregarded in determining
                              whether a construction  or modification  program is contin-
                              uous.
                                              -207-

-------
     (vi)     The  phrase  "to  commence  modification"  means  to  engage  in
             a  continuous  program of  on-site  modification, including
             site clearance,  grading,  dredging,  or  land filling  in
             preparation for specific modification  of  the indirect
             source.

     (vii)    The  term "highway  section"  means the development  propo-
             sal  of a highway of substantial  length between  logical
             termini  (major  crossroads,  population  centers,  major
             traffic generators, or similar major highway control ele-
             ments) as normally included in a single location  study or
             multi-year  highway improvement program as set forth in
             23 CFR 770.201  (38 FR 31677).

     (viii)   The  term "highway  project"  means all or a portion of a
             highway section which would result  in  a specific  con-
             struction contract.

     (ix)     The  term "Standard Metropolitan  Statistical  Area  (SMSA)"
             means such  areas as designated by the  U.S. Bureau of the
             Budget in the following  publication:   "Standard Metro-
             politan Statistical Area,"  issued in 1967, with subse-
             quent amendments.

(2)   The requirements of this paragraph  are applicable to the  follow-
     ing:

     (i)     In an SMSA:

             (a)   Any new  parking facility or other new indirect
                  source with an associated parking area, which  has a
                  new parking capacity of 1,000  cars or more;  or

             (b)   Any modified  parking facility, or any modification
                  of an  associated parking area, which increases
                  parking  capacity by 500 cars or more;   or

             (c)   Any new  highway project with an anticipated  average
                  annual daily  traffic volume of 20,000 or more  vehi-
                  cles per day  within ten years  of  construction; or

             (d)   Any modified  highway project which will increase
                  average  annual daily traffic volume  by  10,000  or
                  more vehicles per day  within ten  years  after modifi-
                  cation.

     (ii)     Outside an  SMSA:

             (a)   Any new  parking facility, or other new  indirect
                  source with an associated  parking area, which  has
                  a parking  capacity of  2,000 cars  or more;   or
                            -208-

-------
             (b)  Any modified parking facility, or any modification
                 of an associated parking area, which increases park-
                 ing capacity by 1,000 cars or more.

     (iii)    Any airport, the construction or general modification
             program of which is expected to result in the following
             activity within ten years of construction or modifica-
             tion:

             (a)  New airport:  50,000 or more operations per year by
                 regularly scheduled air carriers, or use by 1,600,000
                 or more passengers per year.

             (b)  Modified airport:  Increase of 50,000 or more opera-
                 tions per year by regularly scheduled air carriers
                 over the existing volume of operations, or increase
                 of 1,600,000 or more passengers per year.

     (iv)     Where  an indirect source is constructed or modified in
             increments which individually are not subject to review
             under  this paragraph, and which are not part of a program
             of construction or modification in planned incremental
             phases approved by the Administrator, all such increments
             commenced after December 31, 1974, or after the latest
             approval hereunder, whichever date is most recent, shall
             be added together for determining the applicability of
             this paragraph.

(3)   No owner or operator of an indirect source subject to this para-
     graph shall commence construction or modification of such source
     after December 31, 1974, without first obtaining approval from
     the Administrator.  Application for approval to construct or mod-
     ify shall  be by means prescribed by the Administrator, and shall
     include a copy of any draft or final environmental impact state-
     ment which has been prepared pursuant to the National Environmen-
     tal Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321).   If not included in such environ-
     mental impact  statement, the Administrator may  request the follow-
     ing information:

     (1)     For all  indirect sources subject to this paragraph, other
             than highway projects:

             (a) The name and address of the applicant.

             (b) A map showing the location of the  site of indirect
                 source and the  topography of the area.

             (c) A description of the  proposed use  of the site,  in-
                 cluding the normal hours of operation of the facil-
                  ity, and the general types of activities to be op-
                 erated therein.
                            -209-

-------
        (d)  A  site  plan  showing  the location of associated
            parking areas, points of motor vehicle ingress and
            egress  to and from the site and its associated
            parking areas, and the location and height of
            buildings on the  site.

        (e)  An identification of the principal roads, highways,
            and intersections that will be used by motor vehi-
            cles moving  to or from the indirect source.

        (f)  An estimate, as of the first year after  the date
            the indirect source  will be substantially complete
            and operational,  of  the average daily traffic vol-
            umes, maximum traffic volumes for one-hour and
            eight-hour periods,  and vehicle capacities of the
            principal roads,  highways, and intersections iden-
            tified  pursuant to subdivision (i) (e) of this sub-
            paragraph located within one-fourth mile of all
            boundaries of the site.

        (g)  Availability of existing and projected mass transit
            to service the site.

        (h)  Where approval is sought for indirect sources to be
            constructed  in incremental phases, the information
            required by  this  subparagraph (3) shall  be submitted
            for each phase of the construction project.

        (i)  Any additional information or documentation that the
            Administrator deems  necessary to determine the air
            quality impact of the indirect source, including the
            submission of measured air quality data  at the pro-
            posed site prior  to  construction or modification.
(ii)     For airports:
        (a)   An estimate of the  average number and  maximum number
             of aircraft operations  per day by type of aircraft
             during the first, fifth and tenth years after the
             date of expected completion.

        (b)   A description of the commercial,  industrial,  resi-
             dential and other development that the applicant
             expects will occur  within  three miles  of the  perim-
             eter of the airport within the first five and the
             first ten years after the  date of expected comple-
             tion.

        (c)   Expected passenger  loadings at the airport.

        (d)   The information required under subdivisions  (i)  (a)
             through (i) of this subparagraph.
                       -210-

-------
     (iii)   For highway projects:

            (a)  A description of the average and maximum traffic
                 volumes for one, eight, and 24-hour time periods
                 expected within 10 years of date of expected comple-
                 tion.

            (b)  An estimate of vehicle speeds for average and maxi-
                 mum traffic volume conditions and the vehicle capac-
                 ity of the highway project.

            (c)  A map showing the location of the highway project,
                 including the location of buildings along the right-
                 of-way .

            (d)  A description of the general features of the high-
                 way project and associated right-of-way, including
                 the approximate height of buildings adjacent to the
                 highway.

            (e)  Any additional  information or documentation that the
                 Administrator deems necessary to determine the air
                 quality  impact  of the indirect  source,  including the
                 submission of measured air quality data at the pro-
                 posed site prior to construction or modification.

     (iv)    For  indirect  sources other than airports and those high-
            way  projects  subject to the provisions of paragraph  (b)
            (6)  (iii) of  this section, the air quality monitoring re-
            quirements of paragraph  (b) (3)  (i)  (i) of this section
            shall  be limited to  carbon monoxide, and shall be con-
            ducted for a  peripd  of not more than 14 days.

(4)   (i)     For  indirect  sources other than highway projects and air-
            ports, the Administrator shall not approve an application
            to construct  or modify  if he  determines that the indirect
            source will:

             (a)   Cause a  violation of the control strategy of any
                  applicable state  implementation plan;   or

             (b)   Cause or exacerbate a  violation of the  national stan-
                  dards  for carbon monoxide in any  region or  portion
                  thereof.

     (ii)    The  Administrator  shall  make  the  determination pursuant
            to paragraph  (b)  (4)  (i)  (b)  of this section by  evaluat-
             ing  the  anticipated  concentration of carbon  monoxide at
             reasonable  receptor  or  exposure  sites which  will be  af-
             fected by  the mobile source activity expected  to be  at-
             tracted  by  the indirect  source.   Such  determination  may
             be made  by  using  traffic  flow characteristic guidelines
                             -211-

-------
             published by the Environmental  Protection  Agency which
             relate traffic demand and  capacity considerations to am-
             bient carbon monoxide impact,  by use of appropriate at-
             mospheric diffusion models (examples of which  are refer-
             enced in Appendix 0 to Part 51  of this  chapter), and/or
             by any other reliable analytic method.   The applicant
             may (but need not) submit  with his application,  the re-
             sults of an appropriate diffusion model  and/or any other
             reliable analytic method,  along with the technical  data
             and information supporting such results.  Any  such results
             and supporting data submitted  by the applicant shall be
             considered by the Administrator in making  his  determina-
             tion pursuant to paragraph (b)  (4) (i)  (b) of  this sec-
             tion.

(5)   (i)      For airports subject to this paragraph, the Administrator
             shall base his decision on the approval  or disapproval of
             an application on the considerations to be published as
             an Appendix to this Part.

     (ii)     For highway projects and parking facilities specified
             under paragraph (b) (2) of this section which  are assoc-
             iated with airports, the requirements and  procedures
             specified in paragraphs (b) (4) and (6) (i) and  (ii) of
             this section shall be met.

(.6)   (i)      For all highway projects subject to this paragraph, the
             Administrator shall not approve an application to con-
             struct or modify if he determines that the indirect source
             will:

             (a)  Cause a violation of the control strategy of any ap-
                  plicable state implementation plan;  or

             (b)  Cause or exacerbate a violation of the national stan-
                  dards for carbon monoxide in any region or  portion
                  thereof.

     (ii)     The determination pursuant to paragraph (b) (6)  (i) (b)
             of this section shall be made by evaluating the  anticipa-
             ted concentration of carbon monoxide at reasonable  re-
             ceptor or exposure sites which will be affected  by the
             mobile source activity expected on the highway for the ten
             year period following the expected date of completion ac-
             cording to the procedures specified in paragraph (b) (4)
             (ii) of this section.

     (iii)   For new highway projects subject to this paragraph with
             an anticipated average daily traffic volume of 50,000 or
             more vehicles within ten years of construction,  or mod-
             ifications to highway projects subject to this paragraph
             which will increase average daily traffic volume by 25,000
                             -212-

-------
             or more  vehicles within  ten years  after modification,  the
             Administrator's decision on the  approval or disapproval
             of an  application  shall  be based on  the considerations  to
             be published as an Appendix to this  Part in addition to
             the requirements of paragraph  (b)  (6)  (i)  of  this  section.

(7)   The determination of the air quality  impact  of a proposed  indi-
     rect source "at  reasonable receptor or exposure sites", shall mean
     such locations where people might reasonably be exposed for time
     periods consistent with the national  ambient air quality standards
     for the pollutants specified for analysis  pursuant to this para-
     graph .

(8)   (i)     Within 20 days after receipt  of  an application or  addition
             thereto, the Administrator shall advise the owner  or opera-
             tor of any deficiency in the  information submitted in  sup-
             port of the application.  In  the event of  such a defi-
             ciency,  the date of receipt of the application for the
             purpose  of paragraph (b) (8)  (ii)  of this  section  shall
             be the date on which all required  information is received
             by the Administrator.

     (ii)    Within 30 days after receipt  of  a  complete application,
             the Administrator  shall:

             (a)  Make a preliminary determination whether the  indirect
                  source should be approved,  approved with conditions
                  in accordance with paragraphs (b) (9) or (10) of  this
                  section, or  disapproved.

             (b)  Make available in at least  one  location  in  each  re-
                  gion in which the proposed  indirect  source  would  be
                  constructed,  a copy of  all  materials  submitted by the
                  owner or operator, a copy of the Administrator's
                  preliminary  determination,  and  a copy or summary  of
                  other materials, if any, considered  by  the  Adminis-
                  trator in making his preliminary determination;   and

             (c)  Notify the public, by prominent advertisement in  a
                  newspaper of general circulation in  each region  in
                  which the proposed indirect source would be con-
                  structed, of the opportunity for written public  com-
                  ment on the  information  submitted by the owner or
                  operator and the Administrator's preliminary  deter-
                  mination on  the approvability of the indirect source.

     (iii)   A copy of the notice required pursuant to this subpara-
             graph shall be sent to the applicant and to  officials
             and agencies having cognizance over the  location where
             the indirect source will be situated, as  follows:   State
             and local air pollution control  agencies,  the chief exec-
             utive of the city and county;  any comprehensive regional
                            -213-

-------
             land use  planning agency;   and  for highways, any  local
             board or  committee charged  with responsibility  for  activ-
             ities in  the  conduct  of the urban  transportation  planning
             process  (3-C  process)  pursuant  to  23 U.S.C. 134.

     (iv)     Public comments  submitted in writing within 30  days after
             the  date  such information is made  available shall be con-
             sidered by the Administrator in making  his final  decision
             on the application.   No later than 10 days after  the close
             of the public comment period, the  applicant may submit a
             written response to any comments submitted by the public.
             The  Administrator shall  consider the applicant's  response
             in making his final decision.   All  comments shall be made
             available for public  inspection in at least one location
             in the region in which the  indirect source would  be lo-
             cated.

     (v)      The  Administrator shall  take final  action on an applica-
             tion within 30 days after the close of  the public comment
             period.   The  Administrator  shall notify the applicant in
             writing of his approval, conditional approval,  or denial
             of the application, and shall set  forth his reasons for
             conditional approval  or denial. Such notification  shall
             be made available for public inspection in at least one
             location  in the  region in which the indirect source would
             be located.

     (vi)     The  Administrator may extend each  of the time periods
             specified in  paragraphs (b) (8) (ii), (iv), or  (v)  of
             this section  by  no more than 30 days, or such other peri-
             od as agreed  to  by the applicant and the Administrator.

(9)   (i)      Whenever  an indirect  source as  proposed by an owner or
             operator's application would not be permitted to  be con-
             structed  for  failure  to meet the tests  set forth  pursuant
             to paragraphs (b) (4) (i),  (b)  (5) (1), or (b)  (6)  (i)
             and  (iii) of  this section,  the  Administrator may  impose
             reasonable conditions on an approval related to the air
             quality aspects  of the proposed indirect source so  that
             such source,  if  constructed or  modified in accordance
             with such' conditions, could meet the tests set  forth
             pursuant  to paragraphs (b)  (4)  (i), (b) (5)  (i),  or (b)
             (6)  (i) and (111) of  this section. Such conditions may
             include,  but  not be limited to:

             (a)   Binding  commitments to roadway improvements  or ad-
                  ditional mass transit  facilities to serve  the  in-
                  direct source secured  by the  owner or operator from
                  governmental agencies  having  jurisdiction  thereof;

             (b)   Binding  commitments by the owner or operator to
                  specific programs for  mass transit incentives  for
                  employees and patrons  of the  source;  and
                             -214-

-------
              (c)   Binding  commitments by  the owner or operator to con-
                   struct,  modify, or operate the  indirect source in
                   such  a manner  as  may  be necessary  to achieve the
                   traffic  flow characteristics  published by the Envi-
                   ronmental  Protection  Agency pursuant to paragraph
                   (b)  (4)  (ii) of this  section.

      (ii)     The  Administrator may  specify that any  items of  informa-
              tion provided in an application for  approval related to
              the  operation of an indirect source  which may affect the
              source's  air  quality impact  shall  be considered  permit
              conditions.

(10)   Notwithstanding the provisions relating to modified indirect
      sources  contained in  paragraph (b) (2) of  this  section,  the Ad-
      ministrator  may condition any  approval by  reducing the extent to
      which the indirect source may  be  further modified without resub-
      mission  for  approval  under  this paragraph.

(11)   Any owner or operator who fails to construct an indirect source
      in accordance with the application as approved  by the Administra-
      tor;  any owner or operator who fails to construct and operate an
      indirect source in accordance  with conditions  imposed by the Ad-
      ministrator  under paragraph (b)  (9)  of this  section;  any owner
      or operator  who modifies an indirect source  in  violation of con-
      ditions  imposed by the Administrator under paragraph  (b) (10) of
      this section;  or any owner or operator of an  indirect source
      subject  to this paragraph who  commences construction or  modifi-
      cation thereof after  December  31,  1974, without applying for and
      receiving approval hereunder,  shall  be subject  to the penalties
      specified under section 113 of the Act and shall be considered  in
      violation of an emission standard or limitation under section  304
      of the Act.   Subsequent modification to an approved indirect
      source may be made without  applying for permission  pursuant to
      this paragraph only where  such modification  would not violate  any
      condition imposed pursuant  to  paragraphs  (b) (9)  and  (10) of  this
      section  and  would not be subject  to the modification criteria  set
      forth in paragraph (b) (2)  of  this section.

(12)   Approval to  construct or modify shall become invalid  if  construc-
      tion or modification  is not commenced within 24 months after  re-
      ceipt of such approval.  The Administrator may extend  such  time
      period upon  satisfactory showing  that an  extension  is justified.
      The applicant may apply for such  an extension  at the  time of  ini-
      tial application or at any  time thereafter.

(13)   Approval to  construct or modify shall not relieve  any  owner or
      operator of the responsibility to comply  with  the control  strategy
      and all  local, State and Federal  regulations which  are  part of the
      applicable State implementation plan.
                              -215-

-------
(14)   Where the Administrator delegates the responsibility for imple-
      menting the procedures for conducting indirect source review pur-
      suant to this paragraph to any agency, other than a regional  of-
      fice of the Environmental  Protection Agency, the following pro-
      visions shall apply:

      (i)      Where the agency designated is not an air pollution
              control  agency, such agency shall  consult the appropri-
              ate State or local air pollution control agency prior to
              making any determination required by paragraphs (b) (4),
              (5), or (6) of this section.  Similarly, where the agency
              designated does not have continuing responsibilities for
              land use planning, such agency shall consult with the
              appropriate State or local  land use and transportation
              planning agency prior to making any determination re-
              quired by paragraph (b) (9) of this section.

      (ii)    The Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency
              shall conduct the indirect source review pursuant to
              this paragraph for any indirect source owned or operated
              by the United States Government.

      (iii)   A copy of the notice required pursuant to paragraph (b)
              (8) (ii) (c)  of this section shall be sent to the Admin-
              istrator through the appropriate Regional Office.

(15)   In any area in which a "management of parking supply" regulation
      which has been promulgated by the Administrator is in effect, in-
      direct sources which are subject to review under the terms of such
      a regulation shall not be required to seek review under this para-
      graph but instead shall be required to seek review pursuant to
      such management of parking supply regulation.  For purposes of
      this paragraph, a "management of parking supply" regulation shall
      be any regulation promulgated by the Administrator as part of a
      transportation control plan pursuant to the Clean Air Act which
      requires that any new or modified facility containing a given num-
      ber of parking spaces shall receive a permit or other prior approv-
      al,  issuance of which is to be conditioned on air quality consid-
      erations.

(16)   Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions to the contrary,
      the operation of this paragraph is hereby suspended pending fur-
      ther notice.  No facility which commences construction prior to
      the expiration of the sixth month after the operation of this para-
      graph is reinstated (as to that type of facility) shall be subject
      to this paragraph.

      (37 FR 10846, May 31, 1972 as amended at 40 FR 28065, July 3,
       1975;  40 FR 40160, Sept. 2, 1975)
                              -216-

-------
(17.0)   52.1829   Prevention  of Significant Deterioration

           (b)  Definitions.  For the purposes of this section:

                (1)  "Facility" means an identifiable piece of process equipment.  A
                     stationary source is composed of one or more pollutant-emitting
                     facilities.

                (2)  The phrase "Administrator" means the Administrator of the Envi-
                     ronmental Protection Agency or his designated representative.

                (3)  The phrase "Federal Land Manager" means the head, or his desig-
                     nated representative, of any Department or Agency of the Fed-
                     eral Government which administers federally-owned land, includ-
                     ing public domain lands.

                (4)  The phrase "Indian Reservation" means any federally-recognized
                     reservation established by Treaty, Agreement, Executive Order,
                     or Act of Congress.

                (5)  The phrase "Indian Governing Body" means the governing body of
                     any tribe, band, or group of Indians subject to the jurisdiction
                     of the United States and recognized by the United States as pos-
                     sessing  power of self-government.

                (6)  "Construction" means fabrication, erection or installation of a
                     stationary source.

                (7)  "Commenced" means that an owner or operator has undertaken a
                     continuous program of construction or modification or that an
                     owner or operator has entered into a contractual obligation to
                     undertake and complete, within a reasonable time, a continuous
                     program  of construction or modification.

            (c)  Area designation and deterioration increment

                (1)  The provisions of this paragraph have been incorporated by ref-
                     erence  into the applicable implementation plans for various
                     States,  as provided in Subparts B through ODD of this part.  Where
                     this paragraph is so  incorporated, the provisions shall also be
                     applicable to all lands owned by the Federal Government and  In-
                     dian Reservations located in such State.  The provisions of this
                     paragraph do not apply in those counties or other functionally
                     equivalent areas that  pervasively exceeded any national ambient
                     air quality standards  during 1974 for sulfur dioxide or particu-
                     late matter and then  only with respect to such pollutants.
                     States may notify the  Administrator at any time of those areas
                     which exceeded the national standards during 1974 and therefore
                     are exempt from the requirements of this  paragraph.
                                              -217-

-------
(2)   (i)      For purposes of this  paragraph,  areas  designated  as  Class
             I  or II  shall  be limited to  the  following increases  in
             pollutant concentration occurring since January 1, 1975:

             	Area Designations	

                  Pollutant                      Class I       Class  II
                                                 (ug/m3)       (ug/m3)


             Particulate matter:
               Annual geometric mean 	        5             10
               24-hr  maximum	       10             30

             Sulfur dioxide:
               Annual arithmetic mean 	        2             15
               24-hr  maximum	        5           100
                3-hr  maximum	       25           700
     (ii)    For purposes of this paragraph,  areas  designated as  Class
             III shall  be limited to concentrations~of"particulate
             matter and sulfur dioxide no greater than the national
             ambient air quality standards.

     (iii)   The air quality impact of sources granted approval  to
             construct or modify prior to January 1, 1975 (pursuant to
             the approved new source review procedures in the plan)
             but not yet operating prior to January 1, 1975,  shall not
             be counted against the air quality increments specified
             in paragraph (c) (2) (i) of this section.

(3)  (1)     All areas are designated Class II as of the effective
             date of this paragraph.  Redesignatton may be proposed by
             the respective States, Federal  Land Manager, or Indian
             Governing Bodies, as provided below, subject to approval
             by the Administrator.

     (ii)    The State may submit to the Administrator a proposal to
             redesignate areas of the State Class I, Class II, or
             Class III, provided that:

             (a)  At least one public hearing is held in or near the
                  area affected and this public hearing is held in
                  accordance with procedures established in 51.4 of
                  this chapter, and

             (b)  Other States, Indian Governing Bodies, and Federal
                  Land Managers whose lands may be affected by the
                  proposed redesignation are notified at least 30 days
                  prior to the public hearing, and
                             -218-

-------
        (c)  A  discussion of the  reasons  for the proposed redes-
            ignation  is available for public  inspection at least
            30 days prior to  the hearing and  the notice announc-
            ing the hearing contains appropriate notification of
            the availability  of  such discussion, and

        (d)  The proposed redesignation  is based on the record of
            the State's hearing, which  must reflect the basis
            for the proposed  redesignation, including consider-
            ation  of  (1)  growth anticipated  in the area,  (2)
            the social, environmental,  and economic effects  of
            such redesignation upon the area  being proposed  for
            redesignation and upon other areas and States, and
            (3) any  impacts  of  such proposed redesignation  upon
            regional  or national interests.

        (e)  The redesignation is proposed after consultation
            with the  elected  leadership of local and other sub-
            state  general purpose governments in the area cov-
            ered by the proposed redesignation.

(iii)    Except  as provided in  paragraph  (c) (3)  (iv) of this
        section, a  State in which lands  owned  by the Federal  Gov-
        ernment are located may submit to the  Administrator a
        proposal to redesignate such lands Class I, Class  II, or
        Class  III in accordance with subdivision  (ii) of  this
        subparagraph provided  that:

        (a)  The redesignation is consistent with adjacent State
            and privately owned  land, and

        (b)  Such redesignation  is proposed after consultation
            with the  Federal  Land Manager.

(iv)    Notwithstanding subdivision  (iii) of  this subparagraph,
        the  Federal Land Manager  may submit to the  Administrator
        a proposal  to  redesignate any  Federal  lands to  a  more
        restrictive designation  than would otherwise be applic-
        able provided  that:

        (a)   The Federal  Land  Manager  follows  procedures  equiv-
             alent  to  those  required of  States under  paragraph
             (c) (3)  (ii)  and,

        (b)   Such redesignation  is  proposed after  consultation
            with the  State(s) in which  the  Federal  Land  is  lo-
             cated  or  which  border  the  Federal Land.

(v)     Nothing in  this section  is  intended to convey  authority
        to the States  over Indian Reservations where  States  have
        not assumed such authority  under other laws nor is  it
        intended to deny jurisdiction  which States  have assumed
                        -219-

-------
        under other laws.   Where a State has  not assumed juris-
        diction over an Indian  Reservation the appropriate In-
        dian Governing Body may submit to the Administrator a
        proposal  to redesignate areas Class I, Class  II, or
        Class III,  provided that:

        (a)   The Indian Governing  Body follows procedures equiv-
             alent  to those required of States under  paragraph
             (c)  (3) (ii)  and,

        (b)   Such redesignation is proposed after consultation
             with the State(s)  in  which the Indian Reservation
             is located or which border the Indian Reservation
             and, for those lands  held in trust, with the approv-
             al of  the Secretary of the Interior.

(vi)     The  Administrator  shall approve, within 90 days, any re-
        designation proposed pursuant to this subparagraph as
        follows:

        (a)   Any redesignation  proposed pursuant to subdivisions
             (ii) and (iii) of  this subparagraph shall  be approv-
             ed unless the Administrator determines (1)  that the
             requirements  of subdivisions (ii) and (iii) of this
             subparagraph  have  not been complied with,  (2)  that
             the State has arbitrarily and capriciously disre-
             garded relevant considerations set forth in sub-
             paragraph (3) (ii) (d) of this paragraph,  or (3)
             that the State has not requested and received dele-
             gation of responsibility for carrying out the new
             source review requirements of paragraphs (d) and (e)
             of this section.

        (b)   Any redesignation  proposed pursuant to subdivision
             (iv) of this  subparagraph shall  be approved unless
             he determines (1)   that the requirements of subdivi-
             sion (iv) of  this  subparagraph have not  been complied
             with,  or (2)   that the Federal Land Manager has arbi-
             trarily and capriciously disregarded relevant con-
             siderations set forth in subparagraph (3)  (ii) (d) of
             this paragraph.

        (c)   Any redesignation  submitted pursuant to  subdivision
             (v) of this subparagraph shall be approved unless he
             determines (1)  that the requirements of subdivision
             (v) of this subparagraph have not been complied with,
             or (2)  that  the Indian Governing Body has arbitrar-
             ily and capriciously disregarded relevant consider-
             ations set forth in subparagraph (3) (ii)  (d) of this
             paragraph.
                        -220-

-------
                  (d)  Any redesignation proposed pursuant to this para-
                      graph shall be approved only after the Administrator
                      has solicited written comments from affected Federal
                      agencies and Indian Governing Bodies and from the
                      public on the proposal.

                  (e)  Any proposed redesignation protested to the propos-
                      ing State,  Indian Governing Body, or Federal Land
                      Manager and to the Administrator by another State or
                      Indian Governing Body because of the effects upon
                      such protesting State or  Indian Reservation shall be
                      approved by the Administrator only if he determines
                      that in his judgment the  redesignation appropriately
                      balances considerations of growth anticipated in the
                      area proposed to be redesignated;  the social, envi-
                      ronmental and economic effects of such redesignation
                      upon the area being redesignated and upon other areas
                      and States; and any impacts upon regional or nation-
                      al interests.

                  (f)  The requirements of paragraph  (c) (3) (vi)  (a) (3)
                      that a State request and  receive delegation of the
                      new source  review requirements of this section as a
                      condition to approval of  a proposed redesignation,
                      shall  include as a minimum receiving the administra-
                      tive and technical functions of the new source re-
                      view.  The  Administrator  will  carry out any required
                      enforcement action in cases where the State does not
                      have adequate legal authority  to initiate such ac-
                      tions.  The Administrator may  waive the requirements
                      of paragraph  (c)  (3)  (vi)  (a)  (3) if the State Attor-
                      ney-General has determined that the State cannot ac-
                      cept delegation of the administrative/technical func-
                      tions.

          (vii)    If the Administrator disapproves any proposed area desig-
                  nation under this  subparagraph, the State, Federal Land
                  Manager or  Indian Governing Body, as appropriate, may re-
                  submit the  proposal after correcting the deficiencies
                  noted  by the Administrator or  reconsidering any  area des-
                  ignation determined by the Administrator to be arbitrary
                  and capricious.

(d)  Review of new sources

     (1)  The provisions of  this  paragraph have  been  incorporated  by refer-
          ence into the  applicable implementation plans  for  various  States,
          as provided in Subparts  B  through  ODD  of this  part.  Where this
          paragraph is so incorporated,  the  requirements of  this  paragraph
          apply to any new or modified stationary source of  the  type iden-
          tified below which  has  not commenced  construction  or modification
          prior to June  1,  1975  except as specifically  provided  below.  A
                                 .-221-

-------
    source which is modified, but does not increase the amount of
    sulfur oxides or particulate matter emitted, or is modified to
    utilize an alternative fuel, or higher sulfur content fuel, shall
    not be subject to this paragraph.
    (i)     Fossil-Fuel Steam Electric Plants of more than 1000 mil-
            lion B.T.U. per hour heat input.
    (ii)    Coal Cleaning Plants.
    (iii)   Kraft Pulp Mills.
    (iv)    Portland Cement Plants.
    (v)     Primary Zinc Smelters.
    (vi)    Iron and Steel Mills.
    (vii)   Primary Aluminum Ore Reduction Plants.
    (viii)  Primary Copper Smelters.
    (ix)    Municipal Incinerators capable of charging more than 250
            tons of refuse per  24 hour day.
    (x)     Sulfuric Acid Plants.
    (xi)    Petroleum Refineries.
    (xii)   Lime Plants.
    (xiii)  Phosphate Rock Processing Plants.
    (xiv)   By-Product Coke Oven Batteries.
    (xv)    Sulfur Recovery Plants.
    (xvi)   Carbon Black Plants (furnace  process).
    (xvii)  Primary Lead Smelters.
    (xvlii) Fuel Conversion Plants.
    (xix)   Ferroalloy production facilities commencing construction
            after October 5, 1975.
(2)  No owner  or  operator shall  commence  construction  or modification
    of a  source  subject to this paragraph unless  the  Administrator  de-
    termines  that, on the basis of  information  submitted  pursuant to
    subparagraph  (3) of this paragraph:
                            -222-

-------
     (i)     The effect on air quality concentration of the source or
            modified source, in conjunction with the effects of growth
            and reduction in emissions after January 1, 1975, of other
            sources in the area affected by the proposed source, will
            not violate the air quality increments applicable in the
            area where the source will be located nor the air quality
            increments applicable in any other areas.  The analysis of
            emissions growth and reduction after January 1, 1975, of
            other sources in the areas affected by the proposed source
            shall include all new and modified sources granted approv-
            al to construct pursuant to this paragraph;  reduction in
            emissions from existing sources which contributed to air
            quality during all or part of 1974;  and general commer-
            cial, residential, industrial, and other sources of emis-
            sions growth not exempted by paragraph (c) (2) (111) of
            this section which has occurred since January 1, 1975.

     (ii)    The new or modified source will meet an emission limit,
            to be specified by the Administrator as a condition to
            approval, which represents that level of emission reduc-
            tion which would be achieved by the application of best
            available control technology, as defined in 52.01 (f),
            for particulate matter and sulfur dioxide.  If the Admin-
            istrator determines that technological or economic limi-
            tations on the application of measurement methodology to
            a particular class of sources would make the imposition
            of an emission standard infeasible, he may instead pre-
            scribe a design or equipment standard requiring the appli-
            cation of best available control technology.  Such standard
            shall to the degree possible set forth the emission re-
            ductions achievable by implementation of such design or
            equipment, and shall provide for compliance by means which
            achieve equivalent results.

     (iii)   With  respect to modified sources, the requirements of sub-
            paragraph  (2)  (ii) of this paragraph shall be applicable
            only  to the facility or facilities from which emissions
            are  increased.

(3)   In making the determinations required by paragraph (d)  (2) of this
     section,  the  Administrator shall, as a minimum, require the owner
     or operator of the source subject to this paragraph to submit:
     site information,  plans, description, specifications, and drawings
     showing the  design of  the source;  information necessary to de-
     termine the  impact that the construction or modification will have
     on sulfur dioxide  and  particulate matter air quality levels;  and
     any other information  necessary to determine that best available
     control technology will be applied.  Upon request of the Adminis-
     trator, the  owner  or operator of the source shall provide informa-
     tion on the  nature and extent of general commercial, residential,
     industrial,  and other  growth which has occurred  in the area af-
     fected by the source's emissions  (such area to be specified by  the
                            -223-

-------
          Administrator)  since  January  1,  1975.

     (4)   (i)      Where a new or  modified  source  is  located on  Federal
                  Lands,  such source  shall  be  subject  to  the  procedures
                  set  forth  in  paragraphs  (d)  and (e)  of  this section.
                  Such procedures shall  be in  addition to applicable  pro-
                  cedures conducted by  the Federal Land Manager for admin-
                  istration  and protection of  the affected Federal  Lands.
                  Where feasible, the Administrator  will  coordinate his
                  review  and hearings with the Federal  Land Manager to
                  avoid duplicate administrative  procedures.

          (ii)     New  or  modified sources  which are  located on  Indian
                  Reservations  shall  be subject to procedures set  forth  in
                  paragraphs (d)  and  (e) of this  section. Such procedures
                  shall be administered by the Administrator  in cooperation
                  with the Secretary  of the Interior with respect  to  lands
                  over which the  State  has not assumed jurisdiction under
                  other laws.

          (iii)    Whenever any  new or modified source  is  subject to action
                  by a Federal  Agency which might necessitate preparation
                  of an environmental impact statement pursuant to the
                  National Environmental Policy Act  (42 U.S.C.  4321), re-
                  view by the Administrator conducted  pursuant  to  this
                  paragraph  shall be  coordinated  with  the broad environmen-
                  tal  reviews under that Act,  to  the maximum  extent feas-
                  ible and reasonable.

     (5)   Where  an owner  or  operator  has applied  for permission to con-
          struct or modify pursuant to  this paragraph  and the proposed
          source would be located in  an area which has been proposed  for
          redesignation to a more stringent class (or  the State, Indian
          Governing Body, or Federal  Land  Manager has  announced such  con-
          sideration), approval shall not  be granted until the  Administra-
          tor has acted on the  proposed redesignation.

(e)   Procedures  for public participation

     (1)   (i)      Within  20  days  after  receipt of an application to con-
                  struct, or any  addition  to such application,  the Admin-
                  istrator shall  advise the owner or operator of any  de-
                  ficiency in the information  submitted in support of the
                  application.   In the  event of such a deficiency, the  date
                  of receipt of the application for  the purpose of para-
                  graph  (e)  (1) (ii)  of this section shall be the  date  on
                  which all  required  information  is  received  by the Admin-
                  istrator.

          (ii)     Within  30  days  after  receipt of a  complete  application,
                  the  Administrator shall:
                                -224-

-------
        (a)  Make  a  preliminary determination whether the source
            should  be  approved, approved with conditions, or dis-
            approved.

        (b)  Make  available  in at  least one  location in each re-
            gion  in which the proposed source would be construct-
            ed, a copy of all materials submitted by the owner or
            operator,  a copy of the Administrator's preliminary
            determination and a copy  or summary of other materi-
            als,  if any, considered by the  Administrator in mak-
            ing his preliminary determination;  and

        (c)  Notify  the public, by prominent advertisement in
            newspaper  of general  circulation in each region in
            which the  proposed source would be constructed, of
            the opportunity for written public comment on the in-
            formation  submitted by the owner or operator and the
            Administrator's preliminary determination on the ap-
            provability of  the source.

(iii)    A copy of  the notice required  pursuant to this subpara-
        graph  shall  be  sent  to the applicant and to officials and
        agencies having cognizance over the  locations where the
        source will  be  situated as follows:  State and local air
        pollution  control agencies, the chief executive of the
        city and county; any comprehensive  regional land use plan-
        ning agency; and any State, Federal Land Manager or  In-
        dian Governing  Body  whose  lands will be significantly af-
        fected by  the source's emissions.

(iv)    Public comments submitted  in writing within 30 days after
        the date such  information  is made  available shall be  con-
        sidered by the  Administrator in making his  final decision
        on the application.  No later  than 10 days  after the
        close  of the public  comment period,  the applicant may sub-
        mit a  written  response to  any  comments submitted by the
        public. The Administrator shall consider the applicant's
        response  in  making  his  final decision.  All comments  shall
        be made available for public'inspection in  at least one
        location  in  the region  in  which the  source  would be located.

(v)     The Administrator shall take final action on an applica-
        tion within  30  days  after the  close  of the  public comment
        period.  The Administrator shall notify the applicant in
        writing of his  approval,  conditional approval, or denial
        of the application,  and shall  set  forth his reasons for
        conditional  approval or denial.  Such notification  shall
        be made available for  public  inspection  in  at least one
        location  in  the region  in  which the  source  would be lo-
        cated.
                       -225-

-------
          (vi)     The Administrator may extend each  of the time periods
                  specified in paragraph (e)  (1)  (ii), (iv),  or (v)  of this
                  section by no more than 30  days  or such  other period as
>                  agreed to by the applicant  and  the Administrator.

     (2)   Any owner or operator who constructs, modifies,  or  operates  a
          stationary source not in accordance with the application,  as ap-
          proved and conditioned by the Administrator, or  any owner  or op-
          erator of a stationary source subject to this paragraph  who  com-
          mences construction or modification after  June 1, 1975,  without
          applying for and receiving approval hereunder, shall  be  subject
          to enforcement action under section 113 of the Act.

     (3)   Approval to construct or modify shall become invalid if  construc-
          tion or expansion is not commenced  within  18 months after  receipt
          of such approval or if construction is  discontinued for  a  period
          of 18 months or more.  The Administrator may extend such time pe-
          riod upon a satisfactory showing that an extension is justified.

     (4)   Approval to construct or modify shall not relieve any owner  or
          operator of the responsibility to comply with the control  strat-
          egy and all local, State, and Federal regulations which  are  part
          of the applicable State Implementation  Plan.

(f)  Delegation of authority

     (1)   The Administrator shall have the authority to delegate responsi-
          bility for implementing the procedures  for conducting source re-
          view pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e), in accordance with  sub-
          paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) of this paragraph.

     (2)   Where the Administrator delegates the responsibility for imple-
          menting the procedures for conducting source review pursuant to
          this section to any Agency, other than  a regional office of  the
          Environmental Protection Agency, the following provisions  shall
          apply:

          (i)     Where the agency designated is  not an air pollution  con-
                  trol agency, such agency shall  consult with the  appropri-
                  ate State and local air pollution control agency prior to
                  making any determination required by paragraph (d) of
                  this section.  Similarly, where the agency designated
                  does not have continuing responsibilities for managing
                  land use, such agency shall consult with the appropriate
                  State and local agency which is primarily responsible for
                  managing land use prior to making any determination  re-
                  quired by paragraph (d) of this section.

          (ii)    A copy of the notice pursuant to paragraph (e) (1) (ii)
                  (c) of this section shall be sent to the Administrator
                  through the appropriate regional office.
                                   -226-

-------
(3)   In accordance with  Executive  Order 11752,  the  Administrator's
     authority for implementing  the procedures  for  conducting source
     review pursuant to  this  section shall  not  be delegated, other  than
     to a regional office of  the Environmental  Protection Agency, for
     new or modified sources  which are  owned  or operated by the  Federal
     government or for new or modified  sources  located  on Federal lands;
     except that,  with respect to  the latter  category,  where new or
     modified sources are constructed or operated on  Federal lands  pur-
     suant to leasing or other Federal  agreements,  the  Federal land
     Manager may at his  discretion, to  the  extent permissible under ap-
     plicable statutes and regulations, require the lessee or permittee
     to be subject to a  designated State or local agency's procedures
     developed pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) of  this section.

(4)   The Administrator's authority for  implementing the procedures  for
     conducting source review pursuant  to this  section  shall not be re-
     delegated, other than to a  regional office of  the  Environmental
     Protection Agency,  for new  or modified sources which are located
     on Indian reservations except where the  State  has  assumed juris-
     diction over  such land under  other laws, in which  case the  Admin-
     istrator may  delegate his authority to the States  in accordance
     with subparagraphs (2),  (3),  and (4) of  this paragraph.

     (39 FR 42514, Dec.  5, 1974;  40 FR 2802, Jan.  16,  1975, as
      amended at 40 FR 24535, June 9, 1975;  40 FR  25005, June 12,
      2975;  40 FR 42012, Sept.  10, 1975)
                            -227-

-------